Connectors For Masonry and Timber Construction

Connectors for
Timber and
Masonry
Construction
C-UK14
+44(0)1827 255600
www.strongtie.co.uk
Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Connector Solutions
Building Better Structures

The Worlds leading construction connector manufacturer, our mission is to help build better, safer structures economically.
The first choice for house builders as well as the repair and maintenance and DIY professionals, we offer innovations to make
traditional building methods easier, meet changing legislation and the needs of emerging construction methods.
Customer focussed, we provide industry leading technical and customer care support, with office based teams dedicated to
the engineered wood sector and the repair and maintenance sector. Our field sales team is also on hand to provide on-site
technical support and assist with business development.
Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors and Fastenings for use with Light Gauge Steel
C-UK14 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.
Contents
Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers
19-31
Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
32-43
Masonry Hanger for I-Joist and Metal Web
44-55
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists
56-63
Connectors for Glulam Timber
64-71
Timber Hangers for I-Joists
72-106
Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists
107-117
Roof Connectors
118-130
Timber Frame Connectors
132-137
Angle Brackets and Ties
138-145
Timber Connectors
146-147
Columns Caps and Post Bases
148-153
Restraint Straps
154-159
Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties
160-167
Bead and Mesh
168-175
Miscellaneous
176-177
Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems
178-201
Alphabetical Index
1ARBGAL
Description
Arrisrail Bracket
1EXT/1FUR/1MP Wall Extension Profile
Page
Prefix
Description
176
ESCRC
Countersunk Structural Wood Screw
161
ET
Skewed 45 Angle Bracket
Page
22
63/105
Angle Tie
139
ETB
Concealed Beam Hanger
A34/A35
Framing Anchors
138
ETFSS
Hold Down Strap
134
ABC
Angle Bracket for Cladding
145
FB
Fixing Band
159
ABR
Reinforced Angle Bracket
142
FMS
Folded Mini Strap
158
ABW
Adjustable Post Base with Stand Off
149
FT
Frame Tie
167
Accessories
Chemical Anchoring Tools and Accessories
200
FTC
Cavity Frame Tie
166
APB
Adjustable Elevated Post Base
150
GLTV
I-Joist and Engineered Timber Hanger
Archformers
Plaster Arch Formers
175
GS
Glide Shoe
120
ATF
70
High Wind Tie
146
AT-HP
High Performance Concrete Resin
190
H/L
Heavy/Light Restraint Strap
156
BOAXII
Through Bolt
182
HSA
Herringbone Strut
159
BTALU
69
HB
Top Flange I-Joist Hanger
BTS/SWT
Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie
HES/LES
Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Strap
C2K
Crocodile Universal Wall Starter
160
HGUS/HGUQ
Face Fix Girder Truss Hanger
CB
Post Base
150
HI
Scrolled Hip Iron
176
CBR
Masonry Reinforcement Mesh
171
HRC
Hip Ridge Connector
128
CC
Column Cap
152
HU/U
Heavy Duty Face Fix Hangers
103
CBH
Concealed Beam Connector
68
IC
Insulation Clip
136
CPT
Concealed Post Base
148
ICF
Insulated Concrete Form Hanger
43
CWT
Cavity Wall Tie
164
IHS
I-Joist Hole Support
82
DBT
Deck Board Tie
177
IRC
Insulation Retaining Clip
DML
Expanded Metal Lathing
173
ITB/HITB
Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger
76
DSTC/SSTC
Double and Single Sided Toothed Connectors
147
ITBS
Backer Free I-Joist Hanger wirh Adjustable Skew
79
142
ITSE/MIT
Top Flange I-Joist Hanger
88
EA
Light Reinforced Angle Bracket
143
IUB/HIUB
Metal Web Joist Hangers
110
EB
142
IUBS
Metal Web Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew
114
EC
Light Duty Angle Bracket
143
IUC
Concealed Flange Face Fix Hanger
EFIX
Adjustable Angle Bracket
144
IUQ
Metal Web to SIP Hanger
END
Multi Angle Bracket
144
IUSE
Face Fix I-Joist Hanger
EPC
End Post Cap
152
JES
Joist End Support (For Loft Conversions)
118
ERS
Render Stop Bead
170
JHA
Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap
56
ES
Nail Plate Angle Bracket
144
JHM/HJHM
Masonry Supported Hangers for Solid Joists
38
ESCR
Structural Wood Screw
21
JHMI/HJHMI
Masonry Supported Hangers for I-Joists
44
135/167
71
94
92
154
105/121
165
58
116
96
Prefix
Alphabetical Index
Prefix
Description
Page
Prefix
Description
Page
139
SAB
Standard Angle Bead
Top Flange I-Joist Hanger (Skewable)
90
SAE/SAI
Heavy Duty Face Fix Hangers
60
LIB
Backer Free I-Joist Hanger
72
SDE
Width Adjustable Face Fix Hanger
59
LIB
Backer Free Metal Web Joist Hanger
107
SDW
Structural Wood Screw
20
LITB
Back Free Top Flange I-Joist Hanger
74
SES
Simpson End Seal
48
LMAS
Threaded Rod
201
SET-XP
Pure Epoxy Concrete Resin (Seismic Approved)
LS
Skewable Angle
147
SFH/SFWH
Safety Fast Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
32
LSSU/LSU
Light Duty Slope and Skew Adjustable Hangers
126
SFHI/SFWHI
Safety Fast Masonry Hangers for I-Joists
53
LSTA
Strap Tie
159
SFJC
Safety Fast Joist Cap for Solid Joists
37
LTS/MTS
Twist Straps
159
SFJC
Safety Fast Joist Cap for I-Joists
47
LUP
Light Duty Hanger (with Speed Prongs)
62
SFLH
Safety Fast Lite Hanger for Solid Joists
34
LWTS
Cavity Wall Tie
165
SFLHI
Safety Fast Lite Hanger for I-Joists
50
MH
Mini Hanger for Solid Joists
62
SML/H
Light and Heavy Duty Security Mesh
174
MH
Sacrificial Floor Detail
102
SPA
Sole Plate Anchor
133
MH
Mini Hanger for I-Joists
103
SPR50
Slope Adjustable Hanger
129
MIU/HIU
Face Fix I-Joist Hangers
100
SPWG
Square Plate Washer
177
MJC
Multiple I-Joist Connector
85
SVM
Stainless Steel Soffit Vent Mesh
174
MJC
Multiple Metal Web Joist Connector
109
Flat T Shaped Bracket
147
MMB
Mini Mesh Bead
171
TCB
Thin Coat Bead
171
MP
Mending Plate
177
TCP
Truss Clip
120
MVB
Movement Bead
170
TFLS
Levelling System
132
NP
Nail Plate
125
THA
Truss Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap
123
NS
Nail Stopper
176
THAI
Adjustable Strap Hanger for I-Joists
106
PBH
Heavy Duty Elevated Post Base
151
THGQ
Heavy Duty Girder Truss Hanger
124
PBS
Post Base with Stand Off
149
THM
Mono Truss Hanger
122
PC
Post Cap
152
TTCB
Toothed Thin Coat Bead (Hook On)
172
PEB
Plasterboard Edge Bead
170
TU
Poly-GP
General Purpose Concrete/Masonry Resin
188
VAC/VAS
Vinylester Adhesive Capsule and Threaded Rod
196
PPA
Elevated Post Base with 100mm Stand Off
150
VP
Loft Vent Plate
119
PSB
Plaster Stop Bead
170
VPA
Variable Pitch Connector
127
PVC-u Bead
Plastic Beads
168
VTCR
Valley Truss Clip
130
PWT
Party Wall Tie
137
WA
Wedge Anchor Bolt
180
RHMSK
Skewed Masonry Hanger
41
WBT
Window Board Tie
176
RBL
Rib Lath
173
WTS
Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wire Tie
162
RR
Ridge Rafter Connector
129
ZS
Slotted Z-Clip
L70
Reinforcing Bracket
LBV
171
193
65
86
5
Construction Product
Regulations
CE Marking and Construction Connectors

From the 1st July 2013 the Construction Product Regulations (CPR) became compulsory in the UK. All construction products
covered by the CPR, sold after this date must comply with it. It is the distributors responsibility to ensure that it sells products which
comply with the CPR.
The only way for you to show compliance with the CPR is to CE mark the product.
Simpson Strong-Tie has CE marked more than 350 product ranges to ensure that this is the case. Any connectors manufactured
by us since March 2013 onwards meet the needs of CPR.
oduct label Template 8/07

Construction Product Regulations

Our packaging is labelled in accordance with CPR, an example of which can be seen below.
JHA270/47
ADJ USTABL E JO I ST H AN G E R
5 0 1 5 6 4 009320
EACH EAN:
Intended Use:
Refer to ETA-06/0270
Essential Requirements:
Refer to ETA-06/0270
0836
12
13
14
15
ETA-06/0270
0836-CPD-06/F007
ETAG015:2008
DoP-e06/0270
07
Simpson Strong-Tie
www.strongtie.eu
JHA270/47
10
DATE: 01/03/13
MADE IN UK
QUANTITY: 50 11
WEIGHT: 11KG
PER CARTON
5 0 1 5 6 4 009320
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Simpson Strong-Tie item code

Item description
EAN bar code (each)
EAN bar code (box)
CE symbol
The number of the notified body undertaking factory production control auditing
Year that Simpson Strong-Tie first CE marked the product
Information on intended use of product and its essential requirements
Name of Manufacturer and web address
Date of manufacture
Box quantity and weight
Technical document number to which the product complies
Factory production control certificate number
Number of the technical standard to which the product complies
Declaration of Performance number (copy available upon request)
If you have any questions about the CPR and how it affects you, please call our Technical Department on 01827 255600 who
will be delighted to help you, or visit www.strongtie.co.uk.

CPR became effective: 1st July 2013

Prove compliance by CE marking
Our products CE marked to the CPR
Over 350 product ranges CE marked
Declaration of Performance (DoP) readily available
Product
Range
Approval Standard
DoP Certificate
Product
Range
Approval Standard
DoP Certificate
A34/A35
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0137
IUB/HIUB
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
ABR
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0106
IUBS
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
APB
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0285
IUC
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
ATF
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0290
IUQ
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
AT-HP
ETAG001
DoP-e11/0151
IUSE
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
AT-HP
ETAG001
DoP-e13/0416
JHA
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0270
AT-HP
ETAG001
DoP-e11/0139
JHM/I
EN 845-1
DoP-h06/0002
AT-HP
ETAG001
DoP-e11/0150
LBV
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
B/BI
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
LES
EN 845-1
DoP-h06/0001
BOAXII
ETAG001
DoP-e08/0276
LS
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0106
BTS/SWT
EN845-1
DoP-h07/0002
LSSU
ETAG015
DoP-e08/0053
CBH
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0245
LSSX
EN 14545
DoP-h13/0011
CH/T
EN 845-1
DoP-h11/0001
LSTA
EN 14545
DoP-h10/0001
DML
EN 13658-1
DoP-h08/0002
LSU
ETAG015
DoP-e08/0053
DMLS
EN 13658-2
DoP-h08/0003
LTS
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0137
DSTC/SSTC
EN 14545
DoP-h10/0007
LUP
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0270
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0106
LWTS
EN 845-1
DoP-h08/0001
EB
ETAG015
DoPe06/0106
MH
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0270
ERS
EN 13658-2
DoP-h08/0003
MIT
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
ESCR
CUPA 06.03/08
DoP-e13/0796
MIU
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
ET
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0234
MJC
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0317
ETB
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0245
MMB
EN 14353
DoP-h13/0005
ETFSS
EN 845-1
DoP-h07/0001
MTS
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0137
FMS
EN845-1
DoP-h11/0002
MVB
EN 13658-1
DoP-h08/0002
GS
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0317
MVBS
EN 13658-2
DoP-h08/0003
H/L
EN845-1
DoP-h13/0002
N3.75X30
EN 14592
DoP-h13/0012
H2.5A
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0137
N3.75X75
EN 14592
DoP-h13/0018
HES
EN 845-1
DoP-h05/0001
N4.0X90
EN 14592
DoP-h13/0018
HGUS/HGUQ
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0270
NP
EN 14545
DoP-h10/0005
HJHM/I
EN 845-1
DoP-h07/0043
PEB
EN 14353
DoP-h13/0005
HRC
ETAG015
DoP-e08/0053
PISBMAXI
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0285
HU
ETAG015
DoP-e08/0042
POLY-GP
ETAG001
DoP-e13/0415
ITB/HITB
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
PPA
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0285
ITBS
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
PPR
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0285
ITSE/MIT
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
PPRB
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0285
CE Documentation Index
CE Documentation Index
Product
Range
Approval Standard
Declaration of Performance
DoP Certificate
DoP-e06/0270
(Issue 1,0)
PSB
EN 13658-1
DoP-h08/0002
PSBS
EN 13658-2
DoP-h08/0003
PWT
EN 14545
DoP-h10/0001
RBL
EN 13658-1
DoP-h08/0002
RBLS
EN 13658-2
DoP-h08/0003
RR
ETAG015
DoP-e08/0053
SAB
EN 13658-1
DoP-h08/0002
SABS
EN 13658-2
DoP-h08/0003
SAE
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0270
SAI
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0270
SDE
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0270
SDS
EN 14592
DoP-h10/0014
SDW
EN 14592
DoP-h10/0017
SET-XP
ETAG001
DoP-e11/0360
SFH/SFHI/
SFWH/SFWHI
EN 845-1
DoP-h07/0004
SFLH
EN 845-1
DoP-h10/0006
SPR
ETAG015
DoP-e08/0053
SWT
EN 845-1
DoP-h07/0002
TC
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0317
TCB
EN 14353
DoP-h13/0005
TCP
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0317
THA/THAI
ETAG015
DoP-e06/0270
THM
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
TU
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0245
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
VPA
ETAG015
DoP-e08/0053
VTCR
ETAG015
DoP-e07/0317
WA
ETAG001
DoP-e11/0080
WTS
EN 845-1
DoP-h13/0021
ZS
ETAG015
DoP-e04/0042
1.
Product Type:
Joist Hangers
2.
Identification:
ETC, ETCD, ETCG, THAI, HGUQ, GSE, GSE-AL, GSI, GSI-AL, HGUS, JHL,
JHR, LUP, MF, MH, AG703, AG713, BSI, BSIL, BSN, BSS, GLE, GLI, GSEXL,
BSD, BSDI, SAE, SAEL, SAI, SAIL, SAIX, SBE, SBG, SDED/G, JHA and THA
3.
Intended Use:
Refer to ETA-06/0270 Section 1
4.
Manufacturer:
Simpson Strong-Tie Int. Ltd
5.
Authorised Representative:
N/A
6.
System of Assessment:
2+
7, 8.
Technical Specifications & Notified Bodies:
10.
For local branch addresses refer to www.strongtie.eu
The performance of the products identified in points 1. & 2. is in conformity with the declared performance in point 9.
This declaration of performance is issued under the sole responsibility of the manufacturer identified in point 4.
Signed for and on behalf of the manufacturer by:
Ian Harrison
(European Technical Director)
(Tamworth, UK. 01/03/2013)
Each product must have a Declaration of Performance

(DoP) so that the end user can be assured that the
product complies with the regulations.
All Simpson Strong-Tie DoPs are available at
www.strongtie.co.uk or www.strongtie.eu.
Eurocode 5: The New Design Method
The Background
In 1985 a New Approach to Technical Harmonisation was
introduced through the European Commission (EC). A list of
Directives was formulated for a wide range of product types
e.g. electrical goods and toys.
Simpson Strong-Ties range of products is mainly covered

by the following European Standards and ETAGs which
have been used as the basis for capacity determination and
CE Marking:
One of these Directives was the Construction Products

Directive (CPD). In 1988 the European Committee for
Standardisation (CEN) commenced preparation of
Harmonised Standards for a number of product types.
BS EN 845-1:
Specification for Ancillary

Components for Masonry
ETAG015:
Three Dimensional Nailing Plates
BS EN 14592:
Timber Structure - Dowel Type
Fastener Requirements
BS EN14545:
2D Nailing Plates
BS EN 13658-1:
Metal Lath and Beads - Platering
BS EN 13658-2
Metal lath and Beads - Rendering
BS EN14353:
Metal Beads - Gypsum Plaster Boards
ETAG001:
Metal Anchors for use in Concrete
The standards define the requirements to determine

suitability of the products for use under the Construction
Products Directive. They also make provision for CE
Marking of products to demonstrate the product conforms
to the Essential Requirements of the CPD. Harmonised
Standards have not been developed for all products but it
is possible to obtain European Technical Approvals (ETA)
when a European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG)
exists.
As of July 1st 2013, Construction Products Regulations

came into force in the UK and Ireland.
Design Methods
European Design Standards, Eurocodes, have also been
developed which supersedes the existing national design
codes. The Eurocodes which impact on the Simpson
Strong-Tie range of products are:
In timber design the duration of loading also influences the

design capacity and a modification factor is applied
dependent on the duration. These modification factors are
also dependent on the materials being used.
EN1993 Eurocode 3 Design of Steel Structures

EN1995 Eurocode 5 Design of Timber Structures
EN1996 Eurocode 6 Design of Masonry Structures
The Simpson Strong-Tie range of products are generally

connected to either Solid Timbers or LVL materials, which
utilise the modification factors kmod shown in the table
below.
Eurocode 5 introduces limit state design principles to

structural timber design in the UK for the first time. This
requires the designer to use characteristic values for
the product capacities. The characteristic capacities (or
resistances) are modified by partial safety factors to arrive
at design capacities. These factors generally increase the
loads and decrease the capacity.
Extract From Table 3.1 in BS EN 1995-1-1:2004 + A1:2008 (Eurocode 5)
10
Load Duration
Permanent
Long Term
(Download)
Medium Term
Short Term
(Uplift)
Instantaneous
kmod
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.1
Eurocode 5: The New Design Method
The Background
This catalogue generally presents characteristic resistances
for timber to timber connectors as Unmodified
Characteristic Resistances i.e. the characteristic value has
not been modifed by the appropriate kmod factor.
Please note the kmod factor does not apply to masonry
hangers and connectors.
Actual Applied Loads x Partial Safety Factor on Loads =
Design Load (or Factored Load)
Characteristic Capacity x kmod / Partial Safety Factor on
Materials = Design Capacity
Design Load < Design Capacity
selecting and designing a connector. Design Capacities

i.e. Characteristic Capacities factored as described above,
shall only be used to check against factored design loads.
The Allowable load design method utilises a Global Safety
Factor to reduce the Ultimate or Failure Load to a
Safe Working Load, this must be greater than the Actual
Applied Load.
The 2 methods can be compared graphically using the
diagram below:
In previous catalogues we published only Safe Working

Loads.
As we are in a period of transition between the use
of allowable load and limit state design this catalogue
includes both types of capacity.
NOTE: It is important Characteristic or Design Capacities
are not compared with Actual Applied Loads when
Unmodified
Characteristic Capacity
Ultimate or Failure Load
x kmod
/ Global Safety Factor
Modified Characteristic
Capacity / Partial Safety Factor
Design Capacity
Design Load
x Partial Safety Factor
Safe Working Load

Actual or Applied Load
Actual Applied Load < SWL
Design Load < Design Capacity
Service Classes
Timber structures shall be assigned to one of the service classes stated below:
Service Class 1:
Characterised by a moisture content in the materials corresponding to a temperature of 20C and the relative humidity of
the surrounding air only exceeding 65% for a few weeks per year, e.g. warm roofs, internal timber frame walls, internal/
party walls.
Service Class 2:
Characterised by a moisture content in the materials corresponding to a temperature of20 C and the relative
humidity of the surrounding air only exceeding 85% for a few weeks per year, e.g. ground floors, cold roofs,
external timber frame walls and external walls.
Service Class 3:
Characterised by climatic conditions leading to higher moisture contents than in service class 2, e.g. external
uses, fully exposed.
11
Terms and Conditions
Product Use
Products in this catalogue are designed and manufactured for
the specific purposes shown, and should not be used with other
fixings not approved by a qualified designer. Modifications to
products or changes in installation procedures should only be
made by a qualified designer.
The performance of such modified products or altered installation

procedures is the sole responsibility of the designer.
Indemnity
The Buyers shall indemnify Simpson Strong-Tie against any

claim or liability in respect of any infringement of a patent or
registered design, copyright or other industrial property resulting
from compliance with the Buyers instructions, express or
implied, and the Buyer undertakes further to indemnify the
Simpson Strong-Tie for any loss, damage or expense in respect

of any liability arising under or by reason of the provisions of the
Consumer Protection Act 1987 in relation to the specification
or design of such goods or any similar legislation in any other
country in which the goods are supplied.
Non-Catalogue & Modified Products
Consult Simpson Strong-Tie for applications requiring modified

products, or for fixings for use in hostile environments, with
excessive wood shrinkage, or with abnormal loading or erection
requirements.
Simpson Strong-Tie provides no warranty, express or implied, on

non-catalogue products. Any party modifying
Simpson Strong-Tie products must provide the installer with

specific instructions on the modified products specifications,
installation, and use.
Non-catalogue products must be designed by the customer and
will be fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie in accordance with
customer specifications. Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and does

not make any representations regarding the suitability of use or
load-carrying capacities of non-catalogue products.
Limited Warranty
b) The warranties in condition 7(a) are given on condition that the

Seller is not liable for a defect in the goods caused by:
(i) fair wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, or abnormal or
unsuitable storage or working conditions of the goods by the Buyer;
(ii) failure to follow the Sellers instructions or guidance whether oral
or in writing (including but not limited to any instructions set out in
the Sellers catalogue) as to the storage, commissioning, installation,
use and maintenance of the goods or (if there are none) good trade
practice regarding the same;
(iii) the Buyer altering or repairing the goods without the written
consent of the Seller;
f) Except as expressly set out in these conditions, all conditions,

warranties and representations, expressed or implied by statute,
common law or otherwise, in relation to the goods are excluded.
g) The Seller is not liable to the Buyer, whether for negligence, breach
of contract, misrepresentation or otherwise, for:
(i) loss or damage incurred by the Buyer as a result of third party
claims; or
(ii) indirect or consequential damage suffered by the Buyer,
including, without limitation, loss of goodwill, business opportunity
or anticipated savings; or
(iii) economic losses including without limitation loss of profit.
(v) the goods differing from their specification as a result of changes

made to ensure they comply with applicable statutory or regulatory
requirements.
h) For the avoidance of doubt, subject to condition 7(j) the entire

liability of the Seller arising out of or in connection with the goods,
whether for tort (including negligence), breach of contract, breach
of statutory duty, misrepresentation or otherwise, is limited to the
Sellers level of insurance cover in place from time to time (currently
500,000) and the Buyer shall be responsible for making its own
arrangements for the insurance of any excess loss.
c) The Seller is not liable for a defect in the goods unless it is notified
to the Seller within 5 days of the date of delivery or, if the defect
would not be apparent on reasonable inspection, of the date on
which it would become apparent to a reasonable buyer.
i) The Sellers prices are determined on the basis of the liability limits
in this condition. The Buyer may by written notice to the seller
request the Seller to agree a higher limit of liability provided insurance
cover can be obtained for that higher limit.
d) The Seller shall not be liable for damage in transit, shortage of

delivery or non-delivery unless the Buyer shall have given the Seller
written notice of such damage, shortage or loss, with reasonable
particulars of it within 5 days of receipt of the goods or (in the case
of total loss) of receipt of the invoice or other notification of dispatch.
j) Nothing in these conditions shall operate to exclude or restrict the

Sellers liability for death or personal injury resulting from negligence,
or breach of the obligations arising from section 12 of the Sale of
Goods Act 1979, or for fraud/deceit.
(iv) the Buyer making further use of the goods after giving notice in
accordance with condition 7(c); or
12
e) If the Seller is liable under these warranties then (subject to

condition 7(j)) the Sellers only obligation is, at its option, to make
good any shortage or non-delivery; replace or repair any goods
which are damaged or defective; or refund to the Buyer the amount
paid by the Buyer for the goods that are the subject of the claim.
a) The Seller warrants that it has good title to the goods and that
the goods will, for a period of 12 months from the date of delivery
comply with their specification and be free from defects in material
and workmanship. The Seller does not warrant that the goods are
fit for any particular purpose and it is the Buyers responsibility to
ensure the goods are suitable for the use(s) to which it intends to
put them.
Company Profile
Quality Policy
We help people build safer structures economically. We
do this by designing, engineering and manufacturing
No Equal structural connectors and other related
products that meet or exceed our customers needs and
expectations.
Simpson Strong-Tie is an ISO 9001 registered company.

ISO 9001 is an internationally recognised quality
management system standard, which lets our customers
know that they can count on the consistent quality of
Simpson Strong-Ties products and services.
Everyone is responsible for product quality and is

committed to ensuring the effectiveness of the Quality
Management System.
FM14704
Environmental Health and Safety Policy

Simpson Strong-Tie continues to look for ways to build
safer and stronger homes while being mindful of how
we can help protect the environment and the health
and safety of our employees. We are committed to
environmental management, including health, safety and
ecological protection.
EMS517722
Simpson Strong-Tie is accredited to the internationally

recognised standards for environmental health & safety
management systems.
OHS57006
Testing Laboratory Accreditation

Our European Test Laboratory located in Tamworth,
Staffordshire is the first manufacturers facility to achieve
third party accreditation to the international standard
BS EN ISO/IEC 17025.
13
Disproportionate Collapse - Timber Frame Buildings
The Regulations
It is a requirement under the UK building regulations that
buildings comply to a minimum level of robustness. This
is referred to as disproportionate collapse. The building
regulations for Scotland and England & Wales in essence
state, although worded slightly differently from each other,
that: The building shall be constructed so that in the event
of an accident the building will not suffer collapse to an
extent disproportionate to the cause.

Until a British code is available and referenced in the
building regulations the route for timber designers is to
adopt alternative methods. The STA (Structural Timber
Association) have developed a method and forms the basis
for the following information.
The Methods
Platform timber frame is a lightweight building process
that under accidental damage is known to be robust
and has significant capacity to span over gaps caused
by accidental damage. This was demonstrated by tests
carried out on the BRE/TRADA TF2000 six storey building
in 1998 which concluded that: ...timber frames designed
and built correctly were robust against disproportionate
collapse.
Class
Building Type and

Occupancy
Class 1
Single occupancy - 1
to 4 storey
e.g. Detached and
town houses.
Class 2A
Method
No additional requirements above normal design

process.
Other:
Horizontal tying (1) force at each junction to be

checked.
Platform:
Use common proven details to provide tying (1) of

suspended floors to walls.
Other:
Class 2B
Class 3
1.
2.
3.
Platform:
Buildings with high

levels of crowd
accumulation
Check for an accidental horizontal effective tying (1)

force of 5 kN/m of supported wall.
Other:
Products
ITB, HITB,
SAE, SAI,
HU, HUC,
IUC
Use common proven details to provide effective

tying (1) of suspended floors to walls, along with a
check on the notional removal of each load bearing
wall (bridging)(2). Key element(3) design to be used
when notional removal is not practical.
Hospitals - up to 3
storey
Educational buildings
- up to 15 storey
Design Check
Platform:
Houses or apartments - up to 4
storey
Houses, apartments
or other residential
buildings - 4 to 15
storey
The building regulations have classified buildings into 4

classes according to building type and risk.
Check for an accidental horizontal effective tie force

of 7 kN/m of supported wall along with check on
the notional removal of each load supporting, load
bearing or wall (bridging)(2).
Key element(3) design to be used when notional
removal is not practical.
SAE, SAI,
HU, HUC,
IUC, CC,
CCC, CCT,
ECCLL
Designer to carry out risk assessment and decide upon a suitable

method.
Tying Provision of effective horizontal ties.

Bridging Rim Beam method where the structure is designed to bridge over the loss of an untied member.
Key Element A structural member (column) upon which the stability of the remainder of the structure depends.
ITB, HITB, SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, IUC tie the joist to rim beam, providing a vertical support & horizontal tie force.
SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL join rim beam members at each junction, providing a vertical support &
horizontal tie force.
CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL join a structural column (Key Element) to the rim beam, providing a horizontal tie force.
14
Platform timber frame comprises wall and floor
components mechanically fixed to each other. Unlike other

structural concepts, buildings falling outside the scope of
platform cellular layouts e.g. post & beam or portal frames,
platform timber frame relies on the full diaphragm action
of the floors to transfer horizontal forces to an evenly
distributed layout of load bearing walls, which provide both
vertical support and horizontal load resistance.
Important Information
General Notes
This catalogue reflects changes in the product performance and configurations of some Simpson Strong-Tie products. This catalogue
is effective until 31st December 2016 and supersedes all information in earlier publications of products shown. Information on product
performance and configurations are updated periodically. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for the most current product information. Product
performances in the catalogue are for the described specific applications of properly installed products. Product modifications, improper
loading or installation procedures, or deviations from recommended applications will affect product performances.
products to fit common dry timber dimensions. If you require
a connector with dimensions other than those listed, Simpson
may be able to vary connector dimensions; contact the factory.
These notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson

Strong-Tie products and must be followed fully.
Simpson Strong-Tie reserves the right to change
specifications, designs and models without notice.
Steel used for each Simpson Strong-Tie product is individually
selected based on the products steel specifications, including
strength, thickness, formability, finish, and can be welded.
Contact factory for steel information on specific products.
Top fix hangers may cause unevenness. Possible remedies

should be evaluated by a professional and include using a
face-fixing hanger or removing material to accommodate the
top flange thickness.
Multiple member timbers must be fastened together to act as
one unit to resist the applied load.
Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in millimeters (mm)

and loads are in kilo Newtons (kN).
Do not overload. Do not exceed the product performance

which would jeopardise the connection.
Unless otherwise noted, product performances are for use

with C16 (SC3) timber. Products assessed in the USA were
evaluated with Spruce-Pine-Fir timber.
Some model configurations may differ from illustrations shown.

Contact factory for details.
Unless otherwise noted, bending steel on site may cause

fractures at the bend line. Fractured steel will not carry the load
and must be replaced. Products designed for bending at time
of installation should only be bent once.
A fastener that splits timber will not take the design load.
Evaluate splits to determine if the connection will perform
as required. Dry wood may split more easily and should be
evaluated as required. If wood tends to split, consider predrilling holes with diameters not exceeding 75% of the nail
diameter.

Fill all fastener holes with fastener types specified in the tables,
unless otherwise noted. When nailing options are noted, the
fasteners must be the correct type and location to obtain full
loading.
Hanger options - some combinations of hanger options
have not been evaluated. In some cases, combinations of
these options may not be installed. Horizontal loads induced
by sloped joists must be resisted by other members in the
structural system. A qualified engineeer must always evaluate
each connection, including the carried and carrying member
limitations, before specifying the product.
Take wood shrinkage into account when designing and

installing connections. Simpson Strong-Tie manufactures
Instructions to the Installer

All specified fasteners must be installed according to the
instructions for each connector. Incorrect fastener quantity,
size, type, material, or finish may cause the connection to fail.
Install all specified fasteners before loading the connection.
Pneumatic or power-actuated fasteners may deflect and
injure the operator or others. Nail guns may be used to install
connectors, provided the correct number and type of nails are
properly installed in the holes provided.
Guns with hole locators should be used. Follow the
manufacturers instructions and use appropriate safety
equipment.
Masonry supported connectors must be embedded into
correct strength mortar as per British Standard.
Hangers into masonry walls must have the minimum specified

height of masonry above the hanger, with the mortar fully
cured, before load is applied. Top fix masonry hangers will not
carry the design load without specified masonry above the top
flange of the hanger. The exception to this would be the use of
the Safety Fast range of products. Safety Fast hangers allows
construction work to continue safely just 3 days after the
supporting block work has been laid. Protruding nails should
always be clinched to avoid injury.
Instructions to the Designer

Characteristic capacities specified in this catalogue are based on
C16 timber grades unless otherwise specified and are presented
for use with Limit State Design methods in accordance with
Eurocode 5.
The Safe Working Loads (SWL) shown in the Simpson StrongTie publications for the United Kingdom are derived from
tests, calculations and assessments performed in the UK and
the USA.
Safe Working Loads (SWL) are presented for use in permissible
stress design in accordance with BS 5268: Part 2: 2002 for
Service Classes 1 and 2.
Loads from Germany were in accordance to DIN design criteria
and testing required for Zulassung certification by the Institute
fr Bautechnique.
Some products in this catalogue are designed, tested
and evaluated in accordance with U.S. industry standards
including: National Design.

Wood shear is not considered in the loads given; reduce
allowable loads when wood shear is limiting.
Simpson Strong-Tie strongly recommends the following
addition to construction drawings and specifications:
substitutions for Simpson Strong-Tie products must be preapproved in writing by the designer.
Verify that the dimensions of the supporting members are
sufficient to receive the specified fasteners.
Some catalogue illustrations show connections that could
cause cross grain
tension or bending of timber if not
sufficiently reinforced.
Timber connectors showing the CE mark have been assessed
in accordance with Eurocode 5. European Technical Approvals
(ETA's) have been obtained and are available on request.
Corrosion Resistance
Connectors are steel and will corrode and lose load-carrying
capacity if exposed to ocean salt air, corrosive fire-retardant
chemicals, fertilizers, or other substances that adversely affect
steel. In corrosive environments, especially for connectors that
are not exposed to rain or periodic washing, deterioration will
occur at a faster rate. The service life of galvanised connectors
in a temperate marine environment can be greatly improved by
homeowner maintenance. Fasteners of comparable material

should be used to install the product.
Pressure-preservative treated and fire-retardant wood can be
caustic to zinc coated (or galvanised) steel. Galvanised connectors
should not be placed in contact with treated wood that has not
been properly air-seasoned or properly kiln dried. See material
supplier for specific recommendations.
15
Options and Terminology
Options and Terminology

This information applies only to hangers manufactured by
Simpson Strong-Tie and installed as per our installation
instructions. Some combinations of these options on a single
hanger have not been evaluated. In some cases, combinations
of these options may not be installable. A qualified engineer must
always evaluate each connection, including header and joist
limitations, before specifying the product.
Material: Material thickness may vary from that specified for

standard hanger configurations, depending on the manufacturing
process. Generally welded hangers have one-piece stirrups;
occasionally it may be necessary to create a welded stirrup from
two or three pieces. Hanger configurations, height and fastener
schedules may vary from the table depending on the joist size,
skew and slope
Testing is performed using a standardised hanger test method.

The joist in the test set up may include a certain amount
of structural stability. Header and other attached structural
members are assumed fixed in actual installations. Horizontal
loads, induced by sloped joists, must be resisted by other
members in the structural system.
Finish: See specific hanger tables. Welded hangers can be

supplied with a galvanised or zinc plated finish.
- refer to the table below for limits and possible combinations.

Sloped Seat
Skewed Seat
Concealed Flanges
Straddle
Return Top Flange
Skewed Seat: Skewed left or right, on plan. Suitable for

floor or roof members skewed at an angle to the support.
Specify skew angle and direction.
the top flange, as viewed from joist. Suitable for support

of trimmer beams from end of main beam. Specify offset
right or left.
Sloped Seat: Sloped up or down on plan. Suitable for

roof rafters supported on ridge beam. Specifiy slope
angle and up or down.
Straddle: Two stirrups directly opposite each other.

Suitable for support of joists on either side of main
support beam. Specify width of support beam or wall.
Sloped Top Flange: Top flange sloped down to the left or

right. Suitable for roof member supported on main rafter.
Specify slope angle to horizontal, slope down to left or
right and low, centre or high side of stirrup flush with
header.
Concealed Flanges: SAE, HU and U hangers flanges

concealed. Specify both flanges or single left or right
flange concealed. For SAE minimum width 100mm, for
HU & U minimum width 70mm.
Offset Top Flange: Stirrup is offset to right or left end of
Model
16
Offset Top Flange
Sloped Top Flange
Skewed
Max. Angle
Sloped
Max. Angle
Sloped
Top Flange
B/BI
45
45
30
GLTV
50
45
30
45
HB
45
HJHM(I)
HU/U
67.5
45
JHM(I)
45
45
-
30
LBV
45
RHMSK
90
Return Top Flange: Masonry JHM & HJHM hanger.

Specify return R dimension.
Offset
Top Flange
Return
Straddle
Combination
SAE
67.5
45
THG
45
30
TU
45
Terminology
Installation: Fastener quantities may be increased beyond the

amount specified in the standard hanger table. Fill all holes with
the table specified fastener type.
Nailing Information
60
50
60
35
35
50
50
50
CNA4,0X100
100
75
75
CNA4,0X100
CNA4,0X60
CNA4,0X60
CNA4,0X50
CNA4,0X50
CNA4,0X35
CNA4,0X35
N3.75X30
30
N3.75X30
NSS3.35X50 NSS3.35X50
N3.75X75
(STAINLESS STEEL)
(STAINLESS STEEL)
30
N4.0X100 N3.75X75
100
100
Certain applications require

special fasteners, such as
those with length limitations
or for use in hostile
environments.
N4.0X100
100
Many Simpson Strong-Tie

products are designed to
use common nails, readily
available to builders.
This section shows

common nails referred to in
our design literature along
with special fasteners we
supply upon request.
Round Hole: To fasten a connector. Always fill and make sure to use the correct nail.
Hexagonal Hole: For use with SDS structural screws.
Triangle Hole: Sometimes provided in addition to round holes. Fill triangular holes when specified.
Obround Hole: Provide easier nailing access in tight locations. Fasteners installed at any angle.
Diamond Hole: Optional holes to temporarily secure connectors to the member during installation.
Dome Nailing
This feature guides the
nail into the joist and
header at a 45 angle.
US Patent: 5,603,580.
Double Shear Nailing

The nail is installed into
the joist and header,
distributing the load
through two points on
each joist nail for
greater strength
Positive Angle Nailing

Provided when wood
splitting may occur and to
reduce installation time.
Speed Prongs
Used to temporarily
position and secure the
connector for easier and
faster installation.
17
Nailing Information
UK Calculated Nail Capacities
Lateral Loads (N) 2,3
Timber
Grade
Size (mm) and Description
Long
Term
Medium
Term
Short
Term
Characteristic
Loads
3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Shank

(Sheradised Coating)
C16
397
445
497
876
TR26
434
486
543
1031
3.75 x 75mm Smooth Shank

(Galvanised Coating)
C16
555
622
694
1309
TR26
611
685
764
1474
C16
618
692
772
1498
TR26
674
755
842
1699
4.0 x 100mm Smooth Shank

(Galvanised Coating)
1. Table loads are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm.

2. Where metal thickness is less than 1.2mm reduce loads to 80% of the value.
3. Where more than 9 nails are used in a line reduce loads to 90% of the value.
4. Table loads are SWLs in accordance with BS5268.
5. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Eurocode 5.
Nail Reduction Table

When the catalogue specified header nails are substituted with an alternate nail
on Face Fix Hangers and Straight Straps, the specified product performance
should be multiplied by the following adjustment factors.
Catalogue Nail
4.0mm 100mm
3.75 x 75mm
Replacement Nail (mm)
Adjustment Factor
3.75 x 75mm
0.84
3.75 x 30mm
0.60
3.75 x 30mm
0.66
1. Joist nails may not be substituted in double shear hangers.

2. Face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU and LSSU can not be substituted for alternative nails.
3. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Eurocode 5.
Connector Nails (CE marked in accordance with ETA-04/0013)

Simpson Strong-Tie also offers enhanced nails, which provide increased performance when
used in conjunction with the relevant products listed within our design literature.
Characteristic Values (1) (kN)
Lateral Flat,Rk
Axial Fax,Rk
1.70
0.61
2.22
0.98
2.36
1.23
2.49
1.43
CNA4,0 x 35 Connector Nail

(Electroplated)
(Electroplated)
Timber
Grade
Size (mm) and Description
C24

(Electroplated)
(Electroplated)
Steel Thickness Adjustment Factors for Connector Nails

Steel Thickness
Load Direction
0.9 - 1.2
1.5 - 2.5
Lateral
1.00
1.00
Axial
1.00
0.98
Timber Adjustment Factors for Connector Nails

Load Direction
Timber Grade
C16
C24
C27
C30/GL24
SCL(2)
Lateral
0.90
1.00
1.05
1.06
1.26
Axial
0.86
1.00
1.07
1.10
1.42
1. Values are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm.

2. SCL = Structural Composite Lumber, with a characteristic density of 480 kg/m3.
18
Introduction to Structural Screws

Simpson Strong-Tie have developed a range of structural screws to meet the demands of the construction industry.
The screw ranges are designed to meet the needs of contractor's building in timber frame, SIP (Structural Insulated
Panel), CLT (Cross Laminated Timber), Glulam, but also for joining together multiple truss plies and I-Joists, metal web
and solid joists.
Design Methods
Performance values for both design methods (Permissible and Limit State) are listed and have been determined as
follows:
Permissible Design (BS5268-2) (Safe Working Loads)

The calculations in Annex G, of BS5268-2, have been used to determine the performance tables in section 6 of the
same standard. They can also be used to determine the other lateral loads of varying connections, which are listed in
the following pages.
Joints should be designed so that the permissible loads applied to the fasteners or timbers do not exceed the design
loads of the structure.
Limit State Design (EN1995-1-1 or Eurocode 5) (Characteristic Loads)

The guidelines laid out in Section 8 of EN1995-1-1, are to be used to determine the withdrawal and lateral performance
of a connection when using the Limit State Design method.
Connections should be designed so that the design reactions applied to the structure do not exceed the design
capacity of the connection.
Spacings and Edge / End Distances should be complied with as laid out within the relevant standard to ensure
full capacity of the connection is achieved. Any reduction in the recommendations will result in a reduction of the
connection performance and should be verified by the engineer responsible for the design of the building.
Figure 1. Screw spacing and distances (also applies when screwing from both sides).
SPACING
2
SPACING
100 MIN
35 MIN
50 MIN
50 MIN
35 MIN
100 MIN
SPACING
SPACING
25 MIN RECOMMENDED STAGGER
Notes:
1. Spacing = 100 min to 600 max.
25 MIN RECOMMENDED STAGGER
2. O = Fixing from this side.
3. X = Fixing from opposite side.
4. When fixing from both sides divide the recommended spacing by 2.
19
SDW Structural Wood Screw

The Strong-Drive SDW screw is a 8.0mm diameter, high-strength structural
wood screw specifically designed for fastening multi-ply wood members
together such as plated trusses, engineered timber products and solid-sawn
timber.
T40 Bit
The SDW installs easily with no pre-drilling and is available in optimized

lengths for fastening 2, 3 and 4-ply trusses or 45mm engineered timber such
as Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL). The SDW enables single-side fastening,
while still allowing concurrent loading on both sides of the assembly to the full
allowable head or point-side load of the fastener.
Low-profile head for reduced interference during handling or installation of

hardware on the assembly.
High shear values enable wider screw spacing.
Bold thread design firmly clinches plies together to close gaps in multi-ply
assemblies.
Optimal screw lengths provide maximum point side penetration.
L
TL
Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel. Finish: Black E-coat

Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience
performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the
SDW wood screws should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive
environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2.
SDW screws install best with a low-speed drill and a T40 6-lobe bit (bit
included with every box of screws).
Pre-drilling is typically not required. SDW screws may be installed through
metal truss plates as approved by the truss designer.
Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the
top surface of the timber. To ensure correct performance, do not under or
over-drive the fastener.
Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts
with other hardware or to avoid timber defects.
SDW Item Codes
20
Item Code
Screw
Length (L)
mm
Thread
Length (TL)
mm
SDW22258
66
36
SDW22300
76
37
SDW22338
86
40
SDW22438
111
37
SDW22458
117
37
SDW22500
127
40
SDW22600
152
37
SDW22638
162
37
SDW22634
172
40
Shank
Diameter
mm
Thread
Diameter
mm
Head
Diameter
mm
5.6
8.0
19.0
Installation:
ESCR Structural Wood Screw

The ESCR is a washer head screw designed to connect two or more
timber members together. The ESCR screw has a reamer to allow for
smooth driving of the shank. The large washer head gives high head
pull-through resistance while allowing the timber members to close up
firmly.
Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel

Finish: Electrogalvanised with Yellow Chromate and anti-friction
coating. Zinc coating thickness 5m.
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can
experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments.
Accordingly, the ESCR wood screws should only be used in dry,
interior and non-corrosive environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2.
Installation:
ESCR screws install best with a low-speed drill and a T-40 or T50
6-lobe bit (one included per box).
Pre-drilling is typically not required. ESCR screws may be
installed through metal truss plates as approved by the truss
designer.
Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly
embedded into the top surface of the timber. To ensure correct
performance, do not under or over-drive the fastener.
Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid
conflicts with other hardware or to avoid timber defects.
L
TL
ESCR Item Codes
Item Code
Screw
Length (L)
mm
ESCR8.0X80
80
ESCR8.0X100
100
ESCR8.0X120
120
ESCR8.0X140
140
ESCR8.0X160
160
ESCR8.0X180
180
ESCR8.0X200
200
ESCR8.0X220
220
ESCR8.0X240
240
ESCR8.0X260
260
ESCR8.0X280
280
ESCR8.0X300
300
ESCR8.0X320
320
ESCR8.0X340
340
ESCR8.0X360
360
ESCR8.0X380
380
ESCR8.0X400
400
Thread
Length (TL)
mm
Shank
Diameter
mm
Thread
Diameter
mm
Head
Diameter
mm
5.9
8.0
20.0
54
84
100
21
ESCRC Countersunk Structural Wood Screw

The ESCRC is a countersunk head screw designed to connect two or more timber members together.
The ESCRC screw has a reamer to allow for smooth driving of the shank. The countersunk head gives
flush fitting while allowing the timber members to close up firmly.
Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel. Finish: Electrogalvanised and anti-friction coating with Yellow
Chromate. Zinc coating thickness is 5m.
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet
or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the ESCRC wood screw should only be used in dry, interior
and non-corrosive environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2.
Installation:
ESCRC screws install best with a low-speed drill and a T-30, T40 or T50 6-lobe bit (included).
Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the top surface of the
timber. To ensure correct performance, do not under or over drive the fastener.
Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflict with other hardware or
to avoid timber defects.
ESCRC Item Codes
22
Item Code
Screw
Length (L)
mm
Thread
Length (TL)
mm
ESCRC6.0X60
60
36
ESCRC6.0X70
70
36
ESCRC6.0X80
80
48
ESCRC6.0X90
90
48
ESCRC6.0X100
100
48
120
140
ESCRC6.0X160
160
ESCRC6.0X180
180
ESCRC6.0X200
200
ESCRC6.0X220
220
ESCRC6.0X240
240
ESCRC6.0X260
260
ESCRC6.0X280
280
ESCRC6.0X300
300
ESCRC8.0X80
80
ESCRC8.0X100
100
ESCRC8.0X120
120
ESCRC8.0X140
140
ESCRC8.0X160
160
ESCRC8.0X180
180
ESCRC8.0X200
200
ESCRC8.0X220
220
ESCRC8.0X240
240
ESCRC8.0X260
260
ESCRC8.0X280
280
ESCRC8.0X300
300
ESCRC8.0X320
320
ESCRC8.0X340
340
ESCRC8.0X360
360
ESCRC8.0X380
380
ESCRC8.0X400
400
Thread
Diameter
mm
Head
Diameter
mm
4.3
6.0
12.0
5.9
8.0
15.0
TL
64
ESCRC6.0X120
ESCRC6.0X140
Shank
Diameter
mm
54
84
100
Mechanical Properties
SDW Item Codes (Determined in accordance with EN14592. Values documented in ITTR-10/0007)
Property
Reference
Units
Value
Characteristic Tensile Capacity
ftens, k
kN
20.5
Characteristic Yield Moment
My,k
Nm
15.5
fhead,k
N/mm2
10.8
fax,k 90
N/mm2
7.8
Characteristic Head Pull-Through Parameter

Characteristic Withdrawal Parameter
ESCR8.0 Item Codes (Values from ETA-13/0796)

Property
Reference
Units
Value
ftens, k
kN
22.7
My,k
Nm
22.6
fhead,k
N/mm2
17.6
fax,k 90
N/mm
10.7

ESCRC6.0 Item Codes (Values from ETA-13/0796)

Property
Reference
Units
Value
ftens, k
kN
12.8
My,k
Nm
10.1
fhead,k
N/mm2
14.6
fax,k 90
N/mm2
13.0
ESCRC8.0 Item Codes (Values from ETA-13/0796)

Property
Reference
Units
Value
ftens, k
kN
22.7
My,k
Nm
22.6
fhead,k
N/mm2
12.4
fax,k 90
N/mm2
10.7
23
Roof Trusses
Simpson Strong-Drive SDW and ESCR Screws can be used for a
fast and effective connection of the multi-ply roof trusses.
Installation:
Screws can be installed from one side of the truss for faster
installation.
Screw heads shall be on the same side of the truss to which
the hangers are attached.
If screws are installed in the wrong face of the truss then
install additional screws in the correct face with the maximum
spacing of twice the required spacing but not exceeding
600mm centres.
The additional screws shall be offset from the existing screws.
If hangers or hanger fixings clash with the girder screws,
relocate the girder screw as close as possible to the side
flange of the hanger on the same screw line.
Multi-Ply Roof Truss Item Codes

Safe Working Load (BS5268-2)
Truss Plys
Item Code
TR26 Medium Term Shear (lateral)

Load (N)
1.
2.
Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1)

TR26 - Fv,Rk (N)
2 x 35mm
SDW22258
980
2195
3 x 35mm
ESCR8.0X100
1090
2485
4 x 35mm
ESCR8.0X140
1180
2690
2 x 47mm
SDW22300
1140
2145
3 X 47mm
SDW22500
1200
2315
4 x 47mm
ESCR8.0X180
1200
3705
Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear. Timber-to-timber connections.
Screws are installed from 1 side only.
Where multiple trussed rafters are fastened together on site, the fastening of at least the ceiling tie members should be screws or bolts
using the appropriate washer in positions marked by the manufacturer according to BS5268-3 clause 6.5.5.
Spacing of loads applied to the multi-ply truss shall not exceed 600mm centres.
The truss engineer shall ensure torsion due to loads framing into one side of the multi-ply truss is adequately catered for.
Screws shall not be installed through metal truss plates unless approved by the truss engineer, pre-drilling is not required.
Individual screw locations may be adjusted to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects.
Use max of 1 row of screws in members up to 120mm deep.
Use 1 or 2 rows of screws up to 170mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
Use 1, 2 or 3 rows of screws in members over 171mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
SDW 2 Ply Detail
24
SDW 3 Ply Detail
ESCR 4 Ply Detail
Design and Detailing:
Timber Frame Panels

Simpson Strong-Drive SDW Screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of Timber Frame Panels as
shown below. The SDW screws allow for a permanent connection pulling the two panels together to help reduce air
leakage at panel to panel junctions as well as panel to sole plate junctions.
SDW screws can be fitted from

one side or both sides if required.
Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2)

Timber Plys
Item Code
How to Install
2 x 38mm
SDW22300
From 1 Side
C16 - Long Term Shear
C16 - Long Term
(Lateral) Load (N)
Withdrawal (Axial) Load (N)
790
600

Timber Plys
Item Code
How to Install
2 x 38mm
SDW22300
From 1 Side
C16 - Shear
C16 - Withdrawal
(Lateral) Load (N)
(Axial) Load (N)
2430
2305
Installation:
All members shall be full length with no intermediate splices.

Screws shall be installed with the screw heads in the loaded ply.
Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 1/2 of the required spacing to avoid conflicts with
other hardware or timber defects.
Use maximum of 1 row of screws in 89mm timber frame panels.
Use 1 or 2 rows of screws in 140mm wide timber frame panels.
The screw guns used to install the screws should have the following (minimum) specification: 100Nm
torque, 14.4V or 18V battery and have impact driving functionality.
The number of screws being installed needs to be considered against the constant high loads, at high
torque, applied to the screw gun motor. Refer to manufacturer for motor loading conditions.
25
Composite Panels
Simpson Strong-Drive SDW and ESCR Screws can be used as a fast and effective connection of Composite Panels.
For typical connections see details below. The screws are quick to start and both have a reamer allowing for smooth
passage of the shank even into the denser composite materials.
Safe Working Loads (per screw)

Thickness of
Headside Timber
Item Code
Safe Working Shear (Lateral) Loads
Safe Working Withdrawal (Axial) Loads
(BS5268-2)
(BS5268-2)
C16 - Long Term
C24 - Long Term
C16 - Long Term
C24 - Long Term
Load (N)
Load (N)
Load (N)
Load (N)
SDW22438
1050
1150
720
870
ESCR8.0X120
1320
1450
910
1100
SDW22438
980
1070
630
770
ESCR8.0X120
1160
1270
710
860
SDW22600
1120
1190
890
1080
ESCR8.0X140
1160
1270
710
860
SDW22600
1120
1130
700
850
ESCR8.0X160
1290
1420
870
1060
SDW22600
1060
1170
740
890
ESCR8.0X160
1170
1280
930
890
SDW22638
980
1070
630
770
ESCR8.0X160
1380
1470
980
1190
SDW22634
960
1060
620
750
ESCR8.0X180
1220
1330
780
950
(mm)
80
95-100
111
119
125
136
1.
140-145
ESCR8.0X180
1380
1470
980
1190
150
ESCR8.0X200
1300
1430
890
1080
162
ESCR8.0X200
1140
1240
680
820
175-180
ESCR8.0X220
1160
1270
710
860
190-195
ESCR8.0X240
1230
1350
800
970
206
ESCR8.0X260
1360
1470
960
1170
219
ESCR8.0X260
1170
1280
730
890
Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear. Timber-to-timber connections.
Typical Wall Corner

Detail
26
Typical Wall
"T" Detail
Typical
Ridge Detail
Typical
Eaves Detail
69
Composite Panels
Characteristic Loads (per screw)
Thickness of Headside
Timber (mm)
Characteristic Shear (Lateral) Loads
Characteristic Withdrawal (Axial) Loads
(EN1995-1-1)
(EN1995-1-1)
Item Code
C16 - Fv,Rk (N)
C24 - Fv,Rk (N)
C16 - Fa,Rk (N)
C24 - Fa,Rk (N)
SDW22438
2830
3150
1810
2305
ESCR8.0X120
3500
3895
3420
4365
SDW22458
2695
2955
1810
2305
ESCR8.0X120
3105
3435
2685
3420
69
80
95-100
111
119
125
136
140-145
SDW22600
3325
3640
1810
2305
ESCR8.0X140
3235
3585
2685
3420
SDW22600
2880
3130
1810
2305
ESCR8.0X160
3670
4085
3290
4190
SDW22638
2960
3220
1810
2305
ESCR8.0X160
3405
3710
2750
3505
SDW22638
2730
2922
1810
2305
ESCR8.0X160
4020
4485
3690
4705
SDW22634
2680
2900
1760
2245
ESCR8.0X180
3620
3905
2950
3765
ESCR8.0X180
4155
4640
3690
4705
150
ESCR8.0X200
3980
4310
3355
4280
162
ESCR8.0X200
3265
3515
2550
3250
175-180
ESCR8.0X220
3385
3645
2685
3420
190-195
ESCR8.0X240
3685
3970
3020
3850
206
ESCR8.0X260
4245
4590
3625
4620
219
ESCR8.0X260
3445
3710
2750
3505
240
ESCR8.0X280
3385
3645
2685
3420
257
ESCR8.0X300
3560
3840
2885
3680
307
ESCR8.0X360
4180
4520
3555
4535
Installation:
Screws are to be installed from one side of the composite panel.

Position and number of screws are to be specified by the person responsible for building design.

Individual screw locations may be adjusted to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects, ensuring
recommendations for spacing and edge distances are maintained.
27
Engineered Timber
Simpson Strong-Drive
SDW Screws can be
used for a fast and
effective connection of
solid rectangular multi-ply
engineered timbers.
2 Ply Trimming Joist
Trimmer
Joist Hanger
Multi-Ply Engineered Timber Performance Values
1.
2.
3.
4.
Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2)
LVL - Long Term Shear (Lateral) Load (N)
LVL - Fv,Rk (N)
Item Code
2 x 38mm
SDW22300
980
2900
2 x 45mm
SDW22338
1110
3110
2 x 75mm
SDW22500
1220
3810
2 x 89mm
SDW22634
1220
3810
3 x 38mm
SDW22438
1090
2950
3 x 45mm
SDW22500
1120
3070
4 x 38mm
SDW22600
1130
3115
4 x 45mm
SDW22634
1120
3070
Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear, timber-to-timber connections.
Equal plies assumed.
Calculations are based on timbers having a characteristic density of 370kg/m3
Screws are installed from 1 side only.
Installation:
28
All members shall be full length with no intermediate splices.

Screws shall be installed with the screw heads in the loaded ply.
Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 1/2 of the required spacing to avoid conflicts with other hardware or
timber defects.
The spacing of applied uniform loads to the multi-ply member shall not exceed 600mm centres (i.e. Hanger Spacing).
Use maximum of 1 row of screws in members up to 120mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
Use 1, 2 rows in members up to 170mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
Use 1, 2 or 3 rows of screws in members over 171mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
Screws with self drilling tips require high torque to install, especially when installed into dense wood materials such as
laminated veneer lumber (LVL).
The screw guns used to install the screws should have the following (minimum) specification: 100Nm torque, 14.4V or
18V Battery and have impact driving functionality.
The number of screws being installed needs to be considered against the constant high loads, at high torque, applied
to the screw gun motor. Refer to manufacturer for motor loading conditions.
Timber Plys

Connection Detail for a Multi-Ply Trimmer (UDL1)
Connection Detail for a Multi-Ply Trimming Joist
Trimmer
2 Ply Trimming Joist

Trimmer
Joist Hanger
Timber
Item
Code
Plys
2 x 38mm
SDW22300
Screw
Characteristic
Load (N)
UDL Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2)

1
Maximum UDL (kN/m)
Screw
SWL (N)
SCL Long
Term
1 Row
2 Row
3 Row
@ 600 ctrs
@ 600 ctrs
@ 600 ctrs
980
3.27
6.53
9.80
UDL Characterstic Loads (EN1995-1-1)

1
Maximum UDL (kN/m)
1 Row
2 Row
3 Row
@ 600 ctrs
@ 600 ctrs
@ 600 ctrs
2900
9.67
19.33
29.00
SCL
2 x 45mm
SDW22338
1110
3.70
7.40
11.10
3110
10.37
20.73
31.10
2 x 75mm
SDW22500
1220
4.07
8.13
12.20
3810
12.70
25.40
38.10
2 x 89mm
SDW22634
1220
4.07
8.13
12.20
3810
12.70
25.40
38.10
3 x 38mm
SDW22438
1090
2.73
5.45
8.18
2950
7.38
14.75
22.13
3 x 45mm
SDW22500
1120
2.80
5.60
8.40
3070
7.68
15.35
23.03
4 x 38mm
SDW22600
1130
2.51
5.02
7.53
3115
6.92
13.84
20.77
1.
Uniformly Distributed Load.
2.
The load is uniformly distributed from hangers at regular centres of up to 600mm maximum.
3.
To calculate the maximum allowable end reaction for each hanger - multiply the UDL by the spacing e.g. 3.51 x 0.6 = 2.1kN per hanger.
4.
To calculate the maximum span of trimmed joists use the 2 x UDL (from above table)
Floor Load (kN/m2)
e.g. 2 x 3.51 = 3.12m
2.25
Load Transfer
Max. Permissible
Timber
Plys
Item
Code
2 x 38mm
SDW22300
2 x 45mm
SDW22338
Max. Characteristic Load (kN)
Load (kN)
4 No. Screws
6 No. Screws
4 No. Screws
6 No. Screws
7.84
11.76
23.20
34.80
8.88
13.32
24.88
37.32
2 x 75mm
SDW22500
9.76
14.64
30.48
45.72
2 x 89mm
SDW22634
9.76
14.64
30.48
45.72
3 x 38mm
SDW22438
6.54
9.81
17.70
26.55
3 x 45mm
SDW22500
6.72
10.08
18.42
27.63
4 x 38mm
SDW22600
6.03
9.04
16.61
24.92
4 x 45mm
SDW22634
5.97
8.96
16.37
24.56
4 Screw
4 Screw
Arrangement
Arrangement
6 Screw
6 Screw
Arrangement
Arrangement
29
Solid Flange I-Joists

Simpson Strong-Drive SDW & ESCR screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of 2 or 3 ply I-Joists (with
a minimum flange height of 45mm).
No.
Joist
of
Width
Plies
(mm)
Item
How to
Code
Install
Safe Working Load
Design Resistance
(BS5268)
(EC5)
SWL (kN)
Rd (kN)
47
SDW22338
From 1 side
1.00
2.40
63
SDW22458
From 1 side
1.27
3.09
72
SDW22500
From 1 side
1.25
2.96
97
SDW22634
From 1 side
1.25
2.99
47
SDW22500
From 1 side
1.03
2.43
63
SDW22634
From 1 side
1.05
2.46
72
SDW22500
From both sides
0.97
2.29
72
ESCR8.0X200
From 1 side
0.73
1.77
97
ESCR8.0X280
From 1 side
0.87
2.06
97
SDW22634
From both sides
0.79
1.86
Screw installed
from one side
Screw installed
from both sides
Installation:
No pre-drilling required.
For best installation use a low speed drill.
Install the bottom of the screw head flush to the surface of the member being
connected.
Do not over-drive the screws.
Install backer blocks on to both sides of the load carrying member only, when
using face fix hangers that require backer block (see diagram below right).
It is common practice to facilitate handling of the multi-ply I-Joists to also install

screws uniformly distributed along the length of the joist at centres not exceeding
600mm and a minimum distance of 400mm from each end.
Gap between joists not to exceed 3mm.
Floor sheathing to be attached to the top of both floor joists by nailing, screwing or
gluing.
The floor designer to ensure each joist is designed for the appropriate loads
considering the location of the applied loads.
For 2 ply trimmers / headers with supported hangers at less than 600mm centres
- refer to SST technical department.
Screw spacing and distances when fixed

from one side
Centre Line
of Joist Hanger
Flange Thickness
30
Backer block details

for face fix hangers
Backer blocks
installed as
recommended
by I-Joist
Manufacturer
Note: For top flange hangers, including

ITB enhanced, install backer blocks tight
to the I-Joist top flange.
Screw spacing and distances when fixed from two sides
This Side
Opposite Side
Centre of incoming load
Metal Web Joists

Simpson Strong-Drive SDW & ESCR Screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of the multi-ply open web
floor joists manufactured from metal webs and timber chords.
Joist Plys
1.
2.
Characteristic Loads
(EN1995-1-1)
Fk(kN)
Safe Working Load

(BS5268-2)
Long Term Load (kN)
How to
Install
Item Code
2 x 72mm
SDW22500
1.59
3.76
2 x 97mm
SDW22600
1.66
3.93
1.07
2.53
2 x 122mm
SDW22634
2 x 147mm
ESCR8.0X200
3 x 72mm
ESCR8.0X200
3 x 97mm
ESCR8.0X280
Fom
One
Side
1.74
4.13
0.97
2.29
0.81
1.83
Loads are based on TR26 timbers with a minimum pointside penetration of 50mm.
Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear, timber-to-timber connections.
Load Transfer
Maximum Permissible Applied Load
Maximum Design Load (kN)
(kN)
Joist Plys
Item Code
2 No.
Screws
4 No.
Screws
6 No.
Screws
8 No.
Screws
2 No.
Screws
4 No.
Screws
6 No.
Screws
8 No.
Screws
2 x 72mm
SDW22500
3.18
6.36
9.54
12.72
7.52
15.04
22.56
30.08
2 x 97mm
SDW22600
3.32
6.64
9.96
13.28
7.86
15.72
23.58
31.44
2 x 122mm
SDW22634
2.14
4.28
6.42
8.56
5.06
10.12
15.18
20.24
2 x 147mm
ESCR8.0X200
3.48
6.96
10.44
13.92
8.26
16.52
24.78
33.04
3 x 72mm
ESCR8.0X200
1.94
3.88
5.82
7.76
4.58
9.16
13.74
18.32
3 x 97mm
ESCR8.0X280
1.62
3.24
4.86
6.48
3.66
7.32
10.98
14.64
1.
2.
3.
Maximum loads are based on screw capacity only, designer of

floor to check joist capacity and ply sizes required to support
the applied loads.
47
The above are examples of mulit-ply combinations; other
combinations can be used provided the minimum of 50mm
pointside penetration is achieved into the last ply.
Joist designer to check capability of joists to take applied load.
Installation:
No pre-drilling required.
For best installation use a low
speed drill.
Install the bottom of the screw head
integral washer flush to the surface
of the member being connected.
Do not over-drive the screws.
Screws are recommended for use
in dry environments. Care should
be taken during construction to
prevent prolonged exposure to
water or wet weather.
Screw to be installed centrally in
the depth of the flange (+/- 2.5mm)
typically at 400mm centres about
the centre of the joist hanger - see
opposite.
Joist Hanger
Typical Screw
Minimum Spacing
Examples:
47
Install screws central

to the chord height.
Screw Spacing Requirements (mm)
For A-D dimensions

refer to the diagram
above.
Minimum End Distance
Minimum Spacing Along Chords
100
100
Maximum Spacing Along Chords
600
Maximum Distance Either Side of Concentrated Load
300
Flanges to be a minimum of 47mm deep.

Screws shall be installed within 300mm of either side of a concentrated load, to be considered effective in transferring loads.
It is common practice to facilitate handling of the multi-ply to also include screws uniformly distributed along the length of the joist
at centres not exceeding 600mm.
Gap between joists not to exceed 3mm.
If screws are installed in the wrong face of the joist then install additional screws in the correct face with a maximum spacing of
twice the required spacing but not exceeding 600mm centres. The additional screws shall be offset from the existing screws to
prevent splitting.
Floor sheathing to be attached to the top of both floor joists by nailing, screwing or gluing.
Floor designer to ensure each joist is designed for the appropriate loads considering the location of the applied loads.
Do not install screws through the metal web plates unless approved by the joist manufacturer; pre-drilling would be required.
Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects.
31
SFH/SFWH
Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers
The SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Hangers are designed to support timber
joists, beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls without the need for
masonry above the top flange.

SFH
100
Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published

performance values.
Improved vertical and lateral load distribution.
Mini Strap simply hooks onto the hanger.
Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of
masonry.
Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the
traditional masonry hangers with no masonry above.
Eliminates the need for propping of floor joists.
Mini Strap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC
guidelines.
Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps.
Material:
SFH: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
SFWH: Mild steel.
Mini Strap - Pre-galvanised mild steel.
PATENT NOS.
GB2316103, GB2354267
GB2390380
EP1200684
Finish: SFWH: Hot-dip galvanised.
Installation:
SFWH
Use all specified nails.

Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks
are at least one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure.
Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of block
work, ensuring the bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the
masonry, sitting tight against the front face and top of the block work.
Sit the floor joist into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are
correctly installed. The joist should be tight into the back of the hanger
where possible. The maximum gap between the back of the hanger
and the end of the joist is 6mm.
Clip the Safety Fast Mini Strap onto the restraining hooks on either side
of the hanger and nail to the side face of the joist with 3.75 x 30mm
square twist nails. INSTALL ONLY ONE STRAP PER HANGER.
General Installation Notes

32
The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is
uniformly distributed between the several joists and does not exceed
the hanger or joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier
for joist capacity and maximum construction loads.
The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before
additional loads can be placed on the system.
Floor decking and block work is to be cut where necessary to fit
around the upstand stiffeners.
Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto
the scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then
be evenly distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger or
joist capacities are not exceeded.
100
PATENT NOS.
GB2354267, GB2390380
EP1200684
Mini Strap (included with Safety Fast Hanger)

Typical SFH Installation
Typical SFWH Installation
SFH/SFWH Hanger Loads

Safe Working Loads (kN)
(kN)
Block Strength
Block Strength
Joist Fasteners
Model No.
Joist Width
Hanger
Nail
Qty
Nail
3.75 x 30
3.75 x 30
> 66mm
< 61mm
SFWH
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
Qty
< 61mm
SFH
MiniStrap
> 66mm
3.75 x 30
3.75 x 30
3.5N/mm2
Solid LAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid LAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
13.34
5.34
6.67
6.67
13.34
9.98
12.47
12.47
24.93
24.93
7.44
9.30
9.30
18.59
18.59
11.58
14.47
14.47
28.94
28.94
Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd and are determined in accordance with EN 845.
1. Stated loads are achieved without masonry above the top flange.
2. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate depth.
3. The lateral capacity when installed with the FMS ministrap, exceeds that provided by traditional staps placed at 2m centres.
4. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).
SFH Hangers
SFWH Hangers
Joist Size
Hanger Dimension (mm)
Joist Size
Model No.
Width
38
50
75
2 Ply 50
or
100
Height
Model No.
Width (W)
Height (H)
Width
Height
140
35
225
150
SFH150/40/100
40
225
SFH225/40/100
40
215
150
SFH150/50/100
50
140
38
Width (W)
Height (H)
SFWH225/38/100
38
215
225
SFWH225/40/100
40
215
250
SFWH250/40/100
40
240
175
SFH175/50/100
50
165
150
SFWH150/50/100
50
140
200
SFH200/50/100
50
190
175
SFWH175/50/100
50
165
225
SFH225/50/100
50
215
200
SFWH200/50/100
50
190
250
SFH250/50/100
50
240
225
SFWH225/50/100
50
215
175
SFH175/75/100
75
165
250
SFWH250/50/100
50
240
200
SFH200/75/100
75
190
75
225
SFWH225/75/100
75
215
225
SFH225/75/100
75
215
100
225
SFWH225/100/100
100
215
175
SFH175/100/100
100
165
200
SFH200/100/100
100
190
225
SFH225/100/100
100
215
50
33
SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger

The SFLH is an innovative single piece hanger designed to support timber joists from masonry walls without the need for
masonry above the course of blockwork supporting the hanger.
The SFLH has been designed to assist in meeting the air
leakage requirements as part of the Code for Sustainable
Homes. Since the joist is supported by a hanger and does
not penetrate the inner leaf of blockwork, the potential for air
leakage is reduced and avoids the time consuming and costly
mortaring and sealing with mastic around built in joist ends.
This hanger allows construction work to continue safely just
3 days after the supporting blockwork has been laid - as
opposed to 28 days in the case of traditional masonry hangers.
100mm
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Patent No. EP2064395
Features and Benefits

Avoids joist penetrating block work, minimising air leakage.

Achieves published performance values with no masonry
above the supporting course of block work.
Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next
lift of masonry.
Reduces health & safety risks associated with the use of
traditional masonry hangers with no masonry courses
above them.
Eliminates the need for propping to support the floor joists.
Web stiffeners are not required with joists to achieve
published performance values.
Use FMS strap range with every hanger spaced up to
600mm centres to provide lateral restraint of the floor joist
in accordance with EN845-1.
CE Approved: meets the requirements of EN845-1 and
tested in accordance with EN 846-8.
SFLH joist hanger used in conjunction with FMS strap.
34
75mm
Step 1: Build masonry

to the required level,
ensuring any coursing
bricks or blocks are at
least one course below the
supporting block.
Step 2: Place the Safety

Fast Lite Masonry Hanger
for solid joists (SFLH)
over the inner leaf of the
block work, ensuring
the top flanges are fully
bearing onto the top of the
supporting block work and
are also tight against the
front face of the block work.
Leave the masonry to cure

for at least three days.
Step 3: Install the floor

joist into the SFLH. The
end of the joist should be
tight against the back of
the hanger. Maximum gap
allowed: 6mm.
Step 4: Install the

appropriate restraint strap
(see note 1), ensuring the
strap is tight against the
back face of the block work
hanger return and the side
of the floor joist. Fix with
fasteners as specified in the
table below.
Install the specified joist

nails (see table below).
SFLH - Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for Solid Joist Performance Data
Size Range
Joist Fastener Qty

3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail
Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Block Strength
Height (mm)
Width (mm)
Hanger
(1)
FMS Strap
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
140 - 400
38 -100
3.9
Block Strength
3.5N/mm2
Solid AAC
7.0N/mm2
Solid DAC
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid AAC
7.0N/mm2
Solid DAC
4.5
4.5
6.8
7.9
7.9
Please note:
1. Appropriate variant from FMS strap range, depending on connection detail - refer to FMS page of this brochure.
2. Performance values are with NO masonry above supporting block work.
About working on the floor prior to the next lift of masonry.

1. The floor decking may be
stored on the joists provided

the load is uniformly distributed
among several joists and does
not exceed the hanger or
joist capacities. Refer to joist
manufacturer or supplier for
joist capacity and maximum
construction loads.
2. The floor decking must be
securely attached to each joist

before additional loads can be
placed on the system.
3. Pallets of blocks or other
construction material should

be placed onto the scaffolding
and not directly onto the floor.
The materials can then be
evenly distributed around the
floor manually, ensuring the
hanger or joist capacities are not
exceeded.
For example, total number of blocks per pair of joists (4 hangers) @ 600 c/c:
2.8N/mm2 AAC = 24
3.5N/mm2 AAC = 20
7.0N/mm2 DAC = 16
Note: I-Joist shown above for illustration purposes, SFLH is compatible with
solid sawn joists.
35

SFLH Hanger Sizes
Joist Size
SFLH Hanger Sizes

Joist Size
Model No.
Height
Height (H)
Width
Height
Height (H)
100
SFLH100/38
100
100
SFLH100/91
100
125
SFLH125/38
125
125
SFLH125/91
125
150
SFLH150/38
140
150
SFLH150/91
140
175
SFLH175/38
165
175
SFLH175/91
165
200
SFLH200/91
190
38
35
2 Ply 45
or 91
SFLH200/38
190
225
SFLH225/38
215
225
SFLH225/91
215
250
SFLH250/38
240
250
SFLH250/91
240
300
SFLH300/38
290
300
SFLH300/91
290
100
SFLH100/47
100
100
SFLH100/100
100
125
SFLH125/47
125
125
SFLH125/100
125
150
SFLH150/47
140
150
SFLH150/100
140
175
SFLH175/47
165
175
SFLH175/100
165
200
SFLH200/100
190
47
2 Ply 50
or 97
or 100
Width (W)
91
200
45
100
200
SFLH200/47
190
225
SFLH225/47
215
225
SFLH225/100
215
250
SFLH250/47
240
250
SFLH250/100
240
300
SFLH300/47
290
300
SFLH300/100
290
100
SFLH100/50
100
125
SFLH125/50
125
150
SFLH150/50
140
175
SFLH175/50
165
200
SFLH200/50
190
225
SFLH225/50
215
250
SFLH250/50
240
300
SFLH300/50
290
100
SFLH100/63
100
125
SFLH125/63
125
150
SFLH150/63
140
175
SFLH175/63
165
200
SFLH200/63
190
225
SFLH225/63
215
250
SFLH250/63
240
300
SFLH300/63
290
100
SFLH100/75
100
125
SFLH125/75
125
150
SFLH150/75
140
175
SFLH175/75
165
200
SFLH200/75
190
50
50
63
63
75
75
36
Width (W)
225
SFLH225/75
215
250
SFLH250/75
240
300
SFLH300/75
290
Width
Model No.
SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap

The SFJC is an innovative product which enables a safe, practical and
robust solution that satisfies the requirements of Approved Document B &
L of the Building Regulations.
The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into a
masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems associated
with shrinkage of timber joists. It also provides resistance to fire for up to 60
minutes when gaps are filled with mineral wool.

SFJC225/50 specifically designed for 50mm solid sawn joists up to

225mm deep.
SFJC305/50, SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100 models accommodate
a large range of joists types and sizes.
Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated.
Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.
Material: Black Polypropylene.

The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists during
construction phase. It is therefore necessary to install temporary bracing
in accordance with the joist manufacturers instructions and/or standard
construction practice, to ensure temporary stability of the floor joists.

Place floor joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct bearing at each
end.
Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist, ensuring
the SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner face on the masonry
wall.
SFJC
PATENT GB2392928, GB2393459
Typical SFJC Installation
SFJC225/50: SOLID SAWN JOISTS

Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 225mm high can be installed
directly into the SFJC225/50.
SFJC305/50 SOLID SAWN JOISTS
Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 300mm high can be installed
directly into the SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge
cut outs to pack the joist.
SFJC305/100 & SFJC225/100: SOLID SAWN JOISTS

Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to
the top and bottom of the floor joists.
Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate.
Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres and nail to
the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails.
Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction.
Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with
mortar.
With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is
completed.
If necessary, hammer wedges in tight.
Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or
expanding foam.
Model No.
Dimensions (mm)
Solid Sawn Joist Sizes

(mm)
Width
Height
Width
SFJC225/50
50
225
up to 50
SFJC225/100
100
225
up to 100
SFJC305/50
50
305
up to 50
SFJC305/100
100
305
up to 100
Height
up to 225
up to 302
1. 2 No. SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC305/50.

2. 2 No. Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100.
37
JHM/HJHM Masonry Hangers

JHMs and HJHMs are for supporting timber joists, beams and trussed rafters
from masonry walls.

JHM
Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from the
ground.
HJHM: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity.
Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support allowing
superior performance. Embossments on JHM stiffen top flange and holes
allow improved mortar keying.
JHM side flange on deeper hangers is much higher than traditional style,
providing greatly enhanced resistance to joist rotation.
Material:
JHM and HJHM: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:

Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes".

Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired level,
then continue with additional courses to complete wall height. Joist should
be tight into back of hanger when possible. Maximum gap permitted is
6mm.
MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY) REQUIRED
ABOVE HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE APPLYING
LOAD.
Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction unless
the joists have additional support to take the full load of the blocks vertically
and horizontally.
The JHM joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of power
actuated fasteners (see table below).
The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance
with the manufacturers installation requirements.
HJHM
Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around three

sides of the block. Designate return and length of return dimensions when
ordering.
RETURN HANGERS DO NOT SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR
LATERAL RESTRAINT TYPE HANGERS.
Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top
of support enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall.
Designate straddle and length of straddle dimensions when ordering.
Other widths and heights available to order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie
for details.
SPEC JHMs up to 61mm width can be skewed from 5 to 45 deg. See
skewed hanger load table.
JHM Shot Fired to Steel Girder

Fasteners
Safe Working
Load (kN)
Model No.
JHM
Steel Support
Joist Nails
4 - Shot Fired Pins
4 - 3.75 x 30mm
5.17
1. The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No. Hilti 12mm X-EDNI steel
pins fired through holes provided in the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick steel plate. Other
pins may be used provided similar structural performance is verified by the pin manufacturer. Pin
Head size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading.
2. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads.
3. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
38
JHM Shot-fired to steel
Options

Typical JHM Installation
JHMS Straddle Configuration
JHMR Return Configuration
JHM Hanger Loads

Joist Fasteners
Block Strength
Qty
Nail
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid LAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
Short Term
Uplift
kN
3.75x30mm
5.29
6.42
10.01
1.00
Model
JHM (1)(2)

Block Strength
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid LAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
10.59
12.83
20.01
Uplift
kN
1.80
HJHM Hanger Loads

Size Range
(mm)

Joist Fasteners
Block Strength
Width
Height
Qty
Nail
2.8N/mm
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm
Solid LAC
7N/mm
Solid DAC
40 - 74
140 - 400
3.75 x 30mm
8.01
8.01
15.00
75 - 200
140 - 400
3.75 x 30mm
7.99
14.84
15.00

Short Term
Uplift
kN
Block Strength
2.8N/mm
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid LAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
16.02
16.02
30.01
15.98
29.67
30.01
1.00
Uplift
kN
1.80
91 - 200
140 - 400
4.00 x 90mm
7.99
14.84
20.88
15.98
29.67
41.76
201 - 300
140 - 400
3.75 x 30mm
8.15
8.15
21.49
15.11
37.61
37.61
1. Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-4 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails.
3. 4.0 x 90mm refers to round wire nails.
4. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as
shown in the illustrations above. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must
be twice the top flange length of a single hanger.
Skewed JHM Hanger Loads

Joist Fasteners
Block Strength
Model
Qty
Nail
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid AAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
3.75x30mm
5.05
5.17
5.17
SPEC JHMSK
SKR
1. Maximum width 61mm.

2. Maximum skew 45.
SPEC
JHMSK
45
SKR
45
SPEC JHMSK Top

View
39

Joist Size (mm)
Width
35
44
47
50
63
2 Ply 35
or 75
2 Ply 44
or 91
2 Ply 50
or 100
2 Ply 63
2 Ply 75
40
Height
HJHM Hanger Sizes
Model No.

Width (H)
Height (W)
100
JHM100/38
38
100
125
JHM125/38
38
125
150
JHM150/38
38
175
JHM175/38
38
200
JHM200/38
38
190
225
JHM225/38
38
215
250
JHM250/38
38
240
100
JHM100/44
44
100
125
JHM125/44
44
125
150
JHM150/44
44
140
175
JHM175/44
44
165
200
JHM200/44
44
190
Joist Size (mm)

Width
Height
Model No.

Width (H)
Height (W)
150
HJHM150/38
38
140
200
HJHM200/38
38
190
140
225
HJHM225/38
38
215
165
150
HJHM150/40
40
140
220
HJHM220/40
40
210
225
HJHM225/40
40
215
150
HJHM150/50
50
140
200
HJHM200/50
50
190
225
HJHM225/50
50
215
150
HJHM150/75
75
140
175
HJHM175/75
75
165
200
HJHM200/75
75
190
35
38
50
2 Ply 35
or 75
225
JHM225/44
44
215
225
HJHM225/75
75
215
250
JHM250/44
44
240
250
HJHM250/75
75
240
100
JHM100/47
47
100
300
HJHM300/75
75
290
125
JHM125/47
47
125
150
HJHM150/100
100
140
150
JHM150/47
47
140
175
HJHM175/100
100
165
200
HJHM200/100
100
190
225
HJHM225/100
100
215
175
JHM175/47
47
165
200
JHM200/47
47
190
225
JHM225/47
47
215
250
HJHM250/100
100
240
290
2 ply 50
or 100
250
JHM250/47
47
240
300
HJHM300/100
100
100
JHM100/50
50
100
150
HJHM150/125
125
140
125
JHM125/50
50
125
200
HJHM200/125
125
190
150
JHM150/50
50
140
225
HJHM225/125
125
215
175
JHM175/50
50
165
250
HJHM250/125
125
240
200
JHM200/50
50
190
150
HJHM150/150
150
140
225
JHM225/50
50
215
200
HJHM200/150
150
190
250
JHM250/50
50
240
125
JHM125/63
63
125
150
JHM150/63
63
140
175
JHM175/63
63
165
200
JHM200/63
63
190
225
JHM225/63
63
215
250
JHM250/63
63
240
100
JHM100/75
75
100
125
JHM125/75
75
125
150
JHM150/75
75
140
175
JHM175/75
75
165
200
JHM200/75
75
190
225
JHM225/75
75
215
250
JHM250/75
75
240
100
JHM100/91
91
100
125
JHM125/91
91
125
150
JHM150/91
91
140
175
JHM175/91
91
165
200
JHM200/91
91
190
225
JHM225/91
91
215
250
JHM250/91
91
240
100
JHM100/100
100
100
125
JHM125/100
100
125
150
JHM150/100
100
140
175
JHM175/100
100
165
200
JHM200/100
100
190
225
JHM225/100
100
215
250
JHM250/100
100
240
125
125
JHM125/125
125
225
JHM225/125
125
215
250
JHM250/125
125
240
300
JHM300/125
125
290
175
JHM175/150
150
165
225
JHM225/150
150
215
250
JHM250/150
150
240
300
JHM300/150
150
290
2 Ply 63
3 Ply 50
or
2 Ply 75
3 Ply 63
4 Ply 50
or
2 Ply 100
3 Ply 75
3 Ply 100
225
HJHM225/150
150
215
250
HJHM250/150
150
240
225
HJHM225/190
190
215
150
HJHM150/200
200
140
200
HJHM200/200
200
190
225
HJHM225/200
200
215
250
HJHM250/200
200
240
225
HJHM225/225
225
215
250
HJHM250/225
225
240
225
HJHM225/300
300
215
JHM Hanger Sizes
RHMSK Skewed Masonry Hanger

The RHMSK is designed to support solid timber joists,
I-Joists or metal web joists from masonry walls.

Hanger design enables skew angles from 5-90 left

or right.
Full 90 skew option replaces the trimming detail
around soil pipes.
Material
Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation Notes:

Set the hanger back flange tight against the block

wall when the wall is built to the desired level.
The joist should be set tight into the back of the
hanger - a maximum gap of 6mm is permitted.
Fix the joist into the hanger using all specified
fasteners.
Web stiffeners are required for I-Joist applications.
Continue with additional masonry courses above the
hanger top flange to complete the wall height.
Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists
during construction unless the joists have additional
support to take the full load of the blocks.
A minimum of 675mm of masonry is required above
the hanger top flange with the mortar fully cured
before applying the load.
RHMSK Performance Values

Dimensions (mm)l
Performance Values (kN)

Masonry Type and Strength
Fasteners
Safe Working Loads
Model
Width
Height
Skew
(degree)
61 - 150 100 - 400 5 - 85
Qty
Nail
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid AAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid AAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
3.75x30mm
6.50
7.50
13.00
14.00
3.75x30mm
3.00
3.00
6.00
6.00
SPEC RHMSK
100
100 - 400
90
1. Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building technology, are determined in accordance to BS EN 845-1:2013 and apply to masonry
blocks with a minimum compressive strength as indicated.
2. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange depth.
3. 3.75x30mm refers to galvanised square twist nails: 3.75mm diameter, 30mm length.
4. Skew angle to be specified in accordance to illustration below.
How to Order:
Specify hanger finished height and width.
Specify skew angle and direction.
Example:
For joist 200mm deep by 100mm wide with a right directional skew of
45 the code to order would be: RHMSK200/100 SKR45.
SPEC RHMSK
Top View. 45 skewed right example.
41
Above Left: JHMI supporting an I-Joist. Above right: RHMSK support solid joist at 90 angle to the block wall.
Installation Sequence
45 Skew Example
Step 2: Place hangers onto supporting block work, ensuring the

hanger back flange is tight against the face of the block work.
Step 3: Continue with masonry above hanger ensuring a
minimum of 675mm of masonry is above the hanger top flange
and leave to cure. Mortar must be fully cured before any load is
applied to the hanger.
Step 4: Install the joist into the hanger. The joist should be tight
into the back of the hanger where possible. A maximum gap of
6mm is permitted.
Step 5: Fix the joist to the hanger using all specified fasteners.
Step 6: If installing I-joist, web stiffeners are required. Web
stiffeners should be installed in accordance with I-Joist
manufacturers recommendations.
Step 7: Where the 90 skewed variant is used to frame around soil
vent pipes, a solid blocking piece is to be fitted between the joist
and hanger back flange so the joist is positioned 50mm from the
face of the masonry wall.
The blocking piece must be fitted to the joist prior to installing into
the hanger. The blocking piece must be the same depth as the
joist, width to suit the remaining gap and be at least 100mm long.
42
90 Skew Example
Step 1: Build the masonry to the required level and leave to cure.
ICF Insulated Concrete Form Hanger

The ICFLC and ICFVL-CW ledger connector system is engineered to solve the challenges of mounting steel or wood
ledgers on insulated concrete walls.
The ledger connector system is easy, quick and versatile to use. The perforations in the embedded leg of the ICFLC
permit the concrete to flow around it, anchoring the ICFLC securely within the wall. The exposed flange provides a
structural surface for mounting either a wood or a steel ledger.
25.4
150
57
ICFVL-CW
178
182
13
46
4
Measurements are in mm.
Attach interior partition walls with suitable

drill point screws into ICFLC where needed.
Use ICFVL-CW to attach ledger to ICF wall.
Use ICFLC to connect to the concrete

wall through the ICF.
Use a face fix hanger for I-joist floor system.
Max. 70mm
Typical Steel Ledger Installation with

ICFLC (minimum 1.6mm steel ledger).
Requires 3 screws at each location.
Table provides centre spacing.
Typical Wood Ledger Installation with ICFLC and ICFVL-CW.
Solid Sawn Ledger - ICFLC with ICFVL-CW (67mm forms)

Download per ICF connector (kN)
Maximum
Connector Spacing (mm)
8.5
1200
General Notes
1.
1. Use 8 No. D3 screws (provided).

2. Loads assume a minimum C16 ledger
2.
3.
4.
Steel Ledger - ICFLC 67mm

Ledger Thickness (mm)
8.5
1.6
350
Ledger Thickness (mm)
7.8
1.6
350
Steel Ledger - ICFLC 70mm
1.
2.
3.
Spacings shown apply to vertical loads

only.
No load duration increase is allowed.
Minimum concrete grade C20/25.
Do not splice ledger at ICFLC location.
WARNING: Industry studies show that

hardened fasteners can experience
performance problems in wet environments.
Accordingly, use this product in dry, interior
applications only.
Minimum steel ledger specification is A-653 SS Grade 50.

Use three 1/4-14x3/4, #3 drill point screws (not provided).
Minimum screw shear capacity is 3.3kN.
43
Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web
JHMI/HJHMI
Masonry Supported I-Joist Hangers
JHMI and HJHMI are joist hangers for supporting timber joists, beams and
trussed rafters from masonry walls.

JHMI
Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from
the ground.
HJHMI: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity.
Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support
allowing superior performance. Embossments on JHMI stiffen top
flange and holes allow improved mortar keying.
Side flange is much higher than traditional style, providing greatly
enhanced resistance to joist rotation.
Material:
JHMI and HJHMI: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:

Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired
level, then continue with additional courses to complete wall height.
Joist should be tight into back of hanger when possible. Maximum gap
permitted is 6mm.
MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY)
REQUIRED ABOVE HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE
APPLYING LOAD.
JHMI hangers have two PAN or obround nail holes located so that
nails can be driven at an angle into the lower chord of an I-joist. Web
stiffeners may be required by the I-joist manufacturer.
Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction
unless the joists have additional support to take the full load of the
blocks vertically and horizontally.
JHMI range of joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of
powder actuated fasteners. See table below.
The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in
accordance with the manufacturers installation requirements.
HJHMI
Options

Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around

three sides of the block. Designate return and length of return
dimensions when ordering.
Return hangers do not satisfy the requirements for lateral restraint type
hangers.
Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top
of support enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall.
Designate straddle and length of straddle dimensions when ordering.
Other widths and heights available to order.
JHMI Shot Fired to a Steel Girder

Fasteners
Model No.
JHMI
1.
2.
3.
44
Steel Support
Joist Nails
4 - Shot Fired Pins
2 - 3.75 x 30mm
Safe Working
Load (kN)
5.17
The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No. Hilti 12mm
X-EDNI steel pins fired through holes provided in the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick
steel plate. Other pins may be used provided similar structural performance is verified by the
pin manufacturer. Pin Head size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading.
The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads.
Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
JHMI Shot-fired to steel

Typical JHMI Installation
JHMIS Straddle Configuration
JHMIR Return Configuration
JHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood Sizes - Loads

Joist Fasteners
Model
Block Strength
JHMI1,2
Qty
Nail
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid LAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
3.75x30
5.29
6.42
10.01
Short Term
Uplift
kN
1.07
Block Strength
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid LAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
10.59
12.83
13.98
Uplift
kN
1.80
HJHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood Sizes - Loads

Size Range
(mm)
Joist Fasteners
Block Strength
Qty
Nail
2.8N/mm
Solid AAC
140 - 400
3.75 x 30
8.01
8.01
15.00
140 - 400
3.75 x 30
7.99
14.84
15.00
Width
Height
40 - 74
75 - 200
3.5N/mm
Solid LAC
7N/mm
Solid DAC
Short Term
Uplift
kN
Block Strength
2.8N/mm
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid LAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
16.02
16.02
30.01
15.98
29.67
30.01
1.00
1.80
91 - 200
140 - 400
8 (4)
4.00 x 90
7.99
14.84
20.88
15.98
29.67
41.76
201 - 300
140 - 400
3.75 x 30
8.15
8.15
21.49
15.11
15.11
37.61
1.
2.
3.
4.
Uplift
kN
Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-8 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
3.75 x 30 refers to square twist nails.
Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as shown in the illustrations above.
For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must be twice the top flange length of a single hanger.
Installation requires web stiffeners when used to support I-joists.
SKEWED JHMI Hangers - Loads

Joist Fasteners
Model
JHMI (1)(2)
1.
2.
Block Strength
Qty
Nail
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.75x30mm
5.05
3.5N/mm2
Solid AAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
5.17
5.17
Maximum width: 61mm

Maximum skew 45o
45

Joist Size
HJHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood
Joist Size
Width
38
45
47
51
58 or 60
63
68
70
72
2ply 38
2ply 45
or 89-90
2ply 47
97
46
Height
Joist Size
Model No.

Model No.
Model No.
Width (W)
Height (H)
114
140
184
195
220
240
300
350
145
184
195
200
220
240
300
350
400
145
195
225
235
240
245
300
350
400
240
300
350
400
195
200
220
235
240
245
300
350
400
195
220-225
235
240
245
300
350
400
220
240
245
300
350
400
200
220
240
300
350
400
195
220
235
245
300
350
400
114
140
184
220
235
240
300
350
184
195
200
220
235
240
245
300
350
400
195
225
235
240
245
300
350
400
195
220
245
300
350
JHM114/40
JHMI140/40
JHMI184/40
JHMI195/40
JHMI225/40
JHMI240/40
JHMI300/40
JHMI350/40
JHMI145/47
JHMI184/47
JHMI195/47
JHMI200/47
JHMI225/47
JHMI240/47
JHMI300/47
JHMI350/47
JHMI400/47
JHMI145/50
JHMI195/50
JHMI225/50
JHMI235/50
JHMI240/50
JHMI245/50
JHMI300/50
JHMI350/50
JHMI400/50
JHMI240/53
JHMI300/53
JHMI350/53
JHMI400/53
JHMI195/61
JHMI200/61
JHMI225/61
JHMI235/61
JHMI240/61
JHMI240/61
JHMI300/61
JHMI350/61
JHMI400/61
JHMI195/66
JHMI225/66
JHMI235/66
JHMI240/66
JHMI245/66
JHMI300/66
JHMI350/66
JHMI400/66
JHMI225/70
JHMI240/70
JHMI245/70
JHMI300/70
JHMI350/70
JHMI400/70
JHMI200/72
JHMI225/72
JHMI240/72
JHMI300/72
JHMI350/72
JHMI400/72
JHMI195/75
JHMI225/75
JHMI235/75
JHMI245/75
JHMI300/75
JHMI350/75
JHMI400/75
JHMI114/78
JHMI140/78
JHMI184/78
JHMI225/78
JHMI235/78
JHMI240/78
JHMI300/78
JHMI350/78
JHMI184/91
JHMI195/91
JHMI200/91
JHMI225/91
JHMI235/91
JHMI240/91
JHMI245/91
JHMI300/91
JHMI350/91
JHMI400/91
JHMI195/96
JHMI225/96
JHMI235/96
JHMI240/96
JHMI245/96
JHMI300/96
JHMI350/96
JHMI400/96
JHMI195/100
JHMI225/100
JHMI245/100
JHMI300/100
JHMI350/100
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
53
53
53
53
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
70
70
70
70
70
70
72
72
72
72
72
72
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
100
100
100
100
100
114
140
184
195
225
240
300
350
145
184
195
200
225
240
300
350
400
145
195
225
235
240
245
300
350
400
240
300
350
400
195
200
225
235
240
240
300
350
400
195
225
235
240
245
300
350
400
225
240
245
300
350
400
200
225
240
300
350
400
195
225
235
245
300
350
400
114
140
184
225
235
240
300
350
184
195
200
225
235
240
245
300
350
400
195
225
235
240
245
300
350
400
195
225
245
300
350
400
JHMI400/100
100
400
Width
45
47
63
70
72
2ply 38
Height
Width
Height
Width (W)
Height (H)
Width (W)
Height (H)
225
HJHMI225/47
47
225
195
HJHMI195/129
129
195
240
HJHMI240/47
47
240
220-225
HJHMI225/129
129
225
300
HJHMI300/47
47
300
240
HJHMI240/129
129
240
350
HJHMI350/47
47
350
300
HJHMI300/129
129
300
2ply 63
400
HJHMI400/47
47
400
400
HJHMI400/129
129
400
225
HJHMI225/50
50
225
225
HJHMI225/142
142
225
235
HJHMI235/50
50
235
240
HJHMI240/142
142
240
240
HJHMI240/50
50
240
300
HJHMI300/142
142
300
245
HJHMI245/50
50
245
350
HJHMI350/142
142
350
300
HJHMI300/50
50
300
400
HJHMI400/142
142
400
350
HJHMI350/50
50
350
195
HJHMI195/146
146
195
400
HJHMI400/50
50
400
220
HJHMI225/146
146
225
235
HJHMI235/146
146
235
245
HJHMI245/146
146
245
300
HJHMI300/146
146
300
2ply 70
195
HJHMI195/66
66
195
225
HJHMI225/66
66
225
235
HJHMI235/66
66
235
245
HJHMI245/66
66
245
350
HJHMI350/146
146
350
300
HJHMI300/66
66
300
400
HJHMI400/146
146
400
184
2ply 72
350
HJHMI350/66
66
350
184
HJHMI184/180
180
400
HJHMI400/66
66
400
195
HJHMI195/180
180
195
200
HJHMI200/72
72
200
220
HJHMI225/180
180
225
225
HJHMI225/72
72
225
45
220
HJHMI225/180
180
225
240
HJHMI240/72
72
240
or 2ply
235
HJHMI235/180
180
235
300
HJHMI300/72
72
300
90
240
HJHMI240/180
180
240
350
HJHMI350/72
72
350
or 1ply 178
300
HJHMI300/180
180
300
400
HJHMI400/72
72
400
350
HJHMI350/180
180
350
195
HJHMI195/75
75
195
400
HJHMI400/180
180
400
225
4ply
225
HJHMI225/75
75
225
220
HJHMI225/184
184
235
HJHMI235/75
75
235
240
HJHMI240/184
184
240
245
HJHMI245/75
75
245
300
HJHMI300/184
184
300
300
HJHMI300/75
75
300
350
HJHMI350/184
184
350
195
HJHMI195/78
78
195
400
HJHMI400/184
184
400
220
HJHMI225/78
78
225
195
HJHMI195/196
196
195
235
HJHMI235/78
78
235
220
HJHMI225/196
196
225
235
HJHMI235/196
196
235
245
HJHMI245/196
196
245
300
HJHMI300/196
196
300
2ply 90
240
HJHMI240/78
78
240
245
HJHMI245/78
78
245
300
HJHMI300/78
78
300
400
HJHMI400/78
78
400
350
HJHMI350/196
196
350
145
HJHMI145/91
91
145
400
HJHMI400/196
196
400
184
HJHMI184/91
91
184
450
HJHMI450/196
196
450
195
HJHMI195/91
91
195
225
HJHMI225/212
212
225
200
HJHMI200/91
91
200
240
HJHMI240/212
212
240
2ply
220
HJHMI225/91
91
225
45
235
HJHMI235/91
91
235
or 89
240
HJHMI240/91
91
240
245
HJHMI245/91
91
245
300
HJHMI300/91
91
300
350
HJHMI350/91
91
350
400
HJHMI400/91
91
400
2ply 47
97
2ply 51
2ply
58 or 2ply 60
195
HJHMI195/96
96
195
220
HJHMI225/96
96
225
235
HJHMI235/96
96
235
240
HJHMI240/96
96
240
245
HJHMI245/96
96
245
300
HJHMI300/96
96
300
350
HJHMI350/96
96
350
400
HJHMI400/96
96
400
195
HJHMI195/96
85
195
220
HJHMI225/100
100
225
245
HJHMI245/100
100
245
300
HJHMI300/100
100
300
350
HJHMI350/100
100
350
400
HJHMI400/100
100
400
450
HJHMI450/100
100
450
240
HJHMI240/105
105
240
300
HJHMI300/105
105
300
350
HJHMI350/105
105
350
400
HJHMI400/105
105
400
195
HJHMI195/120
120
195
200
HJHMI200/120
120
200
220
HJHMI225/120
120
225
235
HJHMI235/120
120
235
240
HJHMI240/120
120
240
245
HJHMI245/120
120
245
300
HJHMI300/120
120
300
350
HJHMI350/120
120
350
400
HJHMI400/120
120
400
2ply 97
3ply 70
JHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood
SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap

The SFJC is an innovative product which enables a safe, practical and
robust solution that satisfies the requirements of Approved Document B &
L of the Building Regulations.
The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into a
masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems associated
with shrinkage of timber joists. It also provides resistance to fire for up to 60
minutes when gaps are filled with mineral wool.

SFJC225/50, SFJC305/50, SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100 models

accommodate a large range of joists types and sizes.
Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated.
Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.
Material: Black Polypropylene.

The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists during
construction phase. It is therefore necessary to install temporary bracing
in accordance with the joist manufacturers instructions and/or standard
construction practice, to ensure temporary stability of the floor joists.

Place the I-joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct bearing at each
end.
Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist, ensuring
the SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner face on the masonry
wall.
SFJC
PATENT GB2392928, GB2393459
SFJC225/50 and SFJC305/50: I-Joists

I-joists up to 50mm wide and 225/300mm wide can be installed

directly into the SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge
cut outs to pack the joist.
SFJC305/100 & SFJC225/100: I-Joists
For use with double I-joists up to 300mm wide.

Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to
the top and bottom of the floor joists.
Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate.
Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres and nail to
the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails.
Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction.
Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with
mortar.
With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is
completed. If necessary, hammer wedges in tight.
Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or
expanding foam.
SFCJ Item Codes

Model No.
Dimensions (mm)
I-Joist Sizes (mm)
Width
Height
Width
SFJC225/50
50
225
up to 50
SFJC225/100
100
225
up to 100
SFJC305/50
50
305
up to 50
SFJC305/100
100
305
up to 100
Height
up to 225
up to 302
1. 2 No. SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC225/50 and SFJC305/50.

2. 2 No. Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100.
47
SES Simpson End Seal

Simpson End Seal: One solution for air leakage and sound transference requirements.
The SES Simpson End Seal provides a fast and effective solution to reduce air leakage
through pocket masonry in block walls. Once installed, it removes the need for mastic
sealant around the perimeter of joists (subject to good workmanship when mortar keying).
The SES is a cost effective way to help comply with the requirements of Part L (reduced air
leakage) and Part E (reduced sound transference).
The SES allows for a full 100mm bearing of joist onto masonry walls.

Air leakage - reduces air leakage without the need for mastic sealant.
Sound - meets the sound requirements of a proprietary joist cap as specified by
Appendix A, Robust Details Part E Handbook.
Fire - provides 1 hour of fire resistance (in compliance with Approved Document B).
Can be used on external and party walls.
Meets the NHBC Technical requirements.
Secure fixing - provided by 30mm Square Twist Nails.
Step 1: Prepare block work to accept floor joists - no need for mortar on
top. Position floor joists onto wall (only one joist shown for clarity). Fit the
End Seal to the end of the joist as shown. Ensure that the End Seal is
tight against the joist end and secure with two 3.75x30 square twist nails.
Step 2: When preparing a double joist, repeat installation step

1 on the second I-Joist. Apply mastic sealant to the inside face
of the End Seal between the joists (see diagram) and to the top
and bottom chords of the I-Joist.
Top Chord
SES
Step 3: Join the I-joists together, checking that the mastic sealant has
been compressed between the end seals. It is recommended that the
I-joists are joined together using 2 MJC (multi joist connector), one on
top and one on the bottom of the I-joist at 200mm from the bearing point
(SDW screws can be used as an alternative to MJC). Check with I-Joist
manufacturer.
Step 4: Apply mortar to the void between the top and bottom
chords of the I-joist on both sides of a single joist and to the
outsides of a double joist, ensuring the mortar is packed
against the End Seal.
200mm
Mortar
MJC
(optional)
Mastic Sealant
Step 5: Lay a bed of mortar onto the top of the blocks ensuring mortar
is laid tight up against the joist end. Lay blocks either side of the joist,
ensuring mortar is applied to the block ends, completely fill all joints.
Lay the next bed of mortar on top of the blocks. Continue to build the
wall as normal.
48
Mortar
Mastic Sealant

SES End Seal Sizes
Flange Height
(mm)
SES End Seal Sizes

Model No.
Height (H)
Width (W)
39
200
38
SES118/38
39
220
38
39
240
39
39
Flange Height
(mm)

Model No.
Height (H)
Width (W)
38
241
63
SES159/63
SES138/38
45
300
63
SES206/63
38
SES158/38
38
302
63
SES220/63
300
38
SES218/38
38
356
63
SES274/63
200
45
SES118/45
38
406
63
SES324/63
28
220
45
SES158/45
39
200
70
SES118/70
39
220
45
SES138/45
39
220
70
SES138/70
39
240
45
SES158/45
39
240
70
SES158/70
28
241
45
SES179/45
39
300
70
SES218/70
39
300
45
SES218/45
39
360
70
SES278/70
28
302
45
SES240/45
39
400
70
SES318/70
39
360
45
SES278/45
45
195
72
SES101/72
39
400
45
SES318/45
45
220
72
SES126/72
45
195
47
SES101/47
45
245
72
SES151/72
45
220
47
SES126/47
45
300
72
SES206/72
45
235
47
SES141/47
45
350
72
SES256/72
45
245
47
SES151/47
45
400
72
SES306/72
45
300
47
SES206/47
39
200
89
SES118/89
28
220
51
SES158/51
38
220
89
SES138/89
28
241
51
SES179/51
39
220
89
SES138/89
28
302
51
SES240/51
38
225
89
SES143/89
28
356
51
SES294/51
39
240
89
SES158/89
39
200
58
SES118/58
38
241
89
SES158/89
39
220
58
SES138/58
39
300
89
SES218/89
39
240
58
SES158/58
38
302
89
SES220/89
39
300
58
SES218/58
38
356
89
SES274/89
39
360
58
SES278/58
39
360
89
SES278/89
39
400
58
SES318/58
39
400
89
SES318/89
38
220
59
SES138/59
38
406
89
SES324/89
38
241
59
SES159/59
45
195
97
SES101/97
28
241
59
SES179/59
45
220
97
SES126/97
38
302
59
SES220/59
45
245
97
SES151/97
28
302
59
SES240/59
45
300
97
SES206/97
38
356
59
SES274/59
45
350
97
SES256/97
28
356
59
SES294/59
45
400
97
SES306/97
38
406
59
SES324/59
45
450
97
SES356/97
45
195
63
SES101/63
45
220
63
SES126/63
45
235
63
SES141/63
38
225
63
SES143/63
45
245
63
SES151/63
49
SFLHI Safety Fast Lite Hanger

The SFLHI is an innovative single piece hanger designed to support timber joists from masonry walls without the need for
masonry above the course of blockwork supporting the hanger.
The SFLHI has been designed to assist in meeting the air
leakage requirements as part of the Code for Sustainable
Homes. Since the joist is supported by a hanger and does
not penetrate the inner leaf of blockwork, the potential for
air leakage is reduced and avoids the time consuming and
costly mortaring and sealing with mastic around built in
joist ends.
This hanger allows construction work to continue safely
just 3 days after the supporting blockwork has been laid as opposed to 28 days in the case of traditional masonry
hangers.
100mm

Features and Benefits
Patent No. EP2064395
Avoids joist penetrating blockwork, minimising air
leakage.
Achieves published performance values with no
masonry above the supporting course of blockwork.

Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the
next lift of masonry.

Reduces health & safety risks associated with the
tested in accordance with EN 846-8.

SFLH joist hanger used in conjunction with FMS strap.
50
75mm
use of traditional masonry hangers with no masonry

courses above them.
Eliminates the need for propping to support the joist.
Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists to achieve
published performance values.
Use FMS strap range with every hanger spaced up to
600mm centres to provide lateral restraint of the floor
joist in accordance with EN845-1.
CE Approved: meets the requirements of EN845-1 and
Step 1: Build masonry

to the required level,
ensuring any coursing
bricks or blocks are at
least one course below the
supporting block.
Step 2: Place the Safety

Fast Lite Masonry Hanger
for I-Joists (SFLHI) over the
inner leaf of the block work,
ensuring the top flanges are
fully bearing onto the top of
the supporting block work
and are also tight against
the front face of the block
work.
Leave the masonry to cure

for at least three days.
Step 3: Install the floor

joist into the SFLHI. The
end of the joist should be
tight against the back of
the hanger. Maximum gap
allowed: 6mm.
Step 4: Install the

appropriate restraint strap
(see note 1), ensuring the
strap is tight against the
back face of the block work
hanger return and the side
of the floor joist. Fix with
fasteners as specified in the
table below.
Install the specified joist

nails (see table below).
SFLHI - Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for I-Joist Performance Data
Size Range
Joist Fastener Qty

3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail
Block Strength
Height (mm)
Width (mm)
Hanger
(1)
FMS Strap
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
140 - 400
38 -100
3.9
Block Strength
3.5N/mm2
Solid AAC
7.0N/mm2
Solid DAC
2.8N/mm2
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid AAC
7.0N/mm2
Solid DAC
4.5
4.5
6.8
7.9
7.9
Please note:
1. Appropriate variant from FMS strap range, depending on connection detail - refer to FMS page of this brochure.
2. Performance values are with NO masonry above supporting block work.
About working on the floor prior to the next lift of masonry.

1. The floor decking may be
stored on the joists provided

the load is uniformly distributed
among several joists and does
not exceed the hanger or
joist capacities. Refer to joist
manufacturer or supplier for
joist capacity and maximum
construction loads.
2. The floor decking must be
securely attached to each joist

before additional loads can be
placed on the system.
3. Pallets of blocks or other
construction material should

be placed onto the scaffolding
and not directly onto the floor.
The materials can then be
evenly distributed around the
floor manually, ensuring the
hanger or joist capacities are not
exceeded.
For example, total number of blocks per pair of joists (4 hangers) @ 600 c/c:
2.8N/mm2 AAC = 24
3.5N/mm2 AAC = 20
7.0N/mm2 DAC = 16
Note: I-Joist shown above for illustration purposes, SFLH is compatible with
solid sawn joists.
51

SFLHI Hanger Sizes
Joist Size
SFLHI Hanger Sizes

Joist Size
Model No.
Height
Height (H)
200
SFLHI200/40
200
220
SFLHI225/40
225
Width (W)
Width
Height
Height (H)
220
SFLHI225/72
225
240
SFLHI240/72
240
300
SFLHI300/72
300
40
38
240
SFLHI240/40
240
72
70
45
300
SFLHI300/40
300
350
SFLHI350/72
350
195
SFLHI195/47
195
360
SFLHI360/72
360
200
SFLHI200/47
200
400
SFLHI400/72
400
220
SFLHI225/47
225
220
SFLHI225/75
225
240
SFLHI240/75
240
240
SFLHI240/47
240
245
SFLHI245/47
245
300
SFLHI300/75
300
300
SFLHI300/47
300
350
SFLHI350/75
350
350
SFLHI350/47
350
400
SFLHI400/75
400
350
SFLHI360/47
360
200
SFLHI200/78
200
350
SFLHI400/47
400
220
SFLHI225/78
225
195
SFLHI195/50
195
240
SFLHI240/78
240
220
SFLHI225/50
225
300
SFLHI300/78
300
235
SFLHI235/50
235
200
SFLHI200/91
200
240
SFLHI240/50
240
220
SFLHI225/91
225
240
SFLHI240/91
240
58 or 60
72
2 Ply 38
or 75
75
78
245
SFLHI245/50
245
300
SFLHI300/50
300
300
SFLHI300/91
300
350
SFLHI350/50
350
350
SFLHI350/91
350
400
SFLHI400/50
400
360
SFLHI360/91
360
240
SFLHI240/53
240
400
SFLHI400/91
400
300
SFLHI300/53
300
195
SFLHI195/100
195
350
SFLHI350/53
350
220
SFLHI225/100
225
195
SFLHI195/61
195
235
SFLHI235/100
235
220
SFLHI225/61
225
245
SFLHI245/100
245
235
SFLHI235/61
235
254
SFLHI254/100
254
240
SFLHI240/61
240
300
SFLHI300/100
300
245
SFLHI245/61
245
350
SFLHI350/100
350
300
SFLHI300/61
300
400
SFLHI400/100
400
350
SFLHI350/61
350
450
SFLHI450/100
450
360
SFLHI360/61
360
400
SFLHI400/61
400
195
SFLHI195/66
195
220
SFLHI225/66
220
235
SFLHI235/66
235
240
SFLHI240/66
240
245
SFLHI245/66
245
300
SFLHI300/66
300
350
SFLHI350/66
350
400
SFLHI400/66
400
89 or 90
53
97
61
66
63. or 65
52
47
50
47
51
Width (W)
91
100
Width
Model No.
SFHI/SFWHI
Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers
The SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Hangers are an innovative range of products
that have been designed to support timber I-Joists, beams and trussed
rafters from masonry walls without the need for masonry above the top
flange.

SFHI
100
Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published

performance values.
Improved vertical and lateral load distribution.
Mini Strap simply hooks onto the hanger.
Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of
masonry.
Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the
traditional masonry hangers with no masonry above.
Eliminates the need for propping.
Mini Strap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC
guidelines.
Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps.
Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joist to achieve the performance
values.
PATENT NOS.
GB2316103, GB2354267
GB2390380
EP1200684
Material:
SFHI: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
SFWHI: Mild steel.
Mini Strap - Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Finish: SFWHI: Hot-dip galvanised.
Installation:

Use all specified nails.

Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks
are at least one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure.
Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of block
work, ensuring the bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the
masonry, sitting tight against the front face and top of the block work.
Sit the floor joists into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are
correctly installed. The joists should be tight into the back of the
hanger where possible. The maximum gap between the back of the
hanger and the end of the joist is 6mm.
Clip the Safety Fast Mini Strap onto the restraining hooks on either side
of the hanger and nail to the side face of the joist with 3.75 x 30mm
square twist nails. INSTALL ONLY ONE STRAP PER HANGER.
General Installation Notes

The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is
uniformly distributed between the several joists and does not exceed
the hanger or joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier
for joist capacity and maximum construction loads.
The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before
additional loads can be placed on the system.
Floor decking and block work is to be cut where necessary to fit
around the upstand stiffeners.
Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto
the scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then
be evenly distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger or
joist capacities are not exceeded.
SFWHI
100
PATENT NOS.
GB2354267, GB2390380
EP1200684
Mini Strap (included with Safety Fast Hanger)
53

Typical SFHI Installation
Typical SFWHI Installation
SFHI/SFWHI Hanger Loads

(kN)
Block Strength
Block Strength
Joist Fasteners
Model No.
Joist Width
Hanger
SFHI
SFWHI
< 61mm
> 66mm
< 61mm
> 66mm
MiniStrap
Qty
Nail
Qty
Nail
3.75 x 30
3.75 x 30
3.75 x 30
3.75 x 30
2
2.8N/mm
Solid AAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid LAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
3.5N/mm2
Solid LAC
7N/mm2
Solid DAC
5.34
6.67
6.67
13.34
13.34
9.98
12.47
12.47
24.93
24.93
7.44
9.30
9.30
18.59
18.59
11.58
14.47
14.47
28.94
28.94
Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd and are determined in accordance with EN 845.
1. Stated loads are achieved without masonry above the top flange.
2. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate depth.
3. The lateral capacity when installed with the ministrap, exceeds that provided by traditional staps placed at 2m centres.
4. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).
54

Joist Size
Model No.
Width
(W)
Width Height
38
45
47
51
58
or 60
63
70
72
2ply 38
2ply 45
or 89
2ply 47
97
Hanger Dimension
(mm)
Height
(H)
Joist Size
Model No.
Width Height
Hanger Dimension
(mm)
Width
(W)
Height
(H)
Joist Size
Model No.
Hanger Dimension
(mm)
Width
(W)
Width Height
Height
(H)
195
SFHI195/40/100
40
195
220
SFWHI225/72/100
72
225
184
SFWHI184/135/100
135
184
200
SFHI200/40/100
40
200
240
SFWHI240/72/100
72
240
200
SFWHI200/135/100
135
200
220
SFWHI225/135/100
135
225
240
SFWHI240/135/100
135
240
245
SFWHI245/135/100
135
245
300
220
SFHI225/40/100
40
225
300
SFWHI300/72/100
72
300
235
SFHI235/40/100
40
235
350
SFWHI350/72/100
72
350
240
SFHI240/40/100
40
240
400
SFWHI400/72/100
72
400
300
SFHI300/40/100
40
300
195
SFWHI195/78/100
78
195
300
SFWHI300/135/100
135
195
SFHI195/47/100
47
195
220
SFWHI225/78/100
78
225
350
SFWHI350/135/100
135
350
200
SFHI200/47/100
47
200
235
SFWHI235/78/100
78
235
400
SFWHI400/135/100
135
400
220
SFHI225/47/100
47
225
235
SFHI235/47/100
47
235
240
SFHI240/47/100
47
245
SFHI245/47/100
70
3ply 45
or
135
240
SFWHI240/78/100
78
240
450
SFWHI450/135/100
135
450
245
SFWHI245/78/100
78
245
220
SFWHI225/142/100
142
225
240
300
SFWHI300/78/100
78
300
240
SFWHI240/142/100
142
240
47
245
350
SFWHI350/78/100
78
350
300
SFWHI300/142/100
142
300
2ply 38
2ply 70
300
SFHI300/47/100
47
300
400
SFWHI400/78/100
78
400
350
SFWHI350/142/100
142
350
195
SFHI195/50/100
50
195
450
SFWHI450/78/100
78
450
400
SFWHI400/142/100
142
400
225
SFHI225/50/100
50
225
195
SFWHI195/91/100
91
195
195
SFWHI195/146/100
146
195
235
SFHI235/50/100
50
235
200
SFWHI200/91/100
91
200
220
SFWHI225/146/100
146
225
235
SFWHI235/146/100
146
235
245
SFWHI245/146/100
146
245
300
SFWHI300/146/100
146
300
240
SFHI240/50/100
50
235
220
SFWHI225/91/100
91
225
245
SFHI245/50/100
50
245
300
SFHI300/50/100
50
300
235
SFWHI235/91/100
91
235
240
SFHI240/53/100
53
240
240
SFWHI240/91/100
91
240
300
SFHI300/53/100
53
300
245
SFWHI245/91/100
91
245
350
SFWHI350/146/100
146
350
195
SFHI195/61/100
61
195
300
SFWHI300/91/100
91
300
400
SFWHI400/146/100
146
400
200
SFHI200/61/100
61
200
220
SFHI225/61/100
61
225
235
SFHI235/61/100
61
235
240
SFHI240/61/100
61
245
SFHI245/61/100
61
245
300
SFHI300/61/100
61
300
2ply 45
or 90
240
195
SFHI195/66/100
66
195
225
SFHI225/66/100
66
225
235
SFHI235/66/100
66
235
240
SFHI240/66/100
66
240
245
SFHI245/66/100
66
245
300
SFHI300/66/100
66
300
220
SFHI225/72/100
72
225
240
SFHI240/72/100
72
240
300
SFHI300/72/100
72
300
195
SFHI195/75/100
75
195
220
SFHI225/75/100
75
220
235
SFHI235/75/100
75
235
245
SFHI245/75/100
75
245
300
SFHI300/75/100
75
300
195
SFHI195/78/100
78
195
200
SFHI200/78/100
78
200
2ply 47
97
2ply
51
2ply 72
350
SFWHI350/91/100
91
350
195
SFWHI195/152/100
152
195
400
SFWHI400/91/100
91
400
220
SFWHI225/152/100
152
225
235
SFWHI235/152/100
152
235
240
SFWHI240/152/100
152
240
300
SFWHI300/152/100
152
300
450
SFWHI450/91/100
91
450
195
SFWHI195/96/100
96
195
220
SFWHI225/96/100
96
220
235
SFWHI235/96/100
96
235
350
SFWHI350/152/100
152
350
240
SFWHI240/96/100
96
240
400
SFWHI400/152/100
152
400
450
2ply 75
245
SFWHI245/96/100
96
245
450
SFWHI450/152/100
152
300
SFWHI300/96/100
96
300
195
SFWHI195/180/100
180
195
350
SFWHI350/96/100
96
350
200
SFWHI200/180/100
180
200
400
SFWHI400/96/100
96
400
220
SFWHI225/180/100
180
225
195
SFWHI195/100/100
100
195
235
SFWHI235/180/100
180
235
245
SFWHI240/180/100
180
240
300
SFWHI300/180/100
180
300
2ply 89
or 178
220
SFWHI225/100/100
100
225
235
SFWHI235/100/100
100
235
245
SFWHI245100/100
100
245
350
SFWHI350/180/100
180
350
300
SFWHI300/100/100
100
300
400
SFWHI400/180/100
180
400
350
SFWHI350/100/100
100
350
450
SFWHI450/180/100
180
450
400
SFWHI400/100/100
100
400
220
SFWHI225/184/100
184
225
450
SFWHI450/100/100
100
450
240
SFWHI240/184/100
184
240
240
SFWHI240/105/100
105
240
300
SFWHI300/184/100
184
300
300
SFWHI300/105/100
105
300
350
SFWHI350/184/100
184
350
350
SFWHI350/105/100
105
350
400
SFWHI400/184/100
184
400
2ply 90
220
SFHI225/78/100
78
225
195
SFWHI195/120/100
120
195
195
SFWHI195/196/100
196
195
235
SFHI235/78/100
78
235
200
SFWHI200/120/100
120
200
220
SFWHI225/196/100
196
225
235
240
SFHI240/78/100
78
240
220
SFWHI225/120/100
120
225
235
SFWHI235/196/100
196
300
SFHI300/78/100
78
300
235
SFWHI235/120/100
120
235
245
SFWHI245/196/100
196
245
195
SFHI195/91/100
91
195
240
SFWHI240/120/100
120
240
300
SFWHI300/196/100
196
300
200
SFHI200/91/100
91
200
245
SFWHI245/120/100
120
245
350
SFWHI350/196/100
196
350
220
SFHI225/91/100
91
225
300
SFWHI300/120/100
120
300
400
SFWHI400/196/100
196
400
235
SFHI235/91/100
91
235
350
SFWHI350/120/100
120
350
450
SFWHI450/196/100
196
450
240
SFHI240/91/100
91
240
400
SFWHI400/120/100
120
400
245
SFHI245/91/100
91
245
195
SFWHI195/129/100
129
195
300
SFHI300/91/100
91
300
220-225 SFWHI225/129/100
129
225
235
2ply 58
or 60
220
SFHI225/96/100
96
225
235
SFWHI235/129/100
129
235
SFHI235/96/100
96
235
240
SFWHI240/129/100
129
240
240
SFHI240/96/100
96
240
245
SFWHI245/129/100
129
245
300
2ply 63
245
SFHI245/96/100
96
245
300
SFWHI300/129/100
129
300
SFHI300/96/100
96
300
350
SFWHI350/129/100
129
350
195
SFHI195/100/100
100
195
400
SFWHI400/129/100
129
400
220
SFHI225/100/100
100
225
235
SFHI235/100/100
100
235
240
SFHI240/100/100
100
240
245
SFHI245/100/100
100
245
300
SFHI300/100/100
100
300
2ply 97
55
JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap

JHA is a height adjustable joist hanger for supporting timber joists from timber members.

A galvanised joist hanger that provides great support with ease of installation.
Published performance values are based upon 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails being
used throughout.
Wider strap provides more surface area on the supporting timber and allows increased
nail spacing, enhancing the performance of the critical hanger-to-support part of the
connection.
Minimum and maximum nailing schedules are stamped into the strap providing correct
installation information for site operatives.
Speed-prong holds the hanger in position to allow easier attachment. The installer no
longer has to try to hold hanger, joist and nail with one hand and swing a hammer with
the other!
JHA270 range features a location tab which allows easier alignment of the hanger.
The model number and size is stamped into the seat of the hanger for easy identification, even after installation.
Material:
JHA270
Adjustable Hanger
Installation:
Alternative installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing surface.
JHA450
Adjustable Hanger
Maximum Nailing: All nails must be applied according to the table.

Minimum Nailing: For a lower installed cost the minimum nailing schedule can be used. A
minimum wrap over of 45mm is required.
Loft Conversions (JHA450 Range): For applications where the hanger extends below the
support. Install top, face, and joist nails according to the table. A minimum wrap over of
45mm is required or maximum nailing.
OPTIONS:
Speed
Prongs
Location Tab (JHA270)
B
Used to temporarily
position and secure the
hanger for easier and faster
installation.
56
JHA270
Installation
JHA450
Below Support Installation
Because these hangers are fully die-formed they cannot be modified.

JHA270 Specifications
Dimensions (mm) (1)
Installation
Method
Supporting Supported
Member
Member
Width
Depth
Qty Fasteners (2)
Model
No.
W
Header
Face
Wrap Over
Face Fix
125mm
to
200mm
200mm
to
250mm
Joist
Top
Safe Working Loads (kN)(4)

Download
Long Term
Medium
Term
(kN)
Short
Term
Uplift
Download
Uplift
1 ply 38
JHA270/38
38
241
50
106
4.2
4.8
1.1
10.0
2.1
1 ply 44
JHA270/44
44
238
50
103
4.8
5.5
1.1
11.6
2.1
5.2
5.9
1.1
12.4
2.1
5.5
6.2
1.1
13.1
2.1
5.5
6.3
1.1
13.2
2.1
1 ply 45
JHA270/47
47
248.5
50
102
1 ply 50
JHA270/50
50
247
50
100
1 ply 63
JHA270/63
63
249
50
114
1 ply 75
JHA270/75
75
243
50
108
5.5
6.3
1.1
13.2
2.1
2 ply 45
JHA270/91
91
234
50
100
5.5
6.3
1.1
13.2
2.1
2.1
2 ply 50
JHA270/100
100
230
50
95
5.5
6.3
1.1
13.2
1 ply 38
JHA270/38
38
241
50
106
3.2
3.6
1.1
7.6
2.1
1 ply 44
JHA270/44
44
238
50
103
3.2
3.6
1.1
7.6
2.1
1 ply 45
JHA270/47
47
248.5
50
102
1 ply 50
JHA270/50
50
247
50
100
1 ply 63
JHA270/63
63
249
50
114
3.2
3.6
1.1
7.6
2.1
1 ply 75
JHA270/75
75
243
50
108
3.2
3.6
1.1
7.6
2.1
20
3.2
3.6
1.1
7.6
2.1
3.2
3.6
1.1
7.6
2.1
2 ply 45
JHA270/91
91
234
50
100
3.2
3.6
1.1
7.6
2.1
2 ply 50
JHA270/100
100
230
50
95
3.2
3.6
1.1
7.6
2.1
1. W, H, B & C dimensions are depicted in the illustration on previous page.

2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails used throughout.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are based upon C16 graded timber.
4. Published performance values are not dependent on the location tab being nailed.
JHA450 Specifications
Qty
[2]
Fasteners
Number of
Installation Method
Supported
Member
Width
Model
No.
W
Header
Face
Wrap Over
Face Fix
Loft Conversion
Joist
Top
Download
Long Term
Medium
Term
(kN)
Short
Term
Uplift
Download
Uplift
1 ply 38
JHA450/38
38
481
50
191
4.2
4.8
1.6
10.0
3.13
1 ply 44
JHA450/44
44
478
50
188
4.8
5.5
1.6
11.6
3.13
1 ply 45
JHA450/47
47
477
50
187
5.2
5.9
1.6
12.4
3.13
1 ply 50
JHA450/50
50
475
50
185
5.5
6.3
1.6
13.2
3.13
1 ply 63
JHA450/63
63
469
50
179
5.5
6.3
1.6
13.2
3.13
1 ply 75
JHA450/75
75
463
50
173
5.5
6.3
1.6
13.2
3.13
2 ply 45
JHA450/91
91
455
50
165
5.5
6.3
1.6
13.2
3.13
3.13
2 ply 50
JHA450/100
100
450
50
160
5.5
6.3
1.6
13.2
2 ply 63
JHA450/125
125
453
63
163
5.7
6.5
1.6
13.6
3.13
3 ply 45
JHA450/137
137
447
63
157
5.7
6.5
1.6
13.6
3.13
3.13
3 ply 50
JHA450/150
150
440
63
150
5.7
6.5
1.6
13.6
1 ply 38
JHA450/38
38
481
50
191
4.2
4.8
1.6
10.0
3.13
1 ply 44
JHA450/44
44
478
50
188
4.4
5.1
1.6
10.6
3.13
1 ply 45
JHA450/47
47
477
50
187
4.4
5.1
1.6
10.6
3.13
1 ply 50
JHA450/50
50
475
50
185
4.4
5.1
1.6
10.6
3.13
1 ply 63
JHA450/63
63
469
50
179
4.4
5.1
1.6
10.6
3.13
1 ply 75
JHA450/75
75
463
50
173
4.4
5.1
1.6
10.6
3.13
2 ply 45
JHA450/91
91
455
50
165
4.4
5.1
1.6
10.6
3.13
3.13
20
2 ply 50
JHA450/100
100
450
50
160
4.4
5.1
1.6
10.6
2 ply 63
JHA450/125
125
453
63
163
4.8
5.5
1.6
11.6
3.13
3 ply 45
JHA450/137
137
447
63
157
4.8
5.5
1.6
11.6
3.13
3.13
3 ply 50
JHA450/150
150
440
63
150
4.8
5.5
1.6
11.6
1 ply 38
JHA450/38
38
481
50
191
4.0
4.6
9.6
1 ply 44
JHA450/44
44
478
50
188
4.0
4.6
9.6
1 ply 45
JHA450/47
47
477
50
187
4.0
4.6
9.6
1 ply 50
JHA450/50
50
475
50
185
4.0
4.6
9.7
1 ply 63
JHA450/63
63
469
50
179
4.1
4.6
9.8
1 ply 75
JHA450/75
75
463
50
173
4.1
4.6
9.8
2 ply 45
JHA450/91
91
455
50
165
4.1
4.6
9.8
2 ply 50
JHA450/100
100
450
50
160
4.1
4.6
9.8
2 ply 63
JHA450/125
125
453
63
163
4.2
4.8
10.1
3 ply 45
JHA450/137
137
447
63
157
4.2
4.8
10.1
3 ply 50
JHA450/150
150
440
63
150
4.2
4.8
10.1
1. W, H, B & C dimensions are depicted in the illustration on previous page.

2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails used throughout.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are based upon C16 graded timber.
57
IUC Concealed Flange Face Fix Hanger

IUC is a face mounted concealed flange hanger for both
I-joists and solid timber sections.
Material:
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners (see table below). Verify that
the header can take the fasteners specified in the table.
Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists when the
top flange is laterally supported by both sides of the
hanger.
IUC is also suitable for I-joist installations provided backer

blocks are used.
Options:
These hangers cannot be skewed but will normally
accomodate a skew of up to 5. For concealed flange
hangers with widths greater than 91mm see SAI hanger
catalogue page.
B
W
IUC Specifications
Width
Height
Model
No.
Number of Fasteners
H
B
Face
38
45
145
IUC142/40
142
40
51
195-200
IUC192/40
192
40
51
220-245
IUC217/40
217
40
51
145
IUC142/47
142
47
51
195-200
IUC192/47
192
47
220-245
IUC217/47
217
47
51
195
IUC192/50
192
50
51
220-245
IUC217/50
217
50
51
195-200
IUC192/53
192
53
51
220-245
IUC217/53
217
53
51
195-200
IUC192/61
192
61
51
220-245
IUC217/61
217
61
51
195-200
IUC192/66
192
66
51
220-245
IUC217/66
217
66
51
195-200
IUC192/72
192
72
51
220-245
IUC217/72
217
72
51
195-200
IUC192/75
192
75
51
220-245
IUC217/75
217
75
51
195-200
IUC192/91
192
91
51
220-245
IUC217/91
217
91
51
47
53
58-60
63
70
72
89-90
Option 1 use 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

Option 2 use 3.75 x 75mm nails.
58
Safe
Working Load (kN)
Dimensions
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Joist
6
6
10
10
12
12
6
6
10
10
12
12
10
10
12
12
10
10
12
12
10
10
12
12
10
10
12
12
10
10
12
12
10
10
12
12
10
10
12
12
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
C16 & I-Joist

Header
LVL Header
C16 & I-Joist

Header
LVL Header
Long Term
Long Term
Download
Download
2.09
2.57
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
2.09
2.57
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
2.44
2.97
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
2.44
2.97
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
3.80
7.86
7.54
13.10
10.00
15.73
3.80
7.86
7.54
13.10
10.00
15.73
7.54
13.10
10.00
15.73
7.54
13.10
10.00
15.73
7.54
13.10
10.00
15.73
7.54
13.10
10.00
15.73
7.54
13.10
10.00
15.73
7.54
13.10
10.00
15.73
7.54
13.10
10.00
15.73
8.10
10.68
13.50
17.80
16.20
20.74
8.10
10.68
13.50
17.80
16.20
20.74
13.50
17.80
16.20
20.74
13.50
17.80
16.20
20.74
13.50
17.80
16.20
20.74
13.50
17.80
16.20
20.74
13.50
17.80
16.20
20.74
13.50
17.80
16.20
20.74
13.50
17.80
16.20
20.74
Joist
Size(mm)
SDE Width Adjustable Face Fix Hanger

The SDE is a two piece, width adjustable face fix hanger.
The two separate components that make up the SDE system
can be adjusted to suit a range of joist widths between 60mm to
120mm. Each SDE is supplied as a pair.
Optional bolt holes (13mm diameter).
H
Material:

Installation:

Use all fasteners as specified in the table below. Check

that the header can accomodate the fasteners specified.
Each SDE piece must also be nailed through the holes
underneath the joist.
SDE Specifications
Dimensions
Model
No.
Number of Fasteners
Safe
Working Load (kN) C24
Header
Joist
Download
Long Term
Uplift
Short Term
Download
Uplift
30
120
84
181
141
1.30
2.30
3.00
4.50
30
120
84
182
141
4.00
4.80
9.60
9.60
30
140
84
221
161
1.60
3.20
3.90
6.30
30
140
84
222
161
4.80
5.80
11.50
11.50
30
160
84
221
161
4.80
3.20
11.50
6.30
30
160
84
222
161
4.80
5.80
11.50
11.50
30
190
84
281
201
6.00
4.70
14.30
9.40
30
190
84
282
201
6.00
7.20
14.30
14.30
SDE300/30
SDE340/30
SDE380/30
SDE440/30
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail.

2. 4.0 x 100mm Smooth Shank Nail.
59
SAE/SAI Face Fix Hangers

SAE and SAI ranges are heavy-duty hangers designed for
applications requiring additional strength.
SAE
40
SAE hangers have bolt holes for 12mm fasteners into the face.
SAE Timber Bolted capacity to be determined according to the relevant
standards. Do not exceed the load values given in the Bolt Attachment
table.
SAI hangers are not recommended for bolted applications.
The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to
prevent rotation, unless additional lateral restraint is added to the top of
the carried member.
Material:
Installation:

Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required
fasteners specified in the table.
SAE hangers can be installed by filling all round holes, or all bolt holes,
with the specified fasteners. A combination of the two would not give any
increase to the performance values.
SAI
Options:
Other widths of the SAE hangers are available to order.

For special SAE Hangers, the fastener specifications and performance
values may differ from the normal hanger specifications. See SAE Hanger
Specials Table for details.
Skews right or left up to 67.5 and slopes up or down, up to 45.
Hangers with skews greater than 15 may have all joist nailing on the
outside angle.
For SAE hangers with combined skews and slopes the maximum SWL is
80% of the medium term loads stated within the table.
Concealed flanges available on some models. See SAI Table for Hanger
Range.
Sloped and skew options can be manufactured, however these would
not include bolt holes. Please refer to the SAE Hangers Specials Table
opposite.
Typical SAI
Installation on a Post
Typical SAE(X) Sloped Down, Skewed

Right installation (no bolt holes)
B
W
Not suitable for bolted

applications.
Top View SAE(X) Hanger

Skewed Right (no bolt holes)
ACUTE
SIDE
SPECIFY SKEW
ANGLE
60

SAE and SAI Hangers
Model
Range
Joist
Width
(mm)
38
45
47 - 50
63
SAE
75 - 76
2 Ply 44
100
115
125
150
Characteristic Capacities
Long Term Download
Download
Header
Joist
Short Term Uplift

(C16 Joists)
C16 Header
C24 Header
Uplift
(C16 Joist)
C16 Header
C24 Header
SAE380/38
38
171
84
22
12
5.09
8.44
8.99
10.19
20.25
21.57
SAE500/38
38
231
84
34
18
7.62
14.78
15.76
15.23
35.47
37.82
SAE620/38
38
291
75
40
22
9.30
19.56
20.87
18.60
46.94
50.08
SAE380/45
45
167.5
84
22
12
5.09
8.44
8.99
10.19
20.25
21.57
SAE500/46
46
227
84
34
18
7.62
14.78
15.76
15.23
35.47
37.82
SAE620/44
44
288
75
40
22
9.30
19.56
20.87
18.60
46.94
50.08
SAE250/50
50
100
84
12
2.97
5.29
5.63
5.93
12.69
13.51
SAE380/50
50
165
84
22
12
5.09
8.44
8.99
10.19
20.25
21.57
SAE500/50
50
225
84
34
18
7.62
14.78
15.76
15.23
35.47
37.82
SAE620/50
50
285
75
40
22
9.30
19.56
20.87
18.60
46.94
50.08
SAE380/64
64
158
84
22
12
5.09
8.44
8.99
10.19
20.25
21.57
SAE500/64
64
218
84
34
18
7.62
14.78
15.76
15.23
35.47
37.82
SAE620/64
64
278
75
40
22
9.30
19.56
20.87
18.60
46.94
50.08
21.57
SAE380/66
66
157
84
22
12
5.09
8.44
8.99
10.19
20.25
SAE500/66
66
217
84
34
18
7.62
14.78
15.76
15.23
35.47
37.82
SAE250/76
76
87
84
12
2.97
5.29
5.63
5.93
12.69
13.51
21.57
SAE380/76
76
152
84
22
12
5.09
8.44
8.99
10.19
20.25
SAE500/76
76
212
84
34
18
7.62
14.78
15.76
15.23
35.47
37.82
SAE620/76
76
272
75
40
22
9.30
19.56
20.87
18.60
46.94
50.08
SAE380/90
90
145
84
22
12
5.09
8.44
8.99
10.19
20.25
21.57
SAE380/92
92
144
84
22
12
5.09
8.44
8.99
10.19
20.25
21.57
SAE500/91
91
204.5
84
34
18
7.62
14.78
15.76
15.23
35.47
37.82
SAE620/91
91
264.5
75
40
22
9.30
19.56
20.87
18.60
46.94
50.08
21.57
SAE380/100
100
140
84
22
12
5.09
8.44
8.99
10.19
20.25
SAE500/100
100
200
84
34
18
7.62
14.78
15.76
15.23
35.47
37.82
SAE620/100
100
260
75
40
22
9.30
19.56
20.87
18.60
46.94
50.08
50.08
SAE620/116
116
252
75
40
22
9.30
19.56
20.87
18.60
46.94
SAE500/125
125
187.5
84
30
16
6.78
12.26
13.07
13.55
29.42
31.36
SAE620/125
125
247.5
75
40
22
9.30
19.56
20.87
18.60
46.94
50.08
SAEL500/150
150
175
84
30
16
6.78
12.26
13.07
13.55
29.42
31.36
SAE620/150
150
235
75
40
22
9.30
19.56
20.87
18.60
46.94
50.08
31.36
200
SAE590/200
200
195
78
30
20
8.46
12.26
13.07
16.92
29.42
201-300
SAE690X
201-300
195
78
30
20
8.46
12.26
13.07
16.92
29.42
31.36
SAI380/90
90
145
76
20
12
5.10
7.91
10.00
10.19
18.98
20.01
SAI500/91
91
204.5
76
32
18
7.62
11.40
14.00
15.23
27.37
28.00
SAI620/91
91
264.5
75
40
22
9.30
14.56
17.51
18.60
34.94
35.03
2 Ply 44
100
SAI
115
125
150
Qty Fasteners
(3.75 X 30mm)
Dimensions
Model
No.
200
SAI380/100
100
140
76
20
12
5.10
7.91
10.00
10.19
18.98
20.01
SAI500/100
100
200
76
32
18
7.62
11.40
14.00
15.23
27.37
28.00
SAI620/100
100
260
75
40
22
9.30
14.56
17.51
18.60
34.94
35.03
SAI620/116
116
252
75
40
22
9.30
14.56
17.51
18.60
34.94
35.03
SAI500/125
125
187.5
84
32
16
6.78
11.40
14.00
13.55
27.37
28.00
SAI620/125
125
247.5
75
40
22
9.30
14.56
17.51
18.60
34.94
35.03
SAI500/150
150
175
84
32
16
6.78
11.40
14.00
13.55
27.37
28.00
SAI620/150
150
235
75
40
22
9.30
14.56
17.51
18.60
34.94
35.03
SAI590/200
200
195
78
30
20
8.46
10.73
13.24
16.92
25.75
26.47
SAE Hangers - Bolt Attachment
Model
No.
SAE380 - All
SAE500/38-100
SAE500/125-150
SAE620/38-100
SAE620/125-150
Safe
Working Load (kN)
Qty Fasteners
Timber Support
Masonry Support
Support4
Carried
Member5
Long
Term
Medium
Term
2.8 N/mm2
3.5 N/mm2
7 N/mm2
20 N/mm2
4 M12
6 M12
6 M12
8 M12
8 M12
12
18
18
22
22
6.95
10.10
7.99
13.03
10.86
7.94
11.54
9.13
14.89
12.41
1.80
3.60
3.60
3.60
3.60
2.20
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
4.00
16.00
16.00
16.00
16.00
1. Safe working loads apply to bolt attachment only.

2. Timber support safe working loads are based upon calculation from BS 5268 Part 2 with grade 4.6 12mm bolts into C16 timber and load testing performed at Simpson Strong-Tie testing facility. Timber support safe
working loads apply to a minimum support member thickness of 72mm. Safe working loads for smaller support members must be reduced in accordance with BS 5268 Part 2. Bolts are to be installed in accordance with
recommendations within BS 5268: Part 2.
3. Masonry support safe working loads are based upon calculation with Rawl R-KF2 and 12mm stud anchors. Select and install fixings according to manufacturers recommendations. Other manufacturers anchors can be
used. The designer is to check the alternate fixing suitability and reduce the safe working load where limited by the fixing. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for bolt hole locations.
4. M12 Bolts.
5. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails
SAE(X) Made to Order Specials

Dimensions
Model
No.
W
SAE380X
SAE500X
SAE620X
38 - 100
38 - 150
38 - 150
H
140 - 175
175 - 235
235 - 290
Safe
Working Load (kN)
Qty Fasteners
(Use 3.75 x 30mm)
B
64
64
64
Header
Joist
14
18
28
6
8
10
Long Term
Download
5.40
7.00
10.80
1. These hangers are based upon Composite Wood style SAE hangers and contain round and triangular nail holes only. ie. No Bolt Holes.
2. SWLs are based upon a maximum nailing scheduleall round and triangular holes filled.
3. Skews right or left up to 67.5 and slopes up or down up to 45. For combined skew and sloped hangers the maximum SWL is 80% of the stated loads.
4. Enables hangers to be manufactured for any combination of widths and heights listed for a model number.
5. To order specify model number, width, height, skew and/or slope.eg SAE380/63 Skewed Right at 15 becomes SAE380X, W = 63, H = 159, SKR = 15 (for no skewed/sloped options please specify skew = 0 & slope = 0).
61
LUP Light Duty Hanger with Speed Prongs

LUP is a light duty joist hanger for supporting timber
joists from timber members.

LUP230
22
Precision formed and engineered for fast installation

and maximum loads.
Speed prongs are curved steel for extra strength.
One hit positions the hanger for header nailing.
Prongs into the joist eliminate the need for nails to
hold the joist into the hanger.
H
Typical LUP Installation
Material:
Installation:
38
Joist
Size
(mm)
Model
No.
38 x 100 to 150
44 x 100 to 150
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75 x 30mm)
Dimensions
Safe
Working Loads (kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Support
Carried
Member
Long Term
Download
Download
LUP230/38
38
96
2 Prongs
2.90
4.08
LUP230/44
44
93
2 Prongs
2.90
4.08
47 x 100 to 150
LUP230/47
47
92
2 Prongs
2.90
4.08
50 x 100 to 150
LUP230/50
50
90
2 Prongs
3.00
4.08
MH Mini Hanger
The MH is a one piece galvanised hanger available in a range of widths for light
duty applications such as trimmers and ceiling joists of rectangular section.

Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend feature
when not required.
Fully tested on a range of solid headers.
See sacrificial joist detail catalogue page.

B
Installation:
For solid headers fill all round and triangular holes with nails.
The hanger depth should be at least 60% of the carried member depth to
prevent rotation, if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the
top of the carried member.
Model
No.
C16
TR26
C16
C16
TR26
C16
Support
Carried
Member
Long Term
Download
Long Term
Download
Uplift
Short Term
Download
Download
Uplift Short
Term
MH40
40
55
56
2.50
2.80
1.80
3.90
5.00
3.60
MH46
46
52
56
2.50
2.80
1.80
3.90
5.00
3.60
56
2.50
2.80
1.80
3.90
5.00
3.60
MH50
50
50
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.
62
Number of
Fasteners(1)
Dimensions
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.

Speed prongs provide instant location of the hanger onto
the carrying beam and secures the joist into the hanger.
If a speed prong is deflected and bent on a knot, simply
use a 3.75 x 30mm nail or equal through that slot.
ET Skewed 45 Hanger
The ET is used for supporting skewed timber
joists from timber members.
This range is tested and standardised with a
45 skew angle left or right.
W2
A1
Material:
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.
Verify that the header can take the required
fasteners specified in the table.
H
W1
B
Number of
Fasteners
(4.0 x35)
Safe
Working
Load (kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Supporting Member Supported Member
Download
Dimensions
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model
No.
W1
W2
Face
Side
Base
Long
Term
Download
A1
38
ET248
59
187
95
65
45
14
3.60
8.80
47
ET260
67
177
97
55
34
16
4.40
10.60
2 x 38
ET301
108
218
97
55
34
16
11
4.70
11.30
1. 4.0x35 refers to CNA4,0x35 nails (available from Simpson Strong-Tie).

2. Use an LS skewable angle for extra stability if the joist heigh exceeds 195mm.
ET248 Installed
(shown as installed left to right.
Can also be skewed right to left.)
63
Glulam:
Sustainable
Durable
Beautiful
With the Construction Industry becoming
ever more conscious of environmental issues,
companies are taking a fresh look at building
structures and carbon emissions. As a
more sustainable material than steel, Glulam
contributes to this goal.
Glulam timbers are being used where steel
beams and columns would have been employed
in buildings such as schools, supermarkets and
large commercial buildings.
Simpson Strong-Tie have designed a range of
connectors to help build Glulam structures safely
and economically, by standardising the products
and obtaining CE approval where possible.
Bespoke Connectors
Due to the nature of Glulam construction, there
are occasions when standard products will
Pices horsnot
standard
be sufficient. To this end, Simpson StrongSimpson
Strong-Tie
Pices
hors
standard
Simpson
Strong-Tie
Pices
hors
standard
Simpson
Strong-Tie
Pices
hors
standard
Tie
operates
a
speedy
fabrication service to
Outre la gamme laPices
plus
large
dustandard
march, nos ressources techniques et nos capacits de fabrication nous
Pices
hors
standard
hors
manufacture
connectors
for customers which
permettent de rpondre aux demandes de pices hors standard. Sur la base dun plan fourni par vos soins,
have
either
been
designed
by nos
Architects,
Outre
la
gamme
la
plus
large
du
nosressources
ressourcestechniques
techniquesetetnos
noscapacits
capacitsdedefabrication
fabricationnous
nous
Outre
la
gamme
la
plus
large
du
march,
nous fabriquons votre connexion bois sur mesure.march,
permettentde
derpondre
rpondre
auxdemandes
demandes
piceshors
hors
standard.
basedun
dunplan
planfourni
fournipar
parvos
vossoins,
soins,
permettent
aux
dedepices
Designers
and
Structural
Engineers,
orstandard.
are SurSurlalabase
nousfabriquons
fabriquonsvotre
votreconnexion
connexionbois
boissursurmesure.
mesure.
nous
SPECIALE
SUR PLANservice
based on FABRICATION
a full design and
manufacturing
FABRICATION
SPECIALE
SUR
PLANTIG/MIG
FABRICATION
SPECIALE
SUR
PLAN
provided
by
Simpson
Strong-Tie,
on
provision
Soudure
manuelle
Aciers S235JR, Inox 304L ou Inox 316L
pour
grande
sries
of dimensional
and
loading
information.
Soudure
manuelle
TIG/MIG
AciersS235JR,
S235JR,
Inox304L
304Louou
Inox316L
316L ou robot Soudure
manuelle
TIG/MIG
Aciers
Inox
Inox
Epaisseur
et diamtre
des
perages
Pices hors standard
Simpson Strong-Tie
robot
pourgrande
grandesries
sries
robot
choix
:pour
galvanisation,
sur demande Epaisseur
Epaisseuretetdiamtre
diamtredes
desperages
perages Finitions auouou
Finitions
choix: galvanisation,
: galvanisation,
surdemande
demande
Finitions
auauchoix
sur
lectrozingage,
bichromatage,
poxy,
Pliage
manuel
ou
numrique
These items can be as diverse as large heavylectrozingage,
bichromatage,poxy,
poxy,
antirouille lectrozingage,bichromatage,
Pliagemanuel
manuelouounumrique
numrique
Pliage
Catalogue D/G-F 2010 SIMPSON Strong-Tie

antirouille
duty post bases, moment plates or small, butantirouille
heavy duty angle brackets.
The following section lists a range of conncealed

connectors. Many other products applicable to
thie Glulam construction process can be found
elsewhere in this cataloge, including:
PSB/PISB MAXI Post Bases
SAE/SAI Face Fix Hangers
SDE Adjustable Face Fix Hanger
HGUS Heavy Duty Face Fix Hanger
Chemical and Mechanical Anchor Systems
Pices
Pices
Pices
spciales
spciales
spciales
1515
Pices 113
113
www.strongtie.eu
www.strongtie.eu
113
www.strongtie.eu
spciales
15
TU Concealed Beam Hanger

This galvanised steel, load rated hanger provides an aesthetically attractive
connection for exposed beams. Mild steel dowels and screws are included.
Material: Pre-Galvanised Mild Steel. Dowels: Mild Steel Electroplated Zinc coating.
Installation:

Dowels aligned across the grain may cause splitting if the wood shrinks excessively.
Use only in glulam, composite timber or well dried timber. Verify that the header can
take the required fasteners specified in the table.
Attach to the supporting beam with 5.0 x 40mm screws (supplied).
Specify dowel length and TU size to fit the application.
Preparation of carried beam is best done off-site with cutting and boring tools.
Holes in beam should be same diameter as dowel to ensure tight fit.
Centre the TU within height of carried beam.
Centre dowels within the width of the carried member
For a sloped installation the TU hanger remains as standard and the timber is cut and
angled to suit the slope.
Recommended for internal dry environments (service class 1 & 2) only.
OPTIONS: Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details of special installation tools.

TU20 (other sizes similar)

U.S. Patent 5,062,733
The standard installation will leave a 5mm gap between carried and supporting beams.
Pocket installation gives a fully concealed connection.
Skewed installation up to 60. Sloped installation maximum 45.
Options: Skewed TU available. To be factory ordered.
Additional screws are available to order.
TU Item Codes and Performance Values

Model
No.
Min.
Joist
Height
Connector
Dimensions
Dowel Embedment Length (mm)
Fasteners
Header Screw
Qty
Type
Joist Dowels
Qty
60
80
100
120
60
80
100
120
Standard Installation (Slope = 0 and Skew = 0)

TU12
120
40
96
101
5.0 X 40
2.6
3.6
4.3
7.8
8.4
9.1
9.5
TU16
160
60
134
108
18
5.0 X 40
12
3.4
4.8
6.1
7.5
19.0
19.4
20.1
21.1
TU20
200
60
174
108
22
5.0 X 40
12
5.5
7.7
9.8
12.0
27.5
28.0
29.0
30.4
TU24
240
60
214
108
26
5.0 X 40
12
8.0
11.1
14.2
17.4
36.1
36.7
38.0
39.7
TU28
280
60
254
108
30
5.0 X 40
12
10.7
14.9
19.2
21.5
44.7
45.4
47.0
48.9
TU12
120
40
96
101
5.0 X 40
2.5
2.5
2.5
6.7
7.3
8.0
8.4
TU16
160
60
134
108
18
5.0 X 40
12
3.4
4.8
6.1
6.1
15.6
16.0
16.7
17.5
TU20
200
60
174
108
22
5.0 X 40
12
5.5
7.7
9.8
9.8
23.5
24.0
25.0
26.3
TU24
240
60
214
108
26
5.0 X 40
12
8.0
11.1
13.3
13.3
31.9
32.6
34.0
35.8
TU28
280
60
254
108
30
5.0 X 40
12
10.7
14.9
16.3
16.3
40.7
41.6
43.4
45.6
Skewed Installation (Slope = 0 and Maximum Skew = 60)
Sloped Installation (Maximum Slope = 45 and Skew = 0)

TU12
160
40
96
101
5.0 X 40
2.3
3.1
3.9
7.8
8.4
9.1
9.5
TU16
190
60
134
108
18
5.0 X 40
12
3.0
4.1
5.3
5.3
18.1
18.5
19.0
19.6
28.5
TU20
225
60
174
108
22
5.0 X 40
12
4.8
6.7
8.5
8.5
26.3
26.9
27.6
TU24
260
60
214
108
26
5.0 X 40
12
6.9
9.6
12.3
12.3
34.8
25.6
36.4
37.6
TU28
295
60
254
108
30
5.0 X 40
12
9.3
12.9
16.6
16.6
43.3
44.2
45.3
46.7
TU12
160
40
96
101
5.0 X 40
2.3
2.5
2.5
6.5
6.9
7.3
7.9
TU16
190
60
134
108
18
5.0 X 40
12
3.0
4.1
5.3
5.3
16.3
16.6
17.0
17.5
Skewed and Sloped Installation (Maximum Slope = 45 and Maximum Skew = 60)
1.
TU20
225
60
174
108
22
5.0 X 40
12
4.8
6.7
8.5
8.5
24.3
24.8
25.4
26.1
TU24
260
60
214
108
26
5.0 X 40
12
6.9
9.6
12.3
12.3
32.9
33.6
34.4
35.5
TU28
295
60
254
108
30
5.0 X 40
12
9.3
12.9
16.3
16.3
42.0
42.9
43.9
45.3
5.0 x 40 refers to CSA 5,0 x 40 Connector Screw
65

Beam-to-Post
Sloped
Beam-to-Beam
Skewed
Beam-to-Beam
Beam-to-Beam
Sloped
Beam-to-Beam
Skew Angle
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR A TU CONCEALED CONNECTOR:

ATTACH CONNECTOR TO HEADER

Position the connector at the pre determined height and screw the connector to the header or post.
Fill all holes with screws supplied.
PREPARE THE BEAM

Cut the beam to the length specified.

Cut a slot into the end of the beam. Slot width for TU12 is 6mm and 9mm for all others.
Cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and short of the beam height for concealed connector. This allows the connector to be hidden
from below. Otherwise cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and through the entire beam height.
Fully Concealed Only: Rout a pocket into the beam end. The pocket should be 6mm deep. Enough to hide the thickness of the TU and
the screw heads. This eliminates the gap between the beam & header (see Pocket Installation Illustration).
DRILL BEAM DOWEL HOLES

Position drill guide to provide the proper dowel end distance & height. Clamp in place (Drill guide available from Simpson Strong-Tie).
Drill the dowel holes to the required diameter. Dowel hole diameter for the TU12 is 8mm and 12mm for all others.
INSTALL BEAMS
Install top dowel into the carried beam first. Slip beam into place and install the remaining dowels working from the top downwards.
Fully Concealed Only: To hide exposed dowel holes when the installation is complete, glue and plug the holes.
STANDARD INSTALLATION
POCKET (CONCEALED) INSTALLATION
TU12
66
TU Supporting Timber Rotated About Axis

The TU connectors can be used to support timbers rotated about their axis - e.g. purlins.
Applied Load
Minimum
Joist
Height
(mm)
Hanger
Model
No.
TU12
1.
2.
3.
Characteristic Lateral Capacity (kN)
60
80
100
120
60
80
100
120
120
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
TU16
160
0.8
1.1
1.4
1.6
2.0
2.6
3.3
4.0
TU20
200
1.1
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.7
3.5
4.4
5.1
TU24
240
1.4
1.8
2.2
2.7
3.4
4.4
5.3
6.4
TU28
280
1.8
2.2
2.7
3.2
4.3
5.3
6.4
7.7
Values are based on C24 timber grade.

Lateral Loads can only be applied to connections with no slope or skew.
The following design check must be completed if combined loads are applied at the same time.
( ) ( )
F1,d
R1,d
F2,d
R2,d
( )
F3,d
R3,d
67
W
W
CBH Concealed Beam Connector

The CBH hanger is a development of the TU range. It allows for concealed timber to timber connections
and can be face fixed or pocketed on to the header timber.
B
Material: Pre-Galvanised Steel

Order nails and dowels separately.
H
Slot Width 9mm
CBH150
CBH180
CBH220
B
H
H
B
BH
HB
BH
BH
B
B
Model
No.
Minimum
Joist
Height
(mm)
Connector
Dimensions
Characteristic Download Capacity (kN)
Fasteners
Header Nails
Qty
Joist Dowels
Type
Qty
60
80
100
120
140
160
Standard Installation (Slope = 0)

CBH150/2,5
190
60
150
113.5
14
4.0 X 60
10
17.96
18.63
20.65
22.40
24.00
24.00
CBH180/2,5
220
60
180
113.5
16
4.0 X 60
10
24.98
26.45
29.54
32.07
32.63
32.63
CBH220/2,5
250
60
220
113.5
22
4.0 X 60
10
32.61
34.24
37.90
41.11
42.83
42.83
23.26
Slope = 15
CBH150/2,5
190
60
150
113.5
14
4.0 X 60
10
17.31
17.86
19.63
21.22
22.90
CBH180/2,5
220
60
180
113.5
16
4.0 X 60
10
23.97
25.22
28.03
30.47
31.76
31.76
CBH220/2,5
250
60
220
113.5
22
4.0 X 60
10
31.36
32.71
35.95
38.91
41.58
41.58
16.73
17.16
18.68
20.08
21.59
22.49
Slope = 30
CBH150/2,5
190
60
150
113.5
14
4.0 X 60
10
CBH180/2,5
220
60
180
113.5
16
4.0 X 60
10
23.08
24.12
26.58
28.82
30.81
30.81
CBH220/2,5
250
60
220
113.5
22
4.0 X 60
10
30.38
31.49
34.30
36.96
39.72
40.37
CBH150/2,5
190
60
150
113.5
14
4.0 X 60
10
16.35
16.71
18.03
19.28
20.64
21.91
CBH180/2,5
220
60
180
113.5
16
4.0 X 60
10
22.50
23.39
25.59
27.64
29.74
30.07
CBH220/2,5
250
60
220
113.5
22
4.0 X 60
10
29.84
30.80
33.32
35.73
38.28
39.52
Slope = 45
1.
2.
68
4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail.

Minimum carried member width 60mm.
CBH Items Codes and Performance Values
BTALU Concealed Beam Hanger

The BTALU concealed hanger is one solution to connecting timber members together
without seeing the connector.
It is designed to be fixed to the header timber and then fully inserted into a slot in the in-coming beam, and held in
place with dowels. Holes are drilled through the timber and fin of the BTALU, allowing accurate alignment. This method
provides an aesthectically pleasing connection for feature beams.
Material: Aluminium
BTALU Installation
Order nails and dowels separately.
6mm
BTALU Installed
BTALU Item Codes and Performance Values

Model
No.
Connector
Dimensions
Minimum
Joist
Height
Characteristic Download Capacity (kN)
Fasteners
Header Nail
Qty
Type

Joist Dowels
Qty
60
80
100
120
140
160
BTALU90-B
142
62
86
103
16
4.0 x 60
10.30
11.30
12.4
13.20
13.20
13.20
BTALU120-B
172
62
116
103
24
4.0 x 60
12
18.10
18.70
19.80
21.20
22.70
24.30
39.30
BTALU160-B
212
62
156
103
32
4.0 x 60
12
29.80
30.70
23.30
34.40
36.80
BTALU200-B
252
62
196
103
40
4.0 x 60
12
42.70
43.80
46.00
48.90
52.20
55.60
BTALU240-B
292
62
236
103
48
4.0 x 60
12
56.00
57.30
60.20
63.90
68.20
72.60
BTALU90-B
142
62
86
103
16
4.0 x 60
10.30
11.30
12.40
13.20
13.20
13.20
BTALU120-B
172
62
116
103
24
4.0 x 60
12
17.50
18.00
18.90
20.10
21.40
22.90
Slope = 15
BTALU160-B
212
62
156
103
32
4.0 x 60
12
28.90
29.50
30.90
32.70
34.70
36.90
BTALU200-B
252
62
196
103
40
4.0 x 60
12
41.50
42.30
44.10
46.60
49.40
52.40
BTALU240-B
292
62
236
103
48
4.0 x 60
12
54.00
55.70
58.10
61.20
64.90
68.80
4
3
4
8
12
12
10.30
17.00
28.00
11.30
17.30
28.70
12.40
18.10
29.90
13.20
19.10
31.40
13.20
20.30
33.20
13.20
21.50
35.10
Slope = 30
BTALU90-B
BTALU120-B
BTALU160-B
142
172
212
62
62
62
86
116
156
103
103
103
16
24
32
4.0 x 60
4.0 x 60
4.0 x 60
BTALU200-B
252
62
196
103
40
4.0 x 60
12
40.30
41.50
43.10
45.20
47.60
50.30
BTALU240-B
292
62
236
103
48
4.0 x 60
12
53.40
55.20
57.20
60.00
63.20
66.60
Slope = 45
1.
BTALU90-B
142
62
86
103
16
4.0 x 60
10.30
11.30
12.40
13.20
13.20
13.20
BTALU120-B
172
62
116
103
24
4.0 x 60
12
16.50
17.00
17.60
18.50
19.50
20.70
BTALU160-B
212
62
156
103
32
4.0 x 60
12
27.50
28.40
29.40
30.80
32.40
34.10
BTALU200-B
252
62
196
103
40
4.0 x 60
12
40.30
41.50
42.90
44.80
47.00
49.40
BTALU240-B
292
62
236
103
48
4.0 x 60
12
54.10
55.50
57.50
60.00
63.00
66.10
4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail
69
ATF Concealed Beam Hanger

The first part of the connector is fixed into a pocket on the header timber with nails and the second part is fitted on the
end of the in-coming beam with screws. No slots or dowel holes are necessary, speeding up production.
Material: Pre-Galvanised Steel

Order nails and screws separately.
5mm
5mm
ATF Item Codes and Performance Values

Model
No.
Minimum
Joist
Height
Connector
Dimensions
W
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Fasteners
Header Nails
Qty
Type
Joist Screws
Qty
Type
Download
70
ATF55/110-B
140
55
110
4.0 X 60
11
9555000
5.5
ATF55/150-B
180
55
150
11
4.0 X 60
15
9555000
7.5
ATF55/190-B
220
55
190
14
4.0 X 60
21
9555000
10.5
ATF75/150-B
180
75
150
17
4.0 X 60
22
9555000
11.0
ATF75/190-B
220
75
190
21
4.0 X 60
28
9555000
14.0
1.
4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail
2.
9555000 refers to CSA 5,0 x 50-DE Connector Screw with a reduced head height
ETB Concealed Beam Hanger

The ETB concealed connector comes in two parts. The first is pocketed in the header timber and fixed with nails, while
the second part is fitted to the end of the beam with screws.
Material: Joist Plate: 10mm Aluminium. Header Plate: 6mm Aluminium

Order nails and screws separately.
W
SIMPSO N
Strong-Tie
10 mm
SIMPSO N
Strong-Tie
Header
Joist
ETB Item Codes and Performance Values

Model
No.
Minimum
Joist
Height
Connector
Dimensions
W
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Fasteners
Header Nails
Qty
Type
Joist Screws
Qty
Type
Download
1.
2.
ETB90-B
115
60
92
4.0 x 60
5.0 x 80
13.0
ETB120-B
150
60
123
4.0 x 60
5.0 x 80
18.7
ETB160-B
185
60
168
11
4.0 x 60
5.0 x 80
24.2
ETB190-B
220
75
197
19
4.0 x 60
11
5.0 x 80
32.2
ETB230-B
255
75
232
19
4.0 x 60
14
5.0 x 80
40.0
4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nails

5.0 x 80 refers to SCRB/95580 Screw
71
LIB Backer Free I-Joist Hanger

The LIB hanger is an innovative face fix hanger for connecting joists to I-Joist headers without
the need for backer blocks.

Bend over the bottom tabs to provide increased performance.

Backer free installation saves time and cost.
Only one nail type required (3.75x30mm square twist).
Can be used for sacrificial floor details (not reusable).
Available in sizes 40-100mm widths and 195-300mm heights.
Tested in accordance with ETAG015.
LIB Performance Values

Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Width
Height
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75 x 30mm)
Header
Joist
Safe Working Load

(kN)
LongTerm
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift
Download
Uplift
I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Less Than 35mm Thick
LIB (H/W)
53 Min
220 Min
61 Max
300 Max
53 Min
220 Min
61 Max
300 Max
40 Min
195 Min
91 Max
300 Max
Standard
10
2.2
2.0
5.2
3.4
Enhanced
14
4.8
2.0
11.2
3.4
I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 35mm Thick
LIB (H/W)
40 Min
195 Min
9 Max
300 Max
Standard
10
3.2
2.0
7.4
3.4
Enhanced
14
4.8
2.0
11.2
3.4
I-Joist Headers with Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm Thick
LIB (H/W)
1.
2.
72
47 Min
195 Min
100 Max
300 Max
47 Min
195 Min
100 Max
300 Max
Standard Installation: no backer blocks.

Enhanced Installation: backer blocks fitted.
Standard
10
3.8
2.0
8.9
3.4
Enhanced
14
5.6
2.0
13.4
3.4
Model
No.

LIB Hanger Sizes
Joist Size
Width
38
45
47
51
Height
Model
No.
LIB Hanger Sizes

Width (W)
Height (H)
Joist Size
Width
Height
Model
No.
LIB Hanger Sizes

Width (W)
Height (H)
Joist Size
Width
Height
Model
No.

Width (W)
Height (H)
195
LIB195/40
190
195
LIB195/61
190
195
LIB195/91
190
200
LIB200/40
195
200
LIB200/61
195
200
LIB200/91
195
220
LIB220/40
220
LIB220/61
215
220
LIB220/91
225
LIB225/40
240
LIB240/61
225
LIB225/91
40
215
220
58-60
61
235
2 Ply 45
215
91
220
240
LIB240/40
235
245
LIB245/61
240
240
LIB240/91
300
LIB300/40
295
300
LIB300/61
295
245
LIB245/91
240
145
LIB145/47
140
195
LIB195/66
190
300
LIB300/91
295
190
235
195
LIB195/47
190
220
LIB220/66
215
195
LIB195/96
200
LIB200/47
195
225
LIB225/66
220
220
LIB220/96
220
LIB220/47
215
235
LIB235/66
235
LIB235/96
225
LIB225/47
220
240
LIB240/66
235
240
LIB240/96
240
LIB240/47
235
245
LIB245/66
240
245
LIB245/96
240
245
LIB245/47
240
300
LIB300/66
295
300
LIB300/96
295
200
LIB200/72
190
220
LIB220/72
240
LIB240/72
47
254
LIB254/47
249
300
LIB300/47
295
195
LIB195/50
190
63
70
66
72
230
2 Ply 47
215
96
230
235
195
195
LIB195/100
215
220
LIB220/100
215
235
235
LIB235/100
230
220
LIB220/50
215
300
LIB300/72
295
245
LIB245/100
235
LIB235/50
230
195
LIB195/75
190
254
LIB254/100
249
240
LIB240/50
235
220
LIB220/75
215
300
LIB300/100
295
235
LIB235/75
230
380
LIB380/100
375
245
LIB245/75
50
245
LIB245/50
240
254
LIB254/50
249
300
LIB300/50
295
254
LIB254/75
249
200
LIB200/53
195
300
LIB300/75
295
240
LIB240/53
300
LIB300/53
53
72
75
235
195
LIB195/78
190
200
LIB200/78
195
220
LIB220/78
225
LIB225/78
78
100
240
240
295
2 Ply 38
97
215
220
240
LIB240/78
235
300
LIB300/78
295
Installation
Step 1: Position hanger onto I-Joist header, ensuring

seat is flush with bottom of header.
Step 3: Bend tabs over bottom chord of header and

secure with specified fastener.
Step 2: Install 8 face nails as specified, starting with the bottom face
nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face nails.
Step 4: Insert joist into hanger and secure with 4 joist nails.
73
LITB Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

The LITB hanger is a new top fix hanger for connecting I-Joists to I-Joist headers without the
need for backer blocks.

Top flange helps reduce installation time.

Only one nail type required (3.75x30mm square twist).
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Width
Height
53 Min
220 Min
61 Max
300 Max
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75 x 30mm)
Header
Joist
Safe Working Load

(kN)
Long Term
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift
Download
Uplift
LITB (H/W)
53 Min
220 Min
61 Max
300 Max
Standard
12
3.2
2.0
7.6
3.4
Enhanced
16
6.8
2.0
16.1
3.4
LITB (H/W)
40 Min
195 Min
91 Max
300 Max
40 Min
195 Min
91 Max
300 Max
Standard
12
3.8
2.0
8.9
3.4
Enhanced
16
6.8
2.0
16.1
3.4
I-Joist Headers with Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm Thick
LITB (H/W)
1.
2.
74
47 Min
195 Min
100 Max
300 Max
47 Min
195 Min
100 Max
300 Max
Standard Installation: no backer blocks.

Enhanced Installation: backer blocks fitted.
Standard
12
4.3
2.0
10.1
3.4
Enhanced
16
7.3
2.0
17.2
3.4
LITB Performance Values

LITB Hanger Sizes
Joist Size (mm)
Width
38
45
47
51
Height
Model
No.
LITB Hanger Sizes

Width (W)
Height (H)
Joist Size (mm)

Width
Height
Model
No.
LITB Hanger Sizes

Width (W)
Height (H)
Joist Size (mm)

Width
Height
Model
No.

Width (W)
Height (H)
195
LITB195/40
195
195
LITB195/61
195
195
LITB195/78
195
200
LITB200/40
200
200
LITB200/61
200
200
LITB200/78
200
220
LITB220/40
220
LITB220/61
220
LITB220/78
225
LITB225/40
240
LITB240/61
225
LITB225/78
240
LITB240/40
240
245
LITB245/61
245
240
LITB240/78
240
300
LITB300/40
300
300
LITB300/61
300
300
LITB300/78
300
40
220
225
58-60
61
220
240
2 Ply 38
78
220
225
145
LITB145/47
145
195
LITB195/66
195
195
LITB195/91
195
195
LITB195/47
195
220
LITB220/66
220
200
LITB200/91
200
200
LITB200/47
200
220
LITB220/91
220
LITB220/47
220
225
LITB225/91
225
LITB225/47
240
LITB240/47
47
225
220
225
LITB225/66
235
LITB235/66
225
240
LITB240/66
240
240
LITB240/91
240
240
245
LITB245/66
245
245
LITB245/91
245
300
63
66
235
2 Ply 45
91
225
245
LITB245/47
245
300
LITB300/66
300
300
LITB300/91
300
LITB300/47
300
200
LITB200/72
200
195
LITB195/96
195
195
LITB195/50
195
220
LITB220/72
220
220
LITB220/96
220
220
LITB220/50
220
240
LITB240/72
235
LITB235/96
235
LITB235/50
235
300
LITB300/72
300
240
LITB240/96
240
LITB240/50
240
195
LITB195/75
195
245
LITB245/96
245
300
50
220
LITB220/75
235
LITB235/75
200
245
240
300
245
LITB245/50
245
300
LITB300/50
300
200
LITB200/53
240
LITB240/53
300
LITB300/53
53
70
72
300
72
240
2 Ply 47
96
235
240
220
300
LITB300/96
235
195
LITB195/100
195
LITB245/75
245
220
LITB220/100
220
LITB300/75
300
235
LITB235/100
245
LITB245/100
245
300
LITB300/100
300
75
97
100
235
Installation
Step 1: Position hanger onto I-Joist header, ensuring

Step 3: Bend tabs over bottom chord of header and

secure with specified fastener.
Step 2: Install 8 face nails and 2 top nail as specified, starting with the
bottom face nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face
and top nails.
75
ITB/HITB Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

ITB
The ITB/HITB hangers eliminates the requirement for backer blocks when
supported from an I-joist header.
OPEN TOP
FLANGE
TO EASE
INSTALLATION
The bottom flange location tabs and an open top flange provide enhanced
capacity and improved ease of installation.
Eliminates the need for backer blocks with an I-joist to I-joist

connection.
Bottom flange location tabs quickly set the hanger onto the I-joist
header.
Open top flange improves ease-of-installation.
Only one size of nail required - 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist.
Optional nail holes for additional download and uplift capacity.
Material:
ITB Installation:

Standard Installation (I-joist headers without backer blocks), position

the ITB hanger onto the face of supporting I-joist, ensuring the
bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the bottom
chord and fill all round and obround holes with the specified nails,
starting with the bottom face nails and ensuring the hanger sides are
vertical before fixing the top nails.
Sit the carried joist into the ITB Hanger and install the specified nails
through the angled pan nail holes into the joist.
Enhanced Installation (I-joist headers with backer blocks installed)
it is necessary to fit backer blocks into the web of the I-joist header,
ensuring they are tight to the underside of the top chord. All round,
obround and triangular holes are then to be filled with the specified
nails, starting with the bottom face nails and ensuring the hanger
sides are vertical before fixing the top nails.
Enhanced Uplift (I-joists or solid joists with additional joist nails) fit
web stiffeners onto the carried joist and fill all joist triangular nail
holes with specified nails.
When required, backer blocks and web stiffeners are to be installed
in accordance with I-Joist manufacturers recommendations.
HITB Installation:

Designed for use with multiple headers.

Use 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails during this installation.
Ensure the supporting I-joists are connected together in accordance
with the manufacturers recommended connection methods, i.e.
MJC Connectors, or filler blocks.
Position the HITB hanger onto the face of the supporting I-joists,
ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the
bottom chord.
Fill all face round and obround holes with nails. Install nails into the
holes within the bottom flanges.
Flatten the hangers open flanges to the top chords of the supporting
I-joist and install a minimum of 4 nails per flange, 2 to the front and 2
to the rear of the joists.
Bend the bottom chord tabs over the top face of the bottom chord
and install nails through the obround holes into the the top face of the
bottom chord.
Sit the carried joist into the HITB hanger and install the nails through
the round and obround holes into the joist.
Web stiffeners required with HITB and HITB-LT.
TRIANGULAR
OPTIONAL
NAIL HOLES
FOR ADDITIONAL
UPLIFT
BOTTOM
FLANGES
50
PAN NAIL HOLES
Patent: GB2400384
HITB/-LT
Patent: GB2400384
Typical ITB
Installation
Typical HITB
Installation
76

ITB for Timber I-Joists
Joist
Width
(mm)
38
45
47
51
58-60
63
70
72
2ply 38
2ply 45
or
89-90
2ply 47
97
HITB for I-Joist/Solid Sawn Flange
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Joist
Width
(mm)
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Width (W)
Height (H)
Width (W)
ITB195/40
195
40
HITB-LT195/47
195
47
ITB200/40
200
40
HITB-LT200/47
200
47
ITB220/40
220
40
HITB-LT220/47
220
47
ITB240/40
240
40
HITB-LT235/47
235
47
ITB300/40
300
40
HITB-LT240/47
240
47
ITB145/47
145
47
HITB-LT245/47
245
47
45
ITB195/47
195
47
HITB-LT300/47
300
47
ITB200/47
200
47
HITB-LT195/50
195
50
ITB220/47
220
47
HITB-LT220/50
220
50
ITB240/47
240
47
HITB-LT235/50
235
50
ITB245/47
245
47
HITB-LT240/50
240
50
47
HITB for I-Joist/LVL Flange

Joist
Width
(mm)
38
45
51
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Width (W)
HITB200/40
200
40
HITB220/40
220
40
HITB240/40
240
40
HITB300/40
300
40
HITB200/47
200
47
HITB220/47
220
47
HITB240/47
240
47
HITB300/47
300
47
HITB220/53
220
53
HITB240/53
240
53
53
ITB300/47
300
47
HITB-LT245/50
245
50
ITB195/50
195
50
HITB-LT300/50
300
50
HITB300/53
300
ITB220/50
220
50
HITB-LT195/61
195
61
HITB200/61
200
61
ITB235/50
235
50
HITB-LT200/61
200
61
HITB220/61
220
61
ITB240/50
240
50
ITB245/50
245
50
60
HITB-LT220/61
220
61
HITB-LT235/61
235
61
ITB300/50
300
50
HITB-LT240/61
240
61
ITB220/53
220
53
HITB-LT245/61
245
61
ITB240/53
240
53
HITB-LT300/61
300
61
ITB300/53
300
53
HITB-LT195/66
195
66
ITB195/61
195
61
ITB200/61
200
61
ITB220/61
220
61
63
HITB-LT220/66
220
66
HITB-LT235/66
235
66
HITB-LT245/66
245
66
ITB240/61
240
61
HITB-LT300/66
300
66
ITB245/61
245
61
HITB-LT220/72
220
72
ITB300/61
300
61
HITB-LT240/72
240
72
70
ITB195/66
195
66
HITB-LT300/72
300
72
ITB220/66
220
66
HITB-LT195/75
195
75
ITB225/66
225
66
HITB-LT220/75
220
75
58
63
2ply 38
89
HITB240/61
240
61
HITB300/61
300
61
HITB220/66
220
66
HITB225/66
225
66
HITB240/66
240
66
HITB300/66
300
66
HITB200/78
200
78
HITB220/78
220
78
HITB240/78
240
78
HITB300/78
300
78
HITB200/91
200
91
HITB220/91
220
91
HITB225/91
225
91
ITB235/66
235
66
HITB-LT235/75
235
75
ITB240/66
240
66
HITB-LT245/75
245
75
HITB240/91
240
91
ITB245/66
245
66
HITB-LT300/75
300
75
HITB300/91
300
91
ITB300/66
300
66
HITB-LT195/91
195
91
HITB225/128
225
128
ITB200/72
200
72
HITB-LT200/91
200
91
ITB220/72
220
72
ITB240/72
240
72
ITB300/72
300
72
ITB195/75
195
75
ITB220/75
220
75
HITB-LT300/91
ITB245/75
245
75
HITB-LT195/96
195
96
ITB300/75
300
75
HITB-LT220/96
220
96
HITB-LT235/96
235
96
HITB-LT240/96
240
96
96
72
89
HITB-LT220/91
220
91
HITB-LT235/91
235
91
HITB-LT240/91
240
91
HITB-LT245/91
245
91
300
91
ITB195/78
195
78
ITB200/78
200
78
ITB220/78
220
78
HITB-LT245/96
245
ITB240/78
240
78
HITB-LT300/96
300
96
ITB300/78
300
78
HITB-LT195/100
195
100
2ply 47
HITB-LT220/100
220
100
HITB-LT235/100
235
100
ITB195/91
195
91
ITB200/91
200
91
ITB220/91
220
91
HITB-LT245/100
245
100
ITB225/91
225
91
HITB-LT300/100
300
100
97
ITB240/91
240
91
HITB-LT195/128
195
128
ITB245/91
245
91
HITB-LT220/128
220
128
ITB300/91
300
91
HITB-LT235/128
235
128
ITB195/96
195
96
HITB-LT245/128
245
128
ITB220/96
220
96
HITB-LT300/128
300
128
ITB235/96
235
96
ITB240/96
240
96
96
ITB245/96
245
ITB300/96
300
96
ITB195/100
195
100
ITB220/100
220
100
ITB245/100
245
100
ITB300/100
300
100
2 Ply 63
2 Ply 63
77

ITB Performance Values
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Height
Width
240 Min
53 Min
300 Max
61 Max
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75 x 30mm)
Header
Joist
Safe Working Load

(kN)(kN)
LongTerm
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift
Download
Uplift
ITB (H/W)
240 Min
53 Min
300 Max
61 Max
195 Min
40 Min
300 Max
91 Max
Standard
12
4.60
1.00
10.83
1.06
Enhanced
18
7.38
4.71
17.44
9.33
ITB (H/W)
195 Min
40 Min
300 Max
91 Max
Standard
12
4.63
1.00
9.15
1.20
Enhanced
18
8.35
3.81
19.45
7.61
I-Joist Headers with C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 38mm Thick
ITB (H/W)
195 Min
47 Min
300 Max
100 Max
195 Min
47 Min
300 Max
100 Max
Standard
12
4.84
1.00
10.93
1.14
Enhanced
18
7.61
4.04
17.92
7.96
HITB Performance Values

Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Height
Width
240 Min
53 Min
300 Max
61 Max
200 Min
53 Min
300 Max
91 Max
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75 x 30mm)
Header
Joist
Safe Working Load

(kN)
LongTerm
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift
Download
Uplift
4.80
15.60
11.43
3.60
17.50
11.43
19.10
11.07

HITB (H/W)
Standard
22
6.50
HITB (H/W)
Standard
22
8.00
47 Min
300 Max
128 Max
Standard
22
8.10
4.60
HITB-LT (H/W)
195 Min
Typical ITB
Installation
78
Typical HITB
Installation
ITBS
Backer Free I-Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew
The revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of
installation and stock holding.
ITBS
The ITBS solves the problem of skew hangers in timber to timber

connections. It can be handed left or right on site by the carpenter,
removing confusion when the floor is built opposite to the drawing. The
ITBS is also fully adjustable from 5 to 67.5 skew, reducing the need
for special skew hangers. Finally, the ITBS is a Backer Free hanger
removing the need for Backer Blocks in standard installation. Overall, the
revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of installation
and stock holding.

Standard 45 skew, with site adjustable skew from 5 to 67.5.

Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skew - adjusted on site,
removing any handing confusion and reducing stock holding.
Eliminates the need for backer blocks when supported from an
I-joist header.
Open top flange improves ease-of-installation.
Only one size of nail required - 3.75 x 30mm.
Can be used on I-joist or Solid Joist headers.
Optional nail holes for additional download.
MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
ITBS Skewable Hanger Sizes

Joist
Width
(mm)
38
45
47
51
58-60
Model
No.
ITBS Skewable Hanger Sizes

Height (H)
Width (W)
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model
No.

Height (H)
Width (W)
ITBS220/66
220
66
ITBS240/66
240
66
66
ITBS195/40
195
40
ITBS200/40
200
40
ITBS220/40
220
40
ITBS301/66
301
ITBS240/40
240
40
ITBS200/72
200
72
ITBS301/40
301
40
ITBS220/72
220
72
ITBS195/47
195
47
ITBS240/72
240
72
ITBS200/47
200
47
ITBS301/72
301
72
ITBS220/47
220
47
ITBS195/75
195
75
ITBS240/47
240
47
ITBS220/75
220
75
ITBS245/47
245
47
ITBS301/47
301
47
63
70
72
ITBS245/75
245
75
ITBS301/75
301
75
78
ITBS195/50
195
50
ITBS195/78
195
ITBS220/50
220
50
ITBS200/78
200
78
ITBS235/50
235
50
ITBS220/78
220
78
2 Ply 38
ITBS240/50
240
50
ITBS240/78
240
78
ITBS245/50
245
50
ITBS301/78
301
78
ITBS301/50
301
50
ITBS195/91
195
91
ITBS200/53
200
53
ITBS200/91
200
91
ITBS220/53
220
53
ITBS220/91
220
91
91
2 Ply 45
or
89-90
ITBS240/53
240
53
ITBS240/91
240
ITBS301/53
301
53
ITBS245/91
245
91
ITBS195/61
195
61
ITBS301/91
301
91
ITBS200/61
200
61
ITBS220/96
220
96
ITBS220/61
220
61
ITBS240/96
240
96
ITBS240/61
240
61
ITBS301/96
301
96
ITBS245/61
245
61
ITBS195/100
195
100
ITBS301/61
301
61
ITBS220/100
220
100
ITBS245/100
245
100
ITBS301/100
301
100
2 Ply 47
97
79

Standard Installation Sequence
Step 2:
Secure the acute
side of the backplate
(inside angle) with the
specified nails.
Step 3:
Adjust the angle of the
backplate (if different
from 45) to suit the
required angle. Use either
adjustable set square or
the guide tables shown
below: Bend one time
only.
Step 5:
Offer the stirrup to the
back plate ensuring it is
located on the correct
side (which can be either
left or right hand side).
Step 6:
Locate the floor joist into
the stirrup ensuring the
joist is set tight to the back
of the stirrup. The joist
should be secured into the
stirrup with all specified
nails on the open face of
the stirrup.
Once all of the hooks (on

the back plate) are clearly
through the apertures
(on the stirrup) slide in
a downward direction
ensuring all hooks
engage onto the stirrup
and click into position.
Angle Guide
50mm Back Plate
80
Step 4:
Secure the obtuse
side of the back plate
onto the header with
all the specified nails,
ensuring the face of
the back plate is tight
against the header.
100mm Back Plate
Skew Angle
(A)
Distance
(mm) (B)
Skew Angle
(A)
Distance
(mm) B)
5o
15o
22.5o
30o
37.5o
45o
52.5o
60o
67.5o
106
104
100
95
87
79
69
58
46
5o
15o
22.5o
30o
37.5o
45o
52.5o
60o
67.5o
206
200
190
180
166
149
130
109
86
Step 1:
Position the back plate
onto the header in the
required position. Ensure
backer blocks are fitted if
enhanced performance is
required.

ITBS Performance Values
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Height
Width
240 Min
53 Min
301Max
61 Max
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75 x 30mm)
Header
Joist
Safe Working Load

(kN)
LongTerm
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short Term
Uplift
Down
Uplift
ITBS (H/W)
240 Min
53 Min
301 Max
61 Max
195 Min
40 Min
302 Max
91 Max
Standard
12
3.10
0.70
7.50
1.48
Enhanced
22
5.50
0.70
13.49
1.48
ITBS (H/W)
195 Min
40 Min
302 Max
91 Max
Standard
12
3.70
0.70
10.22
1.48
Enhanced
22
5.50
0.70
14.97
1.48
ITBS (H/W)
1.
195 Min
47 Min
301 Max
100 Max
195 Min
47 Min
301 Max
100 Max
12
2.10
0.70
7.41
1.48
Enhanced
22
6.30
0.70
12.76
1.48
Uplift capacity governed by hanger locking hook capacity, not joist nail capacity.
Standard ITBS Installation
Standard
Enhanced ITBS Installation
Backer block
installed in
accordance
with the I-Joist
manufacturers
requirements.
81
IHS I-Joist Hole Support

The IHS is designed to strengthen I-joists when holes are required to be cut in
locations not normally permitted.

Allows holes to be cut 50mm from

bearing point, which allows services to
run close to external walls.
Variable hole sizes from 150mm to a
maximum width of 250mm.
Supplied in two plates (per side of joist)
which allows the IHS to be fitted, even
when services are already in-situ.
Helps to eliminate expensive and time
consuming joist trimminng for SVP (soil
vent pipe) runs.
Built-in noggin support feature.
IHS INSTALLATION:
Each IHS consists of 2 sets of 2 interlocking plates with one set required for each side of the I-joist.
The outer edge of the holes cut into the web of the I-joist can be a minimum of 50mm from the inner face of the
blockwork.
Holes can be cut into the web of the I-joist before or after installation of the IHS.
Holes must fit within the internal aperture of the IHS.
Place the IHS onto the I-joist so that the top and bottom sliding flanges are aligned vertically central onto the top
and bottom chords of the I-joist.
Open or close the IHS to the required width, ensuring that the two sections overlap by at least one row of nails
(minimum overlap of 45mm).
Install 3.75x30mm square twist nails through all round holes into the top and bottom chords of the I-joist.
Repeat the above steps to install plates on the other side of the I-joist, completing the installation.
Overlapping
plate installed.
50mm from
the face of the
bearing to the
hole edge.
Overlapping plates on both

sides of the joist installed.
Fasteners (1)(2)
Joist Height
(mm)
Item Code
195 to 200
IHS195
220 to 225
IHS220
235
IHS235
240 to 245
IHS240
300 to 302
IHS300
Bracket Opening Size

150mm
250mm
24
32

2. Total number of fasteners per hole in joist.
Hole cut into the joist

(round or rectangular)
82
IHS

IHS Item Codes and Permormance Characteristics : Boise I-Joists
Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)
Joist Type
BCI60
BCI90
BCI4500
BCI6000
Joist Height
(mm)
IHS Item Code
Maximum Allowable
Hole Size with IHS
(d x w in mm)
Permissible
(intermediate floor joist
applications)
Characteristic
V hole (IHS installed)
V k,hole (IHS installed)
Single Ply
Double Ply
Single Ply
Double Ply
220
IHS220
130 x 250
2.32
3.38
6.25
9.10
241
IHS240
150 x 250
2.51
3.65
6.76
9.83
302
IHS300
200 x 250
3.06
4.45
8.24
11.98
220
IHS220
130 x 250
2.32
3.38
6.25
9.10
241
IHS240
150 x 250
2.51
3.65
6.76
9.83
302
IHS300
200 x 250
3.06
4.45
8.24
11.98
220
IHS220
130 x 250
1.40
2.04
4.40
5.51
241
IHS240
150 x 250
1.77
2.22
4.78
5.97
302
IHS300
200 x 250
2.17
2.71
5.85
7.31
220
IHS220
130 x 250
1.64
2.04
4.40
5.51
241
IHS240
150 x 250
1.77
2.22
4.78
5.97
302
IHS300
200 x 250
2.17
2.71
5.85
7.31
IHS Item Codes and Permormance Characteristics : James Jones I-Joists

Joist Type
JJI-Joist A+
(47mm)
JJI-Joist B+
(63mm)
JJI-Joist C
(72mm)
JJI-Joist D
(97mm)
Joist Height
(mm)
IHS Item Code
Maximum Allowable
Hole Size with IHS
(d x w in mm)
Permissible
applications)
Characteristic
Single Ply
Double Ply
Single Ply
Double Ply
195
IHS195
100 x 250
2.62
3.49
3.38
8.51
220
IHS220
120 x 250
2.76
3.72
6.80
9.06
235
IHS235
140 x 250
2.90
3.86
7.06
9.42
245
IHS240
150 x 250
2.97
3.96
7.25
9.66
300
IHS300
200 x 250
3.41
4.55
8.32
11.09
195
IHS195
100 x 250
2.91
3.88
7.09
9.46
220
IHS220
120 x 250
3.07
4.10
7.49
9.98
235
IHS235
140 x 250
3.18
4.23
7.74
10.32
245
IHS240
150 x 250
3.25
4.33
7.91
10.55
300
IHS300
200 x 250
3.67
4.89
8.95
11.93
195
IHS195
100 x 250
3.06
4.08
7.46
9.95
220
IHS220
120 x 250
3.22
4.30
7.85
10.47
235
IHS235
140 x 250
3.33
4.43
8.11
10.81
245
IHS240
150 x 250
3.40
4.53
8.28
11.04
300
IHS300
200 x 250
3.81
5.08
9.29
12.39
195
IHS195
100 x 250
3.46
4.61
8.44
11.25
220
IHS220
120 x 250
3.62
4.83
8.83
11.77
235
IHS235
140 x 250
3.72
4.96
9.07
12.10
245
IHS240
150 x 250
3.79
5.05
9.24
12.32
300
IHS300
200 x 250
4.20
5.60
10.24
13.66
83

IHS Item Codes and Performance Values: MetsaWood, FinnJoist I-Joists
Joist Type
38
45
58
70
89
Joist Height
(mm)
IHS Item Code
Maximum Allowable
Hole Size with IHS
(d x w in mm)
Permissible
applications)
Characteristic
Single Ply
Double Ply
Single Ply
Double Ply
6.08
200
IHS195
100 x 250
2.17
2.53
5.21
220
IHS220
125 x 250
2.53
2.95
6.06
7.07
240
IHS240
145 x 250
2.83
3.30
6.78
7.91
300
IHS300
200 x 250
3.41
3.98
8.18
9.54
200
IHS195
100 x 250
2.25
2.63
5.41
6.31
220
IHS220
125 x 250
262
3.05
6.28
7.33
240
IHS240
145 x 250
2.93
3.41
7.02
8.19
300
IHS300
200 x 250
3.53
4.12
8.48
9.89
200
IHS195
100 x 250
2.40
2.80
5.75
6.71
220
IHS220
125 x 250
2.79
3.25
6.69
7.81
240
IHS240
145 x 250
3.12
3.64
7.48
8.73
300
IHS300
200 x 250
3.76
4.39
9.09
10.54
200
IHS195
100 x 250
2.48
2.89
5.95
6.94
220
IHS220
125 x 250
2.88
3.36
6.91
8.06
240
IHS240
145 x 250
3.22
3.76
7.73
9.02
300
IHS300
200 x 250
3.89
4.53
9.32
10.88
200
IHS195
100 x 250
2.48
2.89
5.95
6.94
220
IHS220
125 x 250
2.88
3.36
6.91
8.06
240
IHS240
145 x 250
3.22
3.76
7.73
9.02
300
IHS300
200 x 250
3.89
4.53
9.32
10.88
IHS Item Codes and Performance Values: Steico I-Joists
Joist Type
Joist Height
(mm)
IHS Item Code
Maximum Allowable
Hole Size with IHS
(d x w in mm)
Permissible
applications)
Characteristic
Single Ply
SJL 45
SJL 60
SJL 90
Double Ply
Single Ply
Double Ply
8.30
220
IHS220
130 x 250
1.50
2.11
5.93
240
IHS240
150 x 250
1.62
2.27
6.38
8.93
300
IHS300
200 x 250
1.95
2.73
7.68
10.75
220
IHS220
130 x 250
1.49
2.09
5.88
8.23
240
IHS240
150 x 250
1.60
2.25
6.32
8.85
300
IHS300
200 x 250
1.93
2.70
7.59
10.62
220
IHS220
130 x 250
1.48
2.07
5.83
8.16
240
IHS240
150 x 250
1.59
2.22
6.26
8.76
300
IHS300
200 x 250
1.90
2.66
7.49
10.48
IHS Item Codes and Performance Values: LP Building Products I-Joist

Joist Type
LPI 20Plus
84
Joist Height
(mm)
225
IHS Item Code
IHS220
Maximum Allowable
Hole Size with IHS
(d x w in mm)
130 x 250
Permissible
applications)
Characteristic
Single Ply
Double Ply
Single Ply
Double Ply
3.46
4.75
9.63
13.24
MJC Multiple Joist Connector

The multi joist connector (MJC) allows two I-joists or two metal web joists to be fixed together to act
as a single unit, transferring the incoming load from the loaded ply to the unloaded ply. The MJC is
an improved solution to the traditional filler block detail, which historically has been time consuming
to fit and difficult to check if fitted or if fitted correctly. Its simple and effective design allows one
size of product to be used on any joist size regardless of height or width.

Quick and simple to install.

Safely joins multiple joists together, allowing them to act as a single unit.
Easy to see that MJCs are installed (where as filler blocks are not visible).
One size product fits all joist height and width combinations.
Just one nail size required: 3.75 x 30mm square twist.
Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load (1)

Safe Working Load (kN)
Number of
MJCs (2)
4
8
Characteristic Load (kN)
LVL
Flanges
45mm Solid
Sawn Flanges
Metal
Web
LVL
Flanges
45mm Solid
Sawn Flanges
Metal
Web
6.84
10.26
3.79
5.69
3.80
5.70
16.46
24.69
9.10
13.65
9.12
13.68
4.55
6.86
4.56
6.84
Maximum Incoming Regular Load (3)

2
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.42
5.13
1.90
2.84
1.90
2.85
8.23
12.35
Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load refers to the maximum concentrated load that can be applied when the MJCs are installed either side of the incoming load.
Number of MJCs equally spaced about the incoming load.
Maximum Incoming Regular Load refers to the maximum load that can be applied at regular intervals along the supporting timber.
Number of MJCs between each incoming load.
MJC Installation with Timber I-Joist
Step 1:
Position the MJCs onto the 1st joist - ensuring that
they are centred about the incoming load at 400
c/c (may be adjusted within 10mm each way).
400mm
Please note that the connectors can be installed in

any orientation. Secure each MJC with 4no.
3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails, to the top and
bottom joist flanges as shown.
Step 2:
Position 2nd joist ensuring ends are
flush and joists are parallel. Secure the
joist using 2no. 3.75 x 30mm Square
Twist Nails per MJC into the top and
bottom joist flanges as shown.
85
ZS - Slotted Z-Clip
The ZS clip allows I-joists or solid sawn timber to
be used as noggings between joists to support
floor decks or partitions.

Fully interlocking top flange works on all

I-joist header widths to prevent overlapping
of opposing clips.
Slotted bottom flange allows I-joists to be
used as noggings.
Triangular nail hole for use with 50mm wide
headers, also it ensures that nails can be
staggered when ZS clips are interlocked.
Embossed bottom flange provides greatly
enhanced resistance to bending.
Obround nail holes in the bottom flange
ensure easier angled nailing.
Material:
TF

Patent: GB2394757
Installation:

Use all specified fasteners.

Nail to underside of the noggin.
Place top flange onto header beam and nail
in place.
ZS Item Codes and Performance Values
ZS30N
30
54
ZS35N
35
49
38
46
ZS45N
45
39
ZS47N
47
37
ZS38N
52
TF
31
Qty.
Fasteners(2)
C24
I-Joist
C24
I-Joist
1.80
1.90
3.60
3.80
1. Loads given are per noggin - not per Z-Clip.

2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
Typical I-joist Installation

ZS Clips interlock allowing back-to-back installation on any I-joist header width. Triangular holes
prevent header nails from lining up.
86
Characteristic Loads (kN)
Dimensions (mm)
Item Code
Top Fix I-Joist Hanger Guidance

Top Fix Hangers - Loads.
The tables below represent the available model series SWLs and characteristic capacities for the top flange hangers that
are applicable to the stated installation configurations.
Hanger Selection:
Step One: Select hanger from the tables below based on header type and required capacity.
Step Two: Refer to relevant pages to determine model number based upon joist size.
Typical MIT/
ITSE Installation
on Timber
Nailer mounted
onto Steel
Beam
Typical ITSE
Installation
Typical GLTV
Installation
38mm Minimum
S IM
S troP S O
ng-T N
ie
Solid Headers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the range of top flange hangers on solid headers.
Performance values are based upon the model series and do not vary on hanger width or height.
Fasteners
Web
Stiffener
Required
Model
Series
Solid Header
Top
2
ITSE
No
MIT
No
B/BI
No
LBV
No
HB
Yes
16
GLTV
Yes
LVL
Uplift
5.78
6.38
6.45
1.80
8.91
1.07
7.41
8.90
9.40
11.79
2.38
11.60
1.38
6.67
9.90
8.54
8.16
3.12
24.69
1.07
9.05
10.5
9.05
11.41
1.51
17.85
6.94
16.97
13.09
40.65
4.92
18.95
32.92
25.58
33.36
16
6
LSL
5.34
PSL
1.07
C16
Joist
Face
10
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short
Term
Uplift
Header Types
Download
I-Joist Headers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the ITSE, MIT, LBV and WPU hangers used on I-joists as headers.
Model
Series
Backer I-Joist
Web
Stiffener Blocks Header
Required Required Width
Fasteners
Solid Header
Top
No
Yes
38mm
MIT
No
Yes
58mm
LBV
No
Yes
76mm
HB
Yes
Yes
89mm
C24
LVL 38
LVL28
Uplift
1.07
3.36
4.67
3.50
1.80
8.52
1.07
3.94
5.47
4.10
2.38
10.70
16
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short
Term
Uplift
Joist
Face
ITSE
10
Header Types
Download
1.07
3.94
5.47
4.10
2.08
13.30
4.97
12.91
13.56
8.76
30.23
Timber Nailers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for hangers used on timber nailers.
The header nail must be substituted for those listed in other tables. Nailers are timber members attached to the
top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall. This table also applies to LBV and WPU sloped-seat hangers.
Model
Series
ITSE
MIT
LBV
HB
Web
Stiffener
Required
No
No
No
Yes
Nailer
Depth
(mm)
Fasteners
Solid Header
Top
Face
38-50
75-100
38-50
75-100
75-100
38-50
75-100
C16
PSL
Uplift
Download
4.67
4.67
5.47
1.80
6.60
5.34
5.34
1.80
8.81
5.47
5.47
7.14
2.38
8.50
5.58
6.98
2.38
10.75
5.47
5.47
1.34
10.20
12
10
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Header Types
Joist
38-50
Safe Work Loads (kN)
LSL
9.05
9.05
1.34
16.17
8.41
3.50
20.20
14.64
8.76
35.14
10
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails

2. 3.75 x 75mm Round Wire Nails
3. 4.0mm x 100mm Round Wire Nails
87
ITSE/MIT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

The ITSE and MIT are top fix hangers for supporting I-joists from timber members.
ITSE
The ITSE hanger incorporates the Strong Grip which secures the I-Joist without
the need for any fasteners - where no uplift is required.

Value-engineered for maximum performance. The offset seat feature allows

better joist bearing positioning. Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the
side of the hanger, eliminating the need for web stiffeners.
I-Joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
Reduced embossing on the ITSEs top flange, and the hanger height sized
less than the joist height allows easier fitting for smooth floor alignment.
Patented Positive Angle Nailing (PAN): This feature is specifically designed for
I-joists when used with the MIT.
With Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), the slotted hole material is not removed, but
issued to channel and confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle. PAN
minimises splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a
better angle.
These models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5.
H 129-150
Patent
EP1212493
W
MIT
Material:
63
59
Installation:

Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the header can
take the required fasteners specified in the table.
Face flange triangle hole (optional) secures hanger against header.
Use specified fastener installed as shown

where uplift is required.
ITSE incorporates the Strong Grip that
secures the I-Joist without the need for any
fasteners where no uplift
performance is required.
ITSE Shot Fired to a Steel Header

Qty Fasteners
Model No.
40mm to 100mm
1.
2.
3.
88
Steel Support
Joist Nails
4: shot-fired pins
2: 3.75 x 30mm
Safe Working
Load (kN)
5.27
The ITSE hanger can be shot-fired to steel. Contact Simpson for details.
The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the manufacturers installation requirements.
Pins must be installed in the round holes provided in the top flange of the ITSE.
64
Typical MIT/ITSE Installation

on Timber Nailer mounted
onto Steel Beam
Typical ITSE
Installation

ITSE - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
Joist Size
Width
(mm)
38
45
47
51
58/59
60
63
70
Height
(mm)
ITSE - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Width (W)
Joist Size
Width
(mm)
Height
(mm)
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Width (W)
200
ITSE199/41
199
41
195
ITSE194/75
194
75
220
ITSE219/41
219
41
220
ITSE219/75
219
75
235
ITSE234/75
234
75
245
ITSE244/75
244
75
75
240
ITSE239/41
239
41
300
ITSE299/41
299
41
200
ITSE199/48
199
48
300
ITSE299/75
299
220
ITSE219/48
219
48
350
ITSE349/75
349
75
240
ITSE239/48
239
48
400
ITSE399/75
399
75
300
ITSE299/48
299
48
200
ITSE199/92
199
92
350
ITSE349/48
349
48
220
ITSE219/92
219
92
356
ITSE355/48
355
48
225
ITSE224/92
224
92
72
360
ITSE359/48
359
48
240
ITSE239/92
239
92
400
ITSE399/48
399
48
255
ITSE254/92
254
92
145
ITSE144/50
144
50
300
ITSE299/92
299
92
195
ITSE194/50
194
50
350
ITSE349/92
349
92
200
ITSE199/50
199
50
356
ITSE355/92
355
92
89
220
ITSE219/50
219
50
360
ITSE359/92
359
92
235
ITSE234/50
234
50
400
ITSE399/92
399
92
240
ITSE239/50
239
50
406
ITSE405/92
405
92
245
ITSE244/50
244
50
195
ITSE194/96
194
96
300
ITSE299/50
299
50
96
350
ITSE349/50
349
50
400
ITSE399/50
399
220
ITSE219/96
219
235
ITSE234/96
234
96
50
245
ITSE244/96
244
96
2 Ply 47
220
ITSE219/54
219
54
300
ITSE299/96
299
96
240
ITSE239/54
239
54
220
ITSE219/100
219
100
300
ITSE299/54
299
54
235
ITSE234/100
234
100
356
ITSE355/54
355
54
245
ITSE244/100
244
100
200
ITSE199/61
199
61
300
ITSE299/100
299
100
97
220
ITSE219/61
219
61
350
ITSE349/100
349
100
240
ITSE239/61
239
61
400
ITSE399/100
399
100
300
ITSE299/61
299
61
356
ITSE355/61
355
61
360
ITSE359/61
359
61
400
ITSE399/61
399
61
406
ITSE405/61
405
61
200
ITSE199/63
199
63
220
ITSE219/63
219
63
240
ITSE239/63
239
63
300
ITSE299/63
299
63
360
ITSE359/63
359
63
400
ITSE399/63
399
63
195
ITSE194/66
194
66
220
ITSE219/66
219
66
MIT - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes

Joist Size
Width
(mm)
45
58
2 Ply 38
Height (H)
Width (W)
241
MIT9.5
241
46
302
MIT11.88
302
46
356
MIT3514
355
60
241
MIT29.5-2
241
79
302
MIT211.88-2
302
79
241
MIT49.5
241
90
90
225
ITSE224/66
224
66
302
MIT411.88
302
235
ITSE234/66
234
66
356
MIT414
355
90
240
ITSE239/66
239
66
241
MIT359.5-2
241
116
302
MIT3511.88-2
302
120
356
MIT3514-2
355
120
241
MIT39.5-2
241
127
245
ITSE244/66
244
66
300
ITSE299/66
299
66
356
ITSE355/66
355
66
406
ITSE405/66
405
66
200
ITSE199/73
199
73
220
ITSE219/73
219
73
240
ITSE239/73
239
73
300
ITSE299/73
299
73
350
ITSE349/73
349
73
400
ITSE399/73
399
73
90
Height
(mm)
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
2 Ply 58
2ply 63
See "Top Fix I-Joist Hanger Guidance page for capacities.
89
LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger (Skewable Option)

LBV and B/BI are joist hangers for supporting I-joists and structural
composite timber from timber members.

This design configuration has the material section where it counts,

resulting in maximum load values.
The LBV is designed especially for use with multiple ply headers of
38mm or 45mm thick.

Installation:

Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12). Verify that
the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
Web stiffeners are required for use with the BI hanger style and
sloped or skewed LBV hangers.
The LBV and B/BI hangers may be used for weld on applications.
The minimum required weld for the top flanges is a 3.0 x 50mm
fillet weld on each side of the top flange tabs. Weld-on applications
produce maximum allowable loads listed. Uplift loads do not apply
for this application. Special considerations should be taken when
welding galvanised steel.
Options:
Typical LBV Installation
Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact

Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
LBV and B/BI series hangers can be skewed and sloped to a
maximum of 45. See table for load adjustment factors.
To order specials, use model number SPEC LBV or SPEC B and add
required dimensions and directions: D=seat sloped down, U=seat
sloped up, R=skewed right, L=skewed left. Example: SPEC LBV H =
220, W = 91. D30 R45 is an LBV220/91 with a sloped down seat 30
and skewed right 45.
Skewed and Sloped Performance Value Adjustment Factors

Item Code
Sloped Down
Sloped Up
Skewed
Sloped Down &

Skewed
Sloped Up &
Skewed
LBV
1.0
0.91
1.0
0.91
0.91
B/BI
0.8
0.95
1.0
0.7
0.8
1. Use this table to calculate allowable downloads for angled variants. Apply the reduction factor to the appropriate header condition.
LBV Skew Option
SKL
90
LBV Skewed Installation
SPECIFIED SKEW ANGLE

MAX 45 DEGREES
LBV is acceptable for weld-on applications

LBV - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
Joist Size
Width
(mm)
38
45
60
75
2ply 38
Height
(mm)
Height (H)
Width (W)
Joist Size
Width
(mm)
Height
(mm)
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Width (W)
140
LBV140/40
140
40
241
LBV4.12/9.5
241
105
LBV184/40
184
40
301
LBV4.12/11.88
301
105
195
LBV195/40
195
40
220
LBV220/40
220
40
235
LBV235/40
235
40
195
LBV195/118
195
118
241
LBV29.5
241
40
220
LBV220/118
220
118
302
LBV211.88
302
40
235
LBV235/118
235
118
356
LBV214
356
40
240
LBV240/118
240
118
195
LBV195/47
195
47
300
LBV300/118
300
118
200
LBV200/47
200
47
350
LBV350/118
350
118
220
LBV220/47
220
47
400
LBV400/118
400
118
235
LBV235/47
235
47
200
LBV200/120
200
120
241
LBV9.5
241
46
241
LBV359.5-2
241
120
2ply 51
116
2ply 58
356
LBV4.12/14
356
105
406
LBV4.12/16
406
105
245
LBV245/47
245
47
302
LBV3511.88-2
302
121
302
LBV11.88
302
47
195
LBV195/122
195
122
350
LBV350/47
350
47
220
LBV220/122
220
122
400
LBV400/47
400
47
235
LBV235/122
235
122
245
LBV245/122
245
122
300
LBV300/122
300
122
75
350
LBV350/122
350
122
75
400
LBV400/122
400
122
450
LBV450/47
450
47
200
LBV200/60
200
60
202
LBV202/75
202
223
LBV223/75
223
2ply 60
254
LBV254/75
254
75
450
LBV450/122
450
122
302
LBV302/75
302
75
202
LBV202/125
202
125
403
LBV403/75
403
75
223
LBV223/125
223
125
140
LBV140/79
140
79
254
LBV254/125
254
125
184
LBV184/79
184
79
302
LBV302/125
302
125
195
LBV195/78
195
78
403
LBV403/125
403
125
78
220
LBV220/78
220
235
LBV235/78
235
78
240
LBV240/78
240
78
245
LBV245/78
245
78
300
LBV300/78
300
78
350
LBV350/78
350
78
356
LBV214-2
356
79
450
145
97
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
184
400
2ply 45
or 89
LBV - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
LBV400/78
LBV450/78
LBV145/91
400
450
145
125
B/BI - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes

Joist Size
Width
(mm)
Height
(mm)
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Width (W)
78
202
B202/150
202
150
78
223
B223/150
223
150
254
B254/150
254
150
302
B302/150
302
150
91
150
195
LBV195/91
195
200
LBV200/91
200
91
91
403
B403/150
403
150
220
LBV220/91
220
91
200
B200/180
200
180
235
LBV235/91
235
91
245
LBV/245/91
245
91
302
LBV11.88-2
302
90
350
LBV350/91
350
91
400
LBV400/91
400
91
450
LBV450/91
450
91
195
LBV195/100
195
100
202
LBV202/100
202
100
219
LBV219/100
219
100
223
LBV223/100
223
100
235
LBV235/100
235
100
100
245
LBV245/100
245
254
LBV254/100
254
100
300
LBV300/100
300
100
302
LBV302/100
302
100
350
LBV350/100
350
100
400
LBV400/100
400
100
403
LBV403/100
403
100
450
LBV450/100
450
100
180
241
BI49.5-2
241
181
302
BI411.88-2
302
180
91
HB Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

HB is a joist hanger for supporting I-joists and
structural composite timber from timber members.

The HB is designed especially for use with

single ply headers of thicknesses 89mm or
more.
Material:
90
75
3.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel;
Installation:

Use all specified fasteners. See "General

Notes". Verify that the header can take the
required fasteners specified in the table.
Web stiffeners are required for use with the
HB hanger styles.
The HB hanger may be used for weld on
applications. The minimum required weld for
the top flanges is a 3.0 x 50mm fillet weld on
each side of the top flange tabs.
Weld-on applications produce maximum
allowable loads listed.
Uplift loads do not apply for this application.
Special considerations should be taken when
welding galvanised steel.
90
Options:
Standard HB Installation
Other widths and heights are available as a

special order, contact factory for details.
HB series hangers can be skewed and sloped
to a maximum of 45. See table for load
adjustment factors.
Skewed and Sloped Performance Value Adjustment Factors

Item Code
Sloped Down
Sloped Up
Skewed
Sloped Down &

Skewed
Sloped Up &
Skewed
HB
0.9
0.7
0.96
0.59(2)
0.7
1. Use this table to calculate allowable downloads for angled variants. Apply the reduction factor to the appropriate header condition.
2. For header heights above 355mm use 0.87 for the HB sloped down and skewed.
HB Skew Option
SKL
92
SPECIFIED SKEW ANGLE

MAX 45 DEGREES
HB Skewed Installation

HB - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
Joist Size
Width
(mm)
2 Ply 45
or
89-90
116
or
2 Ply 58
3 Ply 45
or 133
140
2 Ply 72
2 Ply 75
2 Ply 89
or
178
Height
(mm)
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Width (W)
92
195
HB195/92
195
200
HB200/92
200
92
220
HB220/92
220
92
235
HB235/92
235
92
240
HB240/92
240
92
245
HB245/92
245
92
300
HB300/92
300
92
350
HB350/92
350
92
400
HB400/92
400
92
200
HB200/118
200
118
300
HB300/118
300
118
350
HB350/118
350
118
406
HB406/118
406
118
195
HB195/135
195
135
220
HB220/135
220
135
235
HB235/135
235
135
245
HB245/135
245
135
300
HB300/135
300
135
350
HB350/135
350
135
400
HB400/135
400
135
135
450
HB450/135
450
200
HB200/142
200
142
300
HB300/142
300
142
350
HB350/142
350
142
195
HB195/146
195
146
220
HB220/146
220
146
235
HB235/146
235
146
245
HB245/146
245
146
300
HB300/146
300
146
350
HB350/146
350
146
400
HB400/146
400
146
195
HB195/152
195
152
220
HB220/152
220
152
235
HB235/152
235
152
245
HB245/152
245
152
300
HB300/152
300
152
350
HB350/152
350
152
400
HB400/152
400
152
450
HB450/152
450
152
195
HB195/180
195
180
220
HB220/180
220
180
235
HB235/180
235
180
240
HB240/180
240
180
300
HB300/180
300
180
350
HB350/180
350
180
356
HB356/180
356
180
400
HB400/180
400
180
406
HB406/180
406
180
93
GLTV
I-Joist and Structural Composite Timber Hanger
GLTV is for supporting I-joists and structural composite timber from
timber members.

These hangers offer design flexibility and versatility.

GLTV hangers are designed for use with structural composite
lumber headers (not I-Joist) and may take heavy loads. The
top flange nails are sized and specifically located to prevent
degradation of the header due to splitting of laminations.
75
Material:
5mm top flange and stirrup - mild steel.
Hot-dip galvanised.
75
SAFE WORKING LOADS: For hanger heights exceeding the joist

height, the SWL is 0.5 of the table load.
Installation:

Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the
header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
All multiple members must be secured together to work as a
single unit before installation into the hanger.
Web stiffeners are required for I-joists.
May be used for weld on applications. The minimum required
welds for the top flanges are 6mm x 63mm, fillet welds located
at each end of the top flange.
Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable loads listed.
Uplift loads do not apply for this application.
130
Other widths and heights are available as a special order,

contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Straddle available-specify S dimension.
Can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45.
For skews greater than 15, multiply the table uplift load by 0.50.
For sloped and skewed GLTV configurations the SWL is the
lesser of the table load or 24.46kN.
For sloped only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or
28.91kN for the GLTV.
For skewed only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or
29.13kN for the GLTV.
To order all welded specials, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
SIM
StroPSO
ng N
-Tie
Typical GLTV Installation
94
Options:

GLTV - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
Joist Size
Width
(mm)
68
2ply 45
or 90
3ply 45
or 133
4ply 45
or 2 ply 89
or 178
2ply 97
Height
(mm)
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
Height (H)
Width (W)
235
GLTV235/70
235
70
241
GLTV241/70
241
70
302
GLTV302/70
302
70
355
GLTV355/70
355
70
406
GLTV406/70
406
70
200
GLTV200/91
200
91
235
GLTV235/91
235
91
91
241
GLTV241/91
241
302
GLTV302/91
302
91
355
GLTV355/91
355
91
406
GLTV406/91
406
91
457
GLTV457/91
457
91
200
GLTV200/135
200
135
235
GLTV235/135
235
135
241
GLTV241/135
241
135
302
GLTV302/135
302
135
355
GLTV355/135
355
135
406
GLTV406/135
406
135
457
GLTV457/135
457
135
184
GLTV184/180
184
180
235
GLTV235/180
235
180
241
GLTV241/180
241
180
301
GLTV302/180
302
180
356
GLTV356/180
356
180
406
GLTV406/180
406
180
457
GLTV457/180
457
180
195
GLTV195/196
195
196
220
GLTV220/196
220
196
235
GLTV235/196
235
196
245
GLTV245/196
245
196
300
GLTV300/196
300
196
350
GLTV350/196
350
196
400
GLTV400/196
400
196
450
GLTV450/196
450
196
GLTV Skewed Left

(Top View)
Typical GLTV Sloped Down

Skewed Right with Low Side Flush
CL
95
IUSE Face Fix I-Joist Hanger

The IUSE is a face fix hanger for supporting I-joists from timber
members.
This hanger incorporates the Strong Grip which secures the IJoist without the need for any fasteners - where no uplift is required.
Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger,
eliminating the need for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may
require web stiffeners.
Material:
Enhanced Uplift Loads:

The IUSE has optional triangular nail holes for additional uplift.
Properly attached web stiffeners will be required for enhanced uplift.
Please contact I-Joist manufacturer for details.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the
Options:
Because these hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified. However these models will normally accommodate a skew of
up to 5.
Patent
EP1212493
IUSE incorporates the

Strong Grip that secures
the I-Joist without the need
for any fasteners where
no uplift performance is
required.
Use specified fastener

installed as shown where
uplift is required.
96
Typical IUSE Installations

IUSE Item codes and Performance Values
Joist Size
Width
(mm)
38
Height
(mm)
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
H
200
IUSE199/41
199
41
51
220
IUSE219/41
219
41
51
240
IUSE239/41
239
41
51
300
IUSE299/41
299
41
51
350
IUSE349/41
349
41
51
200
IUSE199/48
199
48
51
220
IUSE219/48
219
48
51
240
IUSE239/48
239
48
51
300
IUSE299/48
299
48
51
350
IUSE349/48
349
48
51
356
IUSE355/48
355
48
51
360
IUSE359/48
359
48
51
400
IUSE399/48
399
48
51
145
IUSE144/50
144
50
51
195
IUSE194/50
194
50
51
200
IUSE199/50
199
50
51
220
IUSE219/50
219
50
51
235
IUSE234/50
234
50
51
240
IUSE239/50
239
50
51
245
IUSE244/50
244
50
51
300
IUSE299/50
299
50
51
350
IUSE349/50
349
50
51
400
IUSE399/50
399
50
51
220
IUSE219/54
219
54
51
240
IUSE239/54
239
54
51
300
IUSE299/54
299
54
51
356
IUSE355/54
355
54
51
200
IUSE199/61
199
61
51
220
IUSE219/61
219
61
51
240
IUSE239/61
239
61
51
300
IUSE299/61
299
61
51
356
IUSE355/61
355
61
51
360
IUSE359/61
359
61
51
400
IUSE399/61
399
61
51
406
IUSE405/61
405
61
51
45
47
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Qty Fasteners
51
58 to 59
Face
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
20
20
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
6
6
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
16
16
20
20
22
22
12
12
14
14
16
16
20
20
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
Joist
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
C16 & I-Joist Header
LVL Header
LVL Header
Long Term
Long Term
Download
Download
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
4.87
5.99
5.56
6.84
6.26
7.70
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
4.87
5.99
5.56
6.84
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
2.09
2.57
3.48
4.28
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
4.17
5.13
4.87
5.99
4.87
5.99
5.56
6.84
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
4.17
5.13
4.87
5.99
5.56
6.84
6.26
7.70
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
4.87
5.99
5.56
6.84
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
5.69
6.93
6.50
7.92
7.31
8.81
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
5.69
6.93
6.50
7.92
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
2.44
2.97
4.06
4.95
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.88
5.94
5.69
6.93
5.69
6.93
6.50
7.92
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
4.88
5.94
5.69
6.93
6.50
7.92
7.31
8.81
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
5.69
6.93
6.50
7.92
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.54
13.10
9.99
15.72
12.57
18.34
14.40
20.96
16.20
23.58
7.54
13.10
9.99
15.72
12.57
18.34
14.40
20.96
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
3.80
7.86
7.54
13.10
7.54
13.10
9.99
15.72
9.99
15.72
12.57
18.34
12.57
18.34
14.40
20.96
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
9.99
15.72
12.57
18.34
14.40
20.96
16.20
23.58
7.54
13.10
9.99
15.72
12.57
18.34
14.40
20.96
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
13.50
17.80
16.20
21.36
18.90
24.92
21.60
28.48
24.30
32.04
13.50
17.80
16.20
21.36
18.90
24.92
21.60
28.48
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
8.10
10.68
13.50
17.80
13.50
17.80
16.20
21.36
16.20
21.36
18.90
24.92
18.90
24.92
21.60
28.48
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
16.20
21.36
18.90
24.92
21.60
28.48
24.30
32.04
13.50
17.80
16.20
21.36
18.90
24.92
21.60
28.48
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
Fasteners: Opt 1=3.75 x 30mm; Opt 2=3.75 x 75mm.
97

IUSE Item codes and Performance Values
Width
(mm)
Height
(mm)
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
H
200
IUSE199/63
199
63
51
220
IUSE219/63
219
63
51
240
IUSE239/63
239
63
51
300
IUSE299/63
299
63
51
360
IUSE359/63
359
63
51
400
IUSE399/63
399
63
51
195
IUSE194/66
194
66
51
220
IUSE219/66
219
66
51
225
IUSE224/66
224
66
51
238
IUSE234/66
234
66
51
240
IUSE239/66
239
66
51
245
IUSE244/66
244
66
51
300
IUSE299/66
299
66
51
330
IUSE329/66
329
66
51
356
IUSE355/66
355
66
51
406
IUSE405/66
405
66
51
200
IUSE199/73
199
73
51
220
IUSE219/73
219
73
51
240
IUSE239/73
239
73
51
300
IUSE299/73
299
73
51
350
IUSE349/73
349
73
51
360
IUSE359/73
359
73
51
390
IUSE389/73
389
73
51
400
IUSE399/73
399
73
51
195
IUSE194/75
194
75
51
220
IUSE219/75
219
75
51
235
IUSE234/75
234
75
51
245
IUSE244/75
244
75
51
300
IUSE299/75
299
75
51
350
IUSE349/75
349
75
51
400
IUSE399/75
399
75
51
60
63
70
72
98
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Qty Fasteners
Face
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
20
20
22
22
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
20
22
22
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
10
10
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
20
20
22
22
Joist
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
LVL Header
LVL Header
Long Term
Long Term
Download
Download
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
4.87
5.99
5.56
6.84
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
4.17
5.13
4.17
5.13
4.87
5.99
4.87
5.99
5.56
6.84
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
4.87
5.99
5.56
6.84
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
4.17
5.13
4.87
5.99
5.56
6.84
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
5.69
6.93
6.50
7.92
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.88
5.94
4.88
5.94
5.69
6.93
5.69
6.93
6.50
7.92
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
5.69
6.93
6.50
7.92
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.88
5.94
5.69
6.93
6.50
7.92
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.54
13.10
9.99
15.72
12.57
18.34
14.40
20.96
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
7.54
13.10
9.99
15.72
9.99
15.72
9.99
15.72
12.57
18.34
12.57
18.34
14.40
20.96
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
7.54
13.10
9.99
15.72
12.57
18.34
14.40
20.96
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
7.54
13.10
9.99
15.72
9.99
15.72
12.57
18.34
14.40
20.96
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
13.50
17.80
16.20
21.36
18.90
24.92
21.60
28.48
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
13.50
17.80
16.20
21.36
16.20
21.36
16.20
21.36
18.90
24.92
18.90
24.92
21.60
28.48
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
13.50
17.80
16.20
21.36
18.90
24.92
21.60
28.48
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
13.50
17.80
16.20
21.36
16.20
21.36
18.90
24.92
21.60
28.48
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
Joist Size

IUSE Item Codes and Performance Values
Joist Size
Width
(mm)
Height
(mm)
89 to 90
2 Ply 47
97
Dimension (mm)
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Qty Fasteners
Model No.
H
200
IUSE199/92
199
92
51
220
IUSE219/92
219
92
51
225
IUSE224/92
224
92
51
240
IUSE239/92
239
92
51
255
IUSE254/92
254
92
51
300
IUSE299/92
299
92
51
350
IUSE349/92
349
92
51
356
IUSE355/92
355
92
51
360
IUSE359/92
359
92
51
400
IUSE399/92
399
92
51
406
IUSE405/92
405
92
51
195
IUSE194/96
194
96
51
220
IUSE219/96
219
96
51
235
IUSE234/96
234
96
51
245
IUSE244/96
244
96
51
300
IUSE299/96
299
96
51
195
IUSE194/100
194
100
51
220
IUSE219/100
219
100
51
235
IUSE234/100
234
100
51
245
IUSE244/100
244
100
51
300
IUSE299/100
299
100
51
350
IUSE349/100
349
100
51
400
IUSE399/100
399
100
51
Face
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
Opt 1
Opt 2
10
10
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
10
10
12
12
12
12
14
14
16
16
10
10
12
12
12
12
14
14
16
16
20
20
22
22
LVL Header
LVL Header
Long Term
Long Term
Download
Download
3.48
4.28
4.17
5.13
4.17
5.13
4.87
5.99
4.87
5.99
5.56
6.84
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
6.26
7.70
2.44
2.44
2.92
2.92
2.92
2.92
3.41
3.41
3.89
3.89
2.44
2.44
2.92
2.92
2.92
2.92
3.41
3.41
3.89
3.89
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.06
4.95
4.88
5.94
4.88
5.94
5.69
6.93
5.69
6.93
6.50
7.92
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
7.31
8.81
2.84
2.84
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.98
3.98
4.55
4.55
2.84
2.84
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.98
3.98
4.55
4.55
5.12
5.12
5.12
5.12
7.54
13.10
9.99
15.72
9.99
15.72
12.57
18.34
12.57
18.34
14.40
20.96
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
16.20
23.58
5.28
5.28
6.99
6.99
6.99
6.99
8.80
8.80
10.08
10.08
5.28
5.28
6.99
6.99
6.99
6.99
8.80
8.80
10.08
10.08
11.34
11.34
11.34
11.34
13.50
17.80
16.20
21.36
16.20
21.36
18.90
24.92
18.90
24.92
21.60
28.48
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
24.30
32.04
9.45
9.45
11.34
11.34
11.34
11.34
13.23
13.23
15.12
15.12
9.45
9.45
11.34
11.34
11.34
11.34
13.23
13.23
15.12
15.12
17.01
17.01
17.01
17.01
Joist
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Opt 1
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Face Fix Hanger Uplift Performance Values

Fastener Qty
(3.75 X 30mm)
C16 & I-Joist
PSL, LSL or LVL
C16 & I-Joist
PSL, LSL or LVL
Short Term Uplift
Short Term Uplift
Uplift
Uplift
0 (Strong Grip only)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.90
1.35
1.80
2.70
1.80
2.70
3.60
5.40
2.70
4.05
5.40
8.10
3.60
5.4
7.20
10.80
99
MIU/HIU Face Fix I-Joist Hangers

MIU and HIU are face mounted hangers for supporting I-joists from timber members.

The MIU and HIU hangers feature Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), which minimises
splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a better angle. With
PAN nailing, the slotted hole material is not removed, but is used to channel and
confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle.
Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger, eliminating the need
for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
Material:
Enhanced uplift loads:

The MIU and HIU have optional triangular nail holes for additional uplift. Properly attached
web stiffeners may be required for Enhanced uplift. Please contact Simpson Strong-Tie for
details. See table on page 99.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the header can take the
required fasteners specified in the table.

Web stiffeners are not required with I-joists when the joist top flange is laterally
supported by the sides of the hanger, I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
Options:
These hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified. However these models will
normally accommodate a skew of up to 5.
Typical MIU/HIU Installation

with correct PAN configuration
100

MIU/HIU
Joist Size
Width
(mm)
Height (mm)
220-240
70
2
ply
38
89-90
2
ply
47
97
116
120
2
ply
63
Dimension (mm)
Model No.
MIU217/72
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Qty Fasteners
Face1
Joist2
217
72
64
22
Characteristic Download
Capacity (kN)
C16 & I-Joist

Supporting
Member
LVL
Supporting
Member
Long Term
Long Term
C16 & I-Joist
LVL
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
MIU280/72
280
72
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
MIU330/72
330
72
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
28.35
400
MIU380/72
380
72
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
195-200
MIU192/78
192
78
64
16
6.84
7.92
20.96
28.35
220-245
MIU217/78
217
78
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
MIU280/78
280
78
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
145
MIU142/92
142
92
64
3.42
3.96
9.15
14.24
195-200
MIU192/92
192
92
64
16
6.84
7.92
20.96
28.35
28.35
220-245
MIU217/92
217
92
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
300
MIU280/92
280
92
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
MIU330/92
330
92
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
400
MIU380/92
380
92
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
28.35
195
MIU192/96
192
96
64
16
6.84
7.92
20.96
28.35
28.35
220-240
MIU217/96
217
96
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
300
MIU280/96
280
96
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
MIU330/96
330
96
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
28.35
400
MIU380/96
380
96
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
195-200
MIU192/100
192
100
64
16
6.84
7.92
20.96
28.35
220-245
MIU217/100
217
100
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
MIU280/100
280
100
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
MIU330/100
330
100
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
400
MIU380/100
380
100
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
28.35
450
MIU430/100
430
100
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
28.35
195-200
MIU192/118
192
118
64
16
6.84
7.92
20.96
28.35
220-245
MIU217/118
217
118
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
MIU280/118
280
118
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
MIU330/118
330
118
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
400
MIU380/118
380
118
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
28.35
195-200
MIU192/122
192
122
64
16
6.84
7.92
20.96
28.35
220-245
MIU217/122
217
122
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
MIU280/122
280
122
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
195
MIU192/130
192
130
64
16
6.84
7.92
20.96
28.35
220-245
MIU217/130
217
130
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
MIU280/130
280
130
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
MIU330/130
330
130
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
400
MIU380/130
380
130
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
28.35
(1) 3.75 x 75mm. (2) 3.75 x 30mm.
HIU Item Codes

Joist Size
Width
(mm)
2
ply
70
144
2
ply
89
2
ply
90
194
Dimension (mm)
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Qty Fasteners
Model No.
Height (mm)
220-240
HIU217/142
Face
Joist
217
142
64
22
Characteristic Download
Capacity (kN)
C16 & I-Joist
LVL
Long Term
Long Term
C16 & I-Joist
LVL
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
HIU280/142
280
142
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
HIU330/142
330
142
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
28.35
400
HIU380/142
380
142
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
195-200
HIU192/146
192
146
64
16
6.84
7.92
20.96
28.35
220-245
HIU217/146
217
146
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
HIU280/146
280
146
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
HIU330/146
330
146
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
400
HIU380/146
380
146
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
28.35
220-240
HIU217/180
217
180
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
HIU280/180
280
180
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
HIU330/180
330
180
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
28.35
400
HIU380/180
380
180
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
220-240
HIU217/184
217
184
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
HIU280/184
280
184
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
HIU330/184
330
184
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
400
HIU380/184
380
184
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
28.35
195-200
HIU192/196
192
196
64
16
6.84
7.92
20.96
28.35
220-245
HIU217/196
217
196
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
300
HIU280/196
280
196
64
22
9.41
10.89
28.35
28.35
350
HIU330/196
330
196
64
24
10.26
11.88
28.35
28.35
400
HIU380/196
380
196
64
28
11.97
13.86
28.35
28.35
(1) 3.75 x 75mm. (2) 3.75 x 30mm.
101
MH Sacrificial Floor Detail

The MH provides a cost efffective and easy to install method of fixing a set of I-joists (solid or LVL flange) that provide
support for a sacrificial floor deck in buildings where work is continuing.
The MH is a one-piece galvanised joist hanger, available in a range of widths.
Suitable for use with solid or LVL flanged I-joists.
Seat tab ensures easy and accurate placement and alignment.
Manufactured from pre-galvanised mid steel.
For the sacrificial joist installation, a MH hanger MUST be fitted to the top and bottom flanges. This prevents rotation
of the joists. The hangers are intended for one use only. Once removed they MUST NOT be re-used.
A sacrificial floor deck is a temporary deck that closes off an opening in the floor zone - such as a stairwell.
The stated performance values are based upon 2 no. MH hangers being installed as per the installation illustration
below.
MH Item Codes and Performance Values

Number
of
Fasteners (1)
Dimensions
Model
No.
H
Support
Carried
Member
55
40
56
MH46
52
46
56
MH50
50
50
56
MH40
1. 3.75x30mm square twist nails.

2. Based upon 2 no. MH hangers installed - one to top and one to bottom flange.
102
Safe
Working Loads (2)
kN
Characteristic
Loads (2)
kN
I-Joist
(Solid and LVL Flange)
I-Joist
(Solid and LVL Flange)
2.5
4.6
MH Mini Hanger for I-Joists

The MH is a one piece galvanised hanger available in a range of widths for light
duty applications such as trimmers and ceiling joists

Suitable for use with I-joist headers.

Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend feature
when not required.
Fully tested on a range of headers.

B
Installation:
For I-Joist headers fill all round holes with nails. The hanger
depth should be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation,
if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the top of the carried
member.
MH Item Codes and Performance Values
Model
No.
Dimensions
Number of
Fasteners(1)
Support
Carried
Member
MH40
40
55
56
MH46
46
52
56
MH50
50
50
56

C24
Flanges
LVL (28mm) LVL (38mm)

Flanges
Flanges

All Flange
Type
C24
Flanges
LVL (28mm) LVL (38mm)

Flanges
Flanges
All Flange
Type
Long Term
Download
Long Term
Download
Long Term
Download
Uplift
Short Term
Download
Download
Download
Uplift Short
Term
2.00
1.00(2)
1.50
0.90
3.90
2.40
3.60
1.80

2. Use 2 no. 3.75 X 30mm square twist nails into I-Joist supports with 28mm flanges.
HU/U Face Fix Hangers

Heavy-duty hangers designed for applications requiring additional strength.
Composite HU hangers have round and triangle nail holes in to the face and joist.
The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, unless additional lateral
restraint is added to the top of the carried member.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
Composite HU hangers can be installed according to two different nailing schedules. To achieve maximum published
loads all round and triangular holes must be filled with the specified fasteners.
Typical HU Installation
103
Width
(mm)
Height
(mm)
38
89-114
184-241
241-302
Dimension (mm)
Model
No.
HU26
HU7
HU9
78
170
235
40
46
46
57
64
63
45
302-356
356
58
HU11
HU14
279
346
46
46
63
63
2ply 52
2ply 58
LVL Header
Uplift
Uplift
Long Term Download
Long Term Download
C16 & I-Joist

Header
LVL
Header
Download
Download
Std
2(1)
0.93
2.47
2.70
1.80
3.41
6.29
Min
12
4(1)
2.14
7.42
8.09
3.60
14.57
22.61
Max
16
8(1)
4.27
9.89
10.78
7.20
19.43
30.15
Min
18
6(1)
3.20
11.12
12.13
5.40
23.68
35.03
Max
24
10(1)
5.34
14.83
16.16
9.00
31.57
46.70
Min
22
6(1)
3.20
13.60
14.83
5.40
29.70
43.24
Max
30
10(1)
5.34
18.54
20.22
9.00
40.50
47.52
Min
28
8(1)
4.27
17.30
18.87
7.20
38.88
47.52
Max
36
14(1)
7.47
22.25
24.26
12.60
47.52
47.52
229
59
51
Std
14
6(1)
3.20
8.65
9.44
5.40
18.70
22.36
268
62
50
Std
16
6(1)
3.20
9.89
10.78
5.40
21.74
25.82
Min
14
6(1)
3.20
8.65
9.44
5.40
18.23
27.14
Max
18
10(1)
5.34
11.12
12.13
9.00
23.44
34.89
31.39
241-302
HU2.75/10
229
70
63
302-356
HU2.75/12
273
70
63
HU2.75/14
330
70
63
406
HU2.75/16
357
70
63
89-114
HU24-2
78
79
63
184-241
HU28-2
178
79
63
241
U210-2
216
79
50
241-302
HU210-2
224
79
63
302-356
HU212-2
268
79
63
184-241
HU48
173
90
63
241
U410
212
90
50
241-302
HU410
219
90
63
302-356
HU412
262
90
63
356-406
HU416
346
90
63
241-302
HU4.12/9
219
106
63
300-356
HU212-3
262
120
63
302
U3512-2
285
120
50
HU5.31/9
196
135
63
241-302
HU5.31/11
240
135
63
302-356
HU5.31/14
297
135
63
HU5.31/16
324
135
63
200-241
HU480/180
150
180
63
184-241
HU530/180
175
180
63
241-302
HU410-2
231
181
63
302-356
HU412-2
282
181
63
356-406
HU414-2
352
181
63

2. 3.75 x 75mm smooth shank nails.
104
Term
U3510/14
356-406
2ply 89 or
4ply 45
Joist
U3516/20
200-302
3ply 45 or
133
Schedule
Short
Face(3)
241
356-406
2ply 45
or 89
Nailing
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
302
68
2ply 38
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Qty Fasteners
Min
16
6(1)
3.20
9.89
10.78
5.40
21.50
Max
22
10(1)
5.34
13.60
14.83
9.00
29.57
43.16
Min
18
8(1)
4.27
11.12
12.13
7.20
24.63
35.55
Max
24
14(1)
7.47
14.83
16.18
12.60
32.84
47.40
Min
20
8(1)
4.27
12.36
13.48
7.20
27.64
39.65
Max
26
14(1)
7.47
16.07
17.52
12.60
35.94
47.52
Std
2(1)
1.16
2.47
2.70
2.62
3.11
5.94
Min
10
4(2)
2.34
6.18
6.74
5.24
11.85
18.64
Max
14
6(2)
3.20
8.65
9.44
7.86
16.80
26.10
Std
14
6(2)
3.20
8.65
9.44
7.86
18.70
22.36
Min
14
6(2)
4.03
8.65
9.44
7.86
17.72
26.84
Max
18
10(2)
6.69
11.12
12.13
13.10
22.79
34.50
Min
16
6(2)
4.03
9.89
10.78
7.86
21.14
31.19
Max
22
10(2)
6.69
13.60
14.83
13.10
29.07
42.89
Min
10
4(2)
2.69
6.18
6.74
5.24
11.70
18.54
Max
14
6(2)
4.03
8.65
9.44
7.86
16.39
25.96
Std
14
6(2)
3.96
8.65
9.44
7.86
18.70
22.36
Min
14
6(2)
4.03
8.65
9.44
7.86
17.72
26.84
Max
18
10(2)
6.69
11.12
12.13
13.10
22.79
34.50
Min
16
6(2)
4.03
9.89
10.78
7.86
21.04
31.14
Max
22
10(2)
6.69
13.60
14.83
13.10
28.94
42.81
39.60
Min
20
8(2)
5.36
12.36
13.48
10.48
27.54
Max
26
12(2)
8.05
16.07
17.52
15.72
35.81
47.52
Min
14
6(3)
4.79
8.65
9.44
8.88
17.00
26.38
33.91
Max
18
8(3)
6.36
11.12
12.13
11.84
21.86
Min
16
6(3)
4.76
9.89
10.78
8.88
21.78
31.54
Max
22
8(3)
6.36
13.60
14.83
11.84
29.94
43.37
Std
16
6(3)
3.96
9.89
10.78
7.86
21.74
25.82
Min
14
6(3)
4.76
8.65
9.44
8.88
17.72
26.84
34.50
Max
18
8(3)
6.36
11.12
12.13
11.84
22.79
Min
16
6(3)
4.76
9.89
10.78
8.88
21.04
31.14
Max
22
8(3)
6.36
13.60
14.83
11.84
28.94
42.81
35.48
Min
18
8(3)
6.36
11.12
12.13
11.84
24.50
Max
24
12(3)
9.54
14.83
16.18
17.76
32.66
47.31
Min
20
8(3)
6.36
12.36
13.48
11.84
27.54
39.60
Max
26
12(3)
9.54
16.07
17.52
17.76
35.81
47.52
Min
10
4(3)
3.20
6.18
6.74
5.92
11.04
18.05
Max
14
6(3)
4.76
8.65
9.44
8.88
15.46
25.28
Std
14
6(3)
6.36
8.65
9.44
8.88
16.58
26.10
Min
14
6(3)
4.76
8.65
9.44
8.88
17.92
26.95
34.66
Max
18
8(3)
6.36
11.12
12.13
11.84
23.04
Min
16
6(3)
4.76
9.89
10.78
8.88
21.35
31.31
Max
22
8(3)
6.36
13.60
14.83
11.84
29.35
43.04
Min
20
8(3)
6.36
12.36
13.48
11.84
27.61
39.63
Max
26
12(3)
9.54
16.07
17.52
17.76
35.89
47.52
Joist Size
ET Skewed 45 Hanger
The ET joist hanger for supporting skewed timber joists from timber
members.
W2
A1
This range is tested and standardised with left or right 45 skew

angle.

Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the
Web stiffeners required when supporting I-Joists.
W1
B
Item Codes and Performance Values

Dimensions
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model
No.
Supporting
W1
W2
ET248 Skewed Right Nailing
Number of
Fasteners
(4,0x35)
A1
Member
Safe
Characteristic
Working
Capacity (kN)
Load (kN)
Supported Member
Face
Side
Base
Long
Term
Download
Download
38
ET248
59
187
95
65
45
14
3.60
8.80
47
ET260
67
177
97
55
34
16
4.40
10.60
2 x 38
ET301
108
218
97
55
34
16
11
4.70
11.30
1. 4.0x35 refers to CNA4,0x35 nails (available from Simpson Strong-Tie).

2. Use an LS skewable angle for extra stability if the joist height exceeds 195mm.
ET248 Installed (shown as installed left to right. Can also be skewed right to left.)
HGUS Face Fix Heavy Engineered Timber Hanger

The HGUS joist hanger for supporting solid composite beams from timber members.
Double shear joist nailing allows distribution of the carried members load through two
points on each nail for greater strength. Nails are supplied with each hanger.

Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the
required fasteners specified in the table. 100mm nails must be driven at 45 into joist
obround holes, through carrying member and into the carried member to achieve the
table loads.
Item Codes and Performance Values

Joist Size
(mm)
Model
No.
Dimension (mm)
W
89 x 241
HGUS48N
92
Qty Fasteners
(4.0mm x 100mm)
Support
180
36
Carried
Member
10
Short
Term
Long
Medium
Term
Term
7.51
27.78
34.74
35.09
Uplift
89 x 241 x 457
HGUS410N
92
229
46
16
9.68
35.09
89 x 300 x 457
HGUS412N
92
265
56
20
11.30
40.94
40.94
89 x 350 x 457
HGUS414N
92
316
66
22
12.91
43.53
43.35
133 x 200 to 302
HGUS180/135N
135
180
36
10
7.51
27.78
34.74
35.09
133 x 240 to 457
HGUS5.50/10N
140
214
46
16
9.68
35.09
133 x 300 to 457
HGUS5.50/12N
140
265
56
20
11.30
40.94
40.94
133 x 350 to 457
HGUS5.50/14N
140
316
66
22
12.91
43.35
43.35
35.09
100
180 x 240 to 457
HGUS7.25/10N
184
219
46
16
9.68
35.09
180 x 300 to 457
HGUS7.25/12N
184
270
56
20
11.30
40.94
40.94
180 x 350 to 457
HGUS7.25/14N
184
320
66
22
12.91
43.35
43.35
Variable
Spec HGUS48N*
36
10
92-184
185-300
180
100
1. Supplied with 4.0 x 100mm Galvanised Round Wire Nails.

2. * Denotes manufactured to order.
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
7.51
27.78
34.74
7.51
18.28
20.80
100mm
105
THAI Adjustable Strap Hanger

THAI
THAI is a one piece joist hanger for supporting composite timbers from timber
members.
The model number and size is stamped onto the seat of most sizes for easy
identification of the hanger, even after installation.

Designed for I-joists, has extra long straps and can be field-formed to give
height adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. Positive angle
nailing helps eliminate splitting of the I-joists bottom flange.
Not all strap nail holes need to be filled, see table for nailing requirements.
THAI-2 must be factory ordered for hanger width needed. See table for
allowable widths.
SIMPSON
Strong Tie

Installation:
Two different installation methods are available depending on the availability of
nailing surface. Web stiffeners are required when using this hanger type.
Maximum Nailing:
For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be properly installed.
Install the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for full table load and
two 3.75 x 30mm nails driven downward at a 45 angle into the I-joists bottom
flange. The THAI has additional nail holes - not all holes are required to be filled
to achieve listed loads.
Typical THAI Installation
Minimum Nailing:
THAI Item Codes and Performance Values

Dimensions (mm)
Joist
Width
(mm)
Model
No.
Carrying Member(1)
H
Safe
Working Load (kN)
Number of Fasteners
Top
Face
Medium
Long
Carried
Term
Term
Member2 Download Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Short
Term
Uplift
Download
Uplift
Minimum Nailing: With Top Flange Wrap Over

38 x 241 to 302
THAI222
580
40
238
4.1
4.7
0.5
9.87
1.05
45 x 241 to 356
THAI1.81/22
577
46
235
4.1
4.7
0.5
9.91
1.05
58 x 241 to 356
THAI3522
570
59
228
4.2
4.8
0.5
9.99
1.05
89 x 241 to 256
THAI422
555
90
220
4.2
4.8
0.5
10.00
1.05
Variable
THAI-2
550
76-133
224
4.4
5.0
0.5
10.57
1.05
1.05
Maximum Nailing: With All Nail Holes Filled

38 x 241 to 302
THAI222
580
40
238
4.8
5.5
0.5
11.48
45 x 241 to 356
THAI1.81/22
577
46
235
5.5
6.3
0.5
13.21
1.05
58 x 241 to 356
THAI3522
570
59
228
6.9
7.8
0.5
16.44
1.05
89 x 241 to 356
THAI422
555
90
220
9.4
10.7
0.5
22.45
1.05
Variable
THAI-2
550
76-133
224
8.9
10.2
0.5
21.38
1.05
1. For carrying member use 3.75 x 75mm nails.

2. For carried member use 3.75 x 30mm nails.
106
20
For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of the support. Install
nails into each strap at the face surface of the hanger and 3.75 x 30mm nails
driven downward at a 45 angle into the I-joist bottom flange. Then two nails
into each strap at the top of the support after forming a tight bend. Bend top
flange a minimum of 65mm.
LIB Backer Free Metal Web Joist Hanger

The LIB is a face fix hanger for connecting joists, either metal web or solid, to metal web
headers without the need for backer blocks.


Only one nail type required (3.75 x 30mm square twist).
Optional installation with SDS screws for enhanced performance values.
Can be used for sacrificial floor details (not reusable).
LIB Performance Values

Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Height
Width
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75 x 30mm)
Header
Joist
Safe Working Load

(kN)
Long Term
Download
Short Term
Uplift
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Download
Uplift
Metal Web Headers with Minimum of C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm
LIB (H/W)
1.
47 Min
190 Min
100 Max
424 Max
47 Min
190 Min
100 Max
424 Max
Standard
2.8
2.0
6.6
3.4
Enhanced
4 (SDS)
3.6
2.0
8.4
3.4
SDS: 6.4 x 64mm SDS25212 screw used instead of nail (Metal Web Joist only).
107

LIB Hanger Sizes
Joist Size
Width
45
47
72
97
Height
Model
No.
Installation
Hanger Dimension
(mm)
Width (H) Height (W)
195
LIB195/47
220
LIB220/47
190
254
LIB254/47
300
LIB300/47
295
195
LIB195/50
190
220
LIB220/50
254
LIB254/50
300
LIB300/50
380
LIB380/50
419
LIB419/50
415
195
LIB195/75
190
220
LIB220/75
215
254
LIB254/75
249
300
LIB300/75
380
LIB380/75
419
LIB419/75
415
424
LIB424/75
419
190
47
215
249
215
50
249
295
375
75
295
375
195
LIB195/100
220
LIB220/100
215
254
LIB254/100
249
300
LIB300/100
380
LIB380/100
419
LIB419/100
415
424
LIB424/100
419
100
Step 1: Position hanger onto joist header, ensuring

295
375
108
Step 2: Install 8 face nails as specified, starting with the bottom face
nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face nails.
MJC Multiple Metal Web Joist Connector

The multi joist connector (MJC) allows two metal web joists to be fixed together to act as a single unit, transferring the
incoming load from the loaded ply to the unloaded ply.
Its simple and effective design allows one size of product to be used on any joist size regardless of height or width.


Safely joins multiple Metal Web Joists together, allowing them to act as a single unit.
One size product fits all joist height and width combinations.
Just one nail size required: 3.75 x 30mm square twist.
MJC joining Metal Web joists
Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load (1)

Number of
MJCs (2)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Metal
Web
Metal
Web
3.80
9.12
5.70
13.68
Maximum Incoming Regular Load (3)

Number of
MJCs (4)
Metal
Web
Metal
Web
1.90
4.56
2.85
6.84
Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load refers to the maximum concentrated load that can be applied when the MJCs are installed either side of the incoming load.
Number of MJCs equally spaced about the incoming load.
Maximum Incoming Regular Load refers to the maximum load that can be applied at regular intervals along the supporting timber.
Number of MJCs between each incoming load.
MJC Installations with Metal

Web Beams
Step 1:
Position the MJCs onto the 1st joist ensuring that they are centred about the
incoming load at 400mm c/c (may be
adjusted within 10mm each way). Please
note that the connectors can be installed
in any orientation.
Secure each MJC with 4 no.
3.75 x 30mm square twist nails
to the top and bottom
joist flanges as shown.
400mm
Step 2:
Position 2nd joist ensuring ends are flush
and joists are parallel.
Secure the joist using 2no. 3.75 x 30mm
Square Twist Nails per MJC into the top
and bottom joist flanges as shown.
109
IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hangers

The IUB/HIUB hangers support metal web joists and solid timber
joists without the need for plywood gussets.
IUB
They incorporate the unique feature of bottom flanges, which provide

enhanced capacity.

Can be used on metal web joists or solid joist headers.

Eliminates the need for plywood gussets when supported from
a metal web joist.
IUB Bottom flanges provide enhanced download capacity and
quickly sets the hanger onto the header.
Obround holes in face to provide easier nailing access in tight
locations.
IUB: Positive Angle Nailing (PAN) of joist to speed installation
and reduce the likelihood of splitting.
IUB has hexagonal holes for SDS screw installation and
optional triangular nail holes for additional download, when
used in conjunction with a plywood gusset, and additional uplift
capacities.
SDS SCREW
HOLE
TRIANGULAR
OPTIONAL
NAIL HOLES
FOR ADDITIONAL
UPLIFT
BOTTOM
FLANGES
50
W
PAN NAIL
HOLES

Position the hanger onto the face of supporting floor joist,

ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the underside
of the bottom chord.
Install 3.75 x 30mm nails into the holes within the hanger bottom
flanges. Fill all face round and obround holes with 3.75 x 30mm
square twist nails.
Sit the carried joist into the hanger and install 3.75 x 30mm nails
through the angled pan nail holes into the joist.
For enhanced uplift, fill all joist triangular nail holes with 3.75 x
30mm nails.
For SDS screw installation the IUB may be installed with 4 no.
6.2 x 63mm long SDS screws through the hexagonal holes in
the face.
Standard IUB Installation
HIUB Installation
SUPPORTING
FLOOR TRUSS
TRIANGULAR HOLES
TO BE FILLED FOR
ENHANCED UPLIFT
PAN NAIL
HOLES
CARRIED
JOIST
110
HIUB
Installation:

IUB Hangers for Standard Installation
Joist
Width
(mm)
Joist
Height
(mm)
Model
No.
Number of Fasteners1
(Use 3.75 x 30mm)
Header
Joist
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Download
Uplift
Long Term
Short Term
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Download
Uplift
195-202
IUB190/47
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
218-225
IUB215/47
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
253-254
IUB249/47
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
304
IUB295/47
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
195-202
IUB190/50
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
218-225
IUB215/50
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
253-254
IUB249/50
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
304
IUB295/50
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
373-380
IUB375/50
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
417
IUB415/50
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
202
IUB190/75
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
225
IUB215/75
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
254
IUB249/75
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
304
IUB295/75
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
373
IUB375/75
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
417
IUB415/75
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
421
IUB419/75
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
202
IUB190/100
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
225
IUB215/100
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
254
IUB249/100
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
304
IUB295/100
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
373
IUB375/100
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
417
IUB415/100
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
421
IUB419/100
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
202
IUB190/125
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
225
IUB215/125
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
254
IUB249/125
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
304
IUB295/125
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
373
IUB375/125
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
417
IUB415/125
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
421
IUB419/125
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
202
IUB190/150
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
225
IUB215/150
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
254
IUB249/150
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
304
IUB295/150
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
373
IUB375/150
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
417
IUB415/150
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
421
IUB419/150
10
3.50
1.00
8.10
2.00
45
47
72
97
122
1ply 147
2ply 72
1. 3.75 x 30mm refers to a galvanised square twist nail.

2. Standard Nailed Installation: IUB installed directly onto Metal Web Floor Truss headers without Plywood Gussets.
111

IUB Item Codes and Performance Values: SDS Installation
Joist
Height
(mm)
195-202
47
72
1ply 47
2ply 72
Header (2)
(6.2mm x
63mm)
Joist (1)(3.75 x
30mm)
IUB190/50
Uplift
Long Term
Short Term
5.80
Download
Uplift
1.00
13.60
2.00
IUB215/50
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
IUB249/50
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
304
IUB295/50
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
373-380
IUB375/50
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
417
IUB415/50
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
202
IUB190/75
5.80
1.00
13.60
2.00
225
IUB215/75
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
254
IUB249/75
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
304
IUB295/75
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
373
IUB375/75
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
417
IUB415/75
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
IUB419/75
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
IUB190/100
5.80
1.00
13.60
2.00
225
IUB215/100
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
254
IUB249/100
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
304
IUB295/100
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
373
IUB375/100
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
417
IUB415/100
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
421
IUB419/100
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
202
IUB190/125
5.80
1.00
13.60
2.00
225
IUB215/125
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
254
IUB249/125
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
304
IUB295/125
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
373
IUB375/125
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
417
IUB415/125
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
421
IUB419/125
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
202
IUB190/150
5.80
1.00
13.60
2.00
225
IUB215/150
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
254
IUB249/150
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
304
IUB295/150
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
373
IUB375/150
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
417
IUB415/150
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00
421
IUB419/150
7.40
1.00
13.60
2.00

2. 6.2 x 63mm refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie, order code SDS25212.
3. Minimum header width 72mm for SDS installation.
112
Download
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
218-225
202
122
Model
No.
253-254
421
97
Number of Fasteners
Joist
Width
(mm)

HIUB Item Codes and Performance Values
Dimensions (mm)
Joist
Width
(mm)
72
97
122
1 ply 147
2ply 72
2ply 97
2ply 122
2ply 147
Joist
Height
(mm)
Model No.
202
HIUB202/75
219
HIUB218/75
218
225
HIUB225/75
225
Number
of Fasteners(1)
Safe Working Loads(2)

(kN)
Characteristic
Capacity(3) (kN)
Supporting
Member
Supported
Member
Short Term
Uplift
Standard
Installation
Long Term
Download(4)
Enhanced
Installation
Long Term
Download(5)
Uplift
Standard
Installation
Download(4)
Enhanced
Installation
Download(5)
63
16
3.50
8.10
10.80
7.00
19.20
23.40
63
16
3.50
8.10
10.80
7.00
19.20
23.40
63
16
3.50
8.10
10.80
7.00
19.20
23.40
63
16
3.50
8.10
10.80
7.00
19.20
23.40
63
16
3.50
8.10
10.80
7.00
19.20
23.40
63
16
3.50
8.10
10.80
7.00
19.20
23.40
63
16
3.50
8.10
10.80
7.00
19.20
23.40
202
254
HIUB253/75
304
HIUB304/75
373
HIUB373/75
417
HIUB418/75
418
421
HIUB420/75
420
202
HIUB202/100
202
219
HIUB218/100
218
225
HIUB225/100
225
75
253
304
373
254
HIUB253/100
304
HIUB304/100
373
HIUB373/100
417
HIUB418/100
418
421
HIUB420/100
420
202
HIUB202/120
202
219
HIUB218/125
218
225
HIUB225/125
225
100
253
304
373
254
HIUB253/125
304
HIUB304/125
373
HIUB373/125
417
HIUB418/125
418
421
HIUB420/125
420
202
HIUB202/150
202
219
HIUB218/150
218
225
HIUB225/150
225
125
253
304
373
254
HIUB253/150
304
HIUB304/150
373
HIUB373/150
417
HIUB418/150
418
421
HIUB420/150
420
202
HIUB202/200
202
219
HIUB218/200
218
225
HIUB225/200
225
150
253
304
373
254
HIUB253/200
304
HIUB304/200
373
HIUB373/200
417
HIUB418/200
418
421
HIUB420/200
420
202
HIUB202/250
202
219
HIUB218/250
218
225
HIUB225/250
225
200
253
304
373
254
HIUB253/250
304
HIUB304/250
373
HIUB373/250
417
HIUB418/250
418
421
HIUB420/250
420
202
HIUB202/300
202
219
HIUB218/300
218
225
HIUB225/300
225
250
253
304
373
254
HIUB253/300
304
HIUB304/300
373
HIUB373/300
417
HIUB418/300
418
421
HIUB420/300
420
300
253
304
373
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail - CE marked in accordance with EN 14592.

2. Safe Working Loads have been determined in accordance with BS5268 and are based on C27 / TR26 timbers.
3. Characterstic Capacities have been determined in accordance with EN14358 and are based on C27 / TR26 timbers.
4. HIUB installed on a Metal Web Joist without timber blocking piece between top and bottom flanges of Metal Web Joist.
5. HIUB installed on a Metal Web Joist with timber blocking piece between top and bottom flanges of Metal Web Joist.
113
IUBS Metal Web Joist Hanger (Skewable)

The IUBS solves the problem of skew hangers in timber to timber
connections. It can be handed left or right on site by the carpenter,
removing confusion when the floor is built opposite to the drawing.
The IUBS is also fully adjustable from 5 to 67.5 degrees skew,
reducing the need for special skew hangers.

Standard 45 skew, with site adjustable skew from 5 to 67.5

degrees.
Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skewed - adjusted on
site removing any handing confusion and reduce stocking.
Use SDS25212 for enhanced download capacity.
Can be used on metal web joist or solid joist headers.
Optional nail holes for additional download.

Patent: GB 2396630
Finish: Galvanised.
W
Joist
Height
(mm)
Model
No.
195-202
218-223
Joist
Width
(mm)
72
97
Dimensions (mm)
IUBS195/75
195
75
64
IUBS215/75
215
75
64
253-254
IUBS249/75
249
75
64
304
IUBS295/75
295
75
64
195-202
IUBS195/100
195
100
64
218-223
IUBS215/100
215
100
64
253-254
IUBS249/100
249
100
64
304
IUBS295/100
295
100
64
Number of Fasteners (1)
(kN)
Header
Joist
Long Term
Download
Short Term
Uplift
Download
Uplift
10
5.30
0.70
12.72
1.30
IUBS Item Codes and Performance Values: SDS Installation

Dimensions (mm)
Number of Fasteners
(kN)
Header(2)
Joist(1)
Long Term
Download
Short Term
Uplift
Download
Uplift
IUBS195/75
195
75
64
IUBS215/75
215
75
64
253-254
IUBS249/75
249
75
64
304
IUBS295/75
295
75
64
195-202
IUBS195/100
195
100
64
7.20
0.60
17.18
1.30
Joist
Height
(mm)
Model
No.
195-202
218-223
Joist
Width
(mm)
72
97
218-223
IUBS215/100
215
100
64
253-254
IUBS249/100
249
100
64
304
IUBS295/100
295
100
64
1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail.

2. 6.2 x 63mm refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie, order code SDS25212.
Angle Guide Table

100mm Backplate
Skew Angle A
114
100mm Backplate
Distance B (mm)
Skew Angle A
Distance B (mm)
206
45
149
15
200
52.5
130
22.5
190
60
109
30
180
67.5
86
37.5
166
IUBS Item Codes and Performance Values: Standard Installation

Step 2
Step 1
Position the back plate onto the
header in the required position.
Step 3
Adjust the angle of the
back plate (if different from 45) to suit the
required angle. Use either adjustable set
square or the guide tables shown on previous
page. Bend one time only.
Secure the back plate

(inside angle) with the
specified nails.
Step 4
Secure the obtuse side of the back
plate onto the header with all the
specified nails, ensuring the face of
the back plate is tight against the
header.
Step 5
Step 6
Offer the stirrup to the back plate

ensuring it is located on the correct
side (which can be either left or right
hand side).
Locate the floor joist into the stirrup

ensuring the joist is set tight to the
back of the stirrup. The joist should
be secured into the stirrup with all
specified nails on the open face of the
stirrup.
Once all of the hooks (on the

back plate) are clearly through
the apertures (on stirrup) slide in
a downward direction ensuring all
hooks engage onto the
stirrup and click into position.
(Note: For enhanced download capacity

use SDS25212 screws.)
115
IUQ Metal Web Joist to SIP Panel Hanger

About SIP
With the construction industry
becoming ever more conscious of
environmental issues, companies
are taking a fresh look at building
structures and carbon emissions.
Structural insulated panels (SIP)
contribute to this goal as they are
highly energy efficient and comply
with the building fabric measures
of The Code for Sustainable
Homes.
Interior Sheathing OSB
Timber
SIP Panel
Insulant
Simpson Strong-Tie has

developed a range of innovative
connectors that help build SIP
structures safely and economically,
by standardising the products
and allowing the best use of SIP
panels thermal perfomance.
Exterior Sheathing OSB

Timber
116
The IUQ and HIUQ (standard

and heavy duty respectively)
can be used with either metal
web or engineered I-joists.
Joists no longer sit on top
of the wall, thus eliminating
thermal bridging at the joist/
wall junction.
Cuts down on the time
consuming and costly process
of placing timber blocking
pieces between the joists and
the wall panels, creating a
better air seal.
Installation is simple and
efficient, requiring 2 (or 4) SDS
screws (supplied with hangers).
Positive Angle Nailing (PAN)
of joist to hanger can speed
up installation while reducing
the chance of splitting the joist
bottom chords.
The IUQ and HIUQ is the first hanger range specifically designed to allow engineered joists to be face fixed to a
structural insulated panel (SIP), when used in conjunction with the Simpson Strong-Tie patented SDS screws.
Step 1:
Step 2:
Step 3:
Position the top of the IUQ

hanger side flanges level with
the top of the SIP panel.
Install 2 x SDS25212 screws into

the top hexagonal holes only.
Sit the joist onto the IUQ hanger

and install 2 no. 3.75 x 30mm
square twist nails into the joist
through the PAN nail holes.
IUQ and HIUQ Item Codes and Performance Values

Size Range
Joist Fastener Qty
3.75 x 30mm
Model Series
Height (mm)
Width (mm)
Support
(SDS25212) 2
Carried
Member
(3.75x30)1
Short Term
Uplift
Long Term
Download
Uplift
Download
IUQ
190 - 450
40 - 100
1.0
4.1
2.0
9.9
HIUQ
190 - 450
40 - 300
4.0
8.1
8.0
19.5
1. Refers to 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail.

2. Refers to SDS25212 (63mm long) Screws.
SDS Screw
IUQ Hanger
117
Roof Connectors
JES Joist End Support

The JES is a two piece metal-work system which
enables the use of engineered timber I-joists in
loft conversions, offering a safe and economic
alternative to the traditional method which
requires steel girders.
It provides reinforcement to the joist ends where
they are cut to fit within the eaves of the existing
roof.
The I-Joists are installed from wall plate to wall
plate, which means there is no need for a costly
Party Wall Agreement.
A demonstration video can be

seen on-line at www.i-loft.co.uk.
Why Convert Lofts Using I-Joists?

No need to install steel girders.

No need to hire a crane.
I-joists installed from wall plate to wall plate.
No need for a Party Wall Agreement.
Light weight.
Loft conversions also possible in timber frame houses.
Suits roof slopes of 30 or greater.
No RSJ
No Crane Hire
Note: I-Joists supplied by others, see table below.
Patent Pending.
No Party Wall Agreement
JES Item Codes and Performance Values

Long Term
Width
Metsa Wood
James Jones
118
End Bearing
JES Item Code
38-89
45-97
Steico
(Solid Sawn Flange)
45.90
Steico
(LVL Flange)
90
Boise
1000
89
Boise 10
59-89
LP
63
Medium Term
Short Term
(kN)
Height
200
220
240
300
360
400
195
220
235
245
300
350
400
200
240
300
360
400
240
300
360
400
241
302
356
406
241
302
356
406
225
Capacity
JES116SCR
JES136SCR
JES156SCR
JES216SCR
JES276SCR
JES316SCR
JES099SCR
JES124SCR
JES139SCR
JES149SCR
JES204SCR
JES254SCR
JES304SCR
JES104CR
JES144CR
JES204CR
JES264CR
JES304CR
JES156SCR
JES216SCR
JES276SCR
JES316SCR
JES179SCR
JES240SCR
JES294SCR
JES344SCR
JES159SCR
JES220SCR
JES274SCR
JES324SCR
JES144SCR
2.28
2.90
3.77
7.70
3.61
4.58
5.95
11.50
2.44
3.10
4.03
8.05
3.03
3.16
3.66
3.65
4.01
4.65
5.00
5.21
6.04
9.84
10.45
11.95
2.44
3.10
4.03
8.05
3.03
3.16
3.66
3.10
4.01
4.65
4.03
5.21
6.04
8.05
10.45
11.95
3.26
4.14
5.39
10.94
2.62
3.32
4.32
8.47
3.32
4.22
4.48
10.84
2.74
3.48
4.52
9.21
4.01
3.24
5.09
4.12
6.62
5.30
13.13
10.72
I-Joist
Manufacturer
Characteristic
I-Joist Dimensions (mm)
Roof Connectors
JES Installation
Step 1:
Use the JES as a template to mark the cut line and fastener hole
positions on the end of the I-joist as shown, ensuring that the ends are
flush.
Cut
Remove the JES before cutting and drilling the I-joist.
Step 2
JES (Joist End Support)

Patent Pending
Cut and drill the I-joist. Use a 6mm diameter drill bit to
create the holes.
Step 3
Securely install a JES on both sides of the I-joist using the M6 x 30mm stainless steel Hex
bolts and nylon washers supplied. Note the position of the lip on the JES which must be
installed with the lip following the top-most edge of the adapted I-joist.
Step 4
Position I-joist in between the existing
trusses as shown, ensuring that a
minimum 90mm of end bearing is achieved.
Joist layouts will vary - please refer to

engineer responsible for floor design.
VP Loft Vent Plate

The VP is part of the I-Loft system.
The vent plate is a 1.2mm thick, 300mm long
galvanised steel plate which provides a
fast and cost effective solution to providing
ventilation in the roof space.
Once installed, it allows the six 20mm diameter
holes to be drilled, whilst maintaining the
strength of the solid sawn timber.
By providing a ventilation path though the roof,
over the insulation in the loft conversion ceiling,
the condensation problems arising from the
difference in temperature between the inside
and outside are avoided.
VP50/300
119
Roof Connectors
TCP Truss Clip

The TCP truss clip attaches girders, trusses and rafters to wall plates to provide wind
restraint.

TCP Truss Clips may be used for general purposes, strongback attachments as allpurpose ties wherever one member crosses another.
Speed prong provides temporary attachment for ease of installation.
Obround holes for easier nail driving.
65
100

Installation: Use all specified fasteners.
106
TCP Item Codes and Performance Values

No. Fasteners2
Safe Working
Load
Short Term
Uplift
Width
(mm)
Model No.
To Truss
To Plate
Characteristic
Capacity(kN)
TCP38
38
2.13
3.41
TCP44
44
2.13
3.00
TCP47
47
2.13
2.76
TCP50
50
2.13
2.42
Typical
TCP Installation
1. Safe Working Loads are based on load tests conducted at CERAM Building Technology.
2. 3.75x30mm Square Twist Nails.
GS Glide Shoe
Glide shoes are specially designed to allow horizontal movement between raised tie trusses and wallplates.
The GS allows lateral movement of raised tie trusses up to 15mm during installation of roofing materials and resists
uplift forces. Typically used on one or both ends of the truss as determined by the truss designer.
GS Item Codes and Performance Values
Model No.
Width
(mm)
Fasteners
(3.75 x 30mm
Square Twist Nails)
Support
120
GS38
38
GS50
50
GS75
75
GS100
100
GS150
150
GS200
200
Carried
Member
Safe Working Loads

(kN)
Short Term
Lateral
Short Term
Uplift
25
62
Lateral
Uplift
97
10
3.3
1.4
6.6
2.8
43
Roof Connectors
HGUS/HGUQ Face Fix Girder Truss Hanger

The HGUS is a joist hanger for supporting mono trusses and girder
trusses from timber members. The HGUQ version uses SDS screws
instead of nails for even faster and easier installation.
HGUS: Double shear nailing allows distribution of the carried

members load through two points on each nail for greater strength
(see illustration).
HGUS Installation:


Verify the header can take the required fasteners specified
below.
75mm nails must be driven at 45 through the joist dome, pan
or obround nail holes, into the joist , then the header to achieve
the table loads.
HGUS

Unique double shear nailing feature guides the joist nails into the
joist at a 45 angle. This provides easier nail driving as the installer
doesnt need to swing the hammer sideways.
HGUQ: The SDS screws help transfer the load between plies of
the supporting truss when they penetrate all plies.
HGUQ Installation: Use all specified fasteners.
HGUQ Above
Typical Installation Below
Verify the header can take the required fasteners specified

below.
The thickness of the supporting timber must be equal or
greater than the screw length.
Options: Other widths of HGUS and HGUQ are available made to

order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
HGUS/HGUQ Item Codes and Performance Values

Joist
Size
(mm)
Dimensions
Safe
Working Loads (kN)
Number of Fasteners
Model
No.
Support
Carried
Member
Short
Term
Uplift
Long
Term
Download
Medium
Term
Download
Characteristic
Download
Capacity (kN)
Characteristic
Uplift
Capacity (kN)
HGUS Nailed Installation (4)

2 Ply 35
HGUS125/80N
80
122
20
10.08
11.52
25.08
7.83
2 Ply 35
HGUS145/80N
80
145
28
10
15.14
17.31
33.34
9.78
2 Ply 47
HGUS125/105N
105
110
20
10.08
11.52
25.08
7.83
100
2 Ply 47
HGUS145/105N
105
145
28
10
15.14
17.31
33.34
9.78
3 Ply 35
HGUS145/120N
120
145
28
10
15.14
17.31
33.34
9.78
3 Ply 47
HGUS145/155N
155
145
28
10
15.14
17.31
33.34
9.78
21.30
24.40
20.70
45.50
HGUQ SDS Screw Installation (5)

2 PLY 47
HGUQ180/105SCR
105
180
3 PLY 35
HGUQ180/120SCR
120
180
3 PLY 47
HGUQ180/155SCR
155
180
4 PLY 47
HGUQ180/202SCR
202
180
100
26 - SDS25312
8 - SDS25212
10.40
1. Safe working loads have been determined in accordance with BS 5268 and are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers.
2. Characteristic values have been determined in accordance with ETAG015, TR26 and EN 14358 for use with Eurocode 5. Values are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers.
3. Uplift values have been determined by calculation in accordance with Eurocode 5. Values are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers.
4. Hanger supplied with 3.75x75mm round wire nails.
5. Hanger supplied with SDS25312 (89mm) and SDS25212 (63mm) SDS screws.
121
Roof Connectors
THM Mono Truss Hanger

The THM (Truss Hanger Mono) is a joist
hanger for supporting mono trusses from
timber members.
The THM hanger offers two installation
options:

Square twist nails only.

Square twist nails and double shear
nailing.
Features Speed Prongs for ease of

installation.
B
W
THM Installed with

Square Twist Nails
THM Item Codes and Performance Values

Joist
Size
(mm)
Dimensions
Number of Fasteners
Model
No.
W
Support
Carried
Member
Safe
Working Loads (kN)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Long
Term
Download
Medium
Term
Download
Download
3.4
3.9
7.3
4.4
5.1
9.8
Installation With Square Twist Nails Only

35 or 38 x 100 to 150
THM230/38
38
44 x 100 to 150
THM230/44
44
96
93
47 x 100 to 150
THM230/47
47
91.5
50 x 100 to 150
THM230/50
50
90
35 or 38 x 100 to 150
THM230/38
38
96
44 x 100 to 150
THM230/44
44
93
47 x 100 to 150
THM230/47
47
91.5
50 x 100 to 150
THM230/50
50
90
75
10(1)
6(1)
Installation With Double Shear Nails

122
75
10(1)
6(2)
Double shear nailing feature

allows nails to be installed at
a 45 angle. This provides
easier nail driving as the
installer doesnt need to
swing the hammer sideways.
Roof Connectors
THA Truss Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap

THA is a one-piece joist hanger supporting trussed rafters and composite timbers from
timber members.
THA
Provides great support with ease of installation.

Install using one nail size (3.75x30mm square twist) or use our patented option featuring
additional 3.75x75mm nails for increased performance. For further performance use
3.75x75mm nails throughout. A separate set of performance values are published for
each installation. Available in seat widths from 38mm to 100mm.
Location tab allows easier alignment to the carrying member.
Choice of installation specifications to suit wrap-over or face fix.
Speed prongs enables positioning of the hanger without nails before completing the
install.
Nailing schedules are stamped into the strap to provide the correct information to
site operatives.
The distinctive wide strap enhances the performance of the critical part of the
connection by increasing the nail spacing and providing greater bearing area on the
supporting girder.
Examples of THA
Installation
Configurations

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Alternate installation methods are available
depending on the availability of nailing surface.
Maximum Nailing: For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be properly
installed. Install the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for table load.
Minimum Nailing: For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of the
support. Install nails into each strap in the face and top of the hanger and for the THA,
75mm nails at a 45 angle through the joist into the support. Bend top flange a minimum
of 45mm for the THA.
Install
Method
Carrying
Member
Depth
Carried
Member
Depth
Carrying Member
C27 / TR26 Graded Timber
Fasteners
Dimensions (mm)
Model
No.
Face
Top

Carried
Member
Download
Long
Medium
Short
Term
Download
Uplift
THA Performance Values (using 3.75 x 30mm Joist Nails)
Face Fix
Wrap Over
197mm
to
222mm
122mm
to
197mm
38
THA38
38
226.0
63.0
113.5
44
THA44
44
223.0
63.0
110.5
50
THA50
50
220.0
63.0
107.5
75
THA75
75
232.5
63.0
120.0
100
THA100
100
220.0
63.0
107.5
38
THA38
38
226.0
63.0
113.5
44
THA44
44
223.0
63.0
110.5
50
THA50
50
220.0
63.0
107.5
75
THA75
75
232.5
63.0
120.0
100
THA100
100
220.0
63.0
107.5
38
THA38
38
226.0
63.0
113.5
44
THA44
44
223.0
63.0
110.5
50
THA50
50
220.0
63.0
107.5
75
THA75
75
232.5
63.0
120.0
100
THA100
100
220.0
63.0
107.5
38
THA38
38
226.0
63.0
113.5
44
THA44
44
223.0
63.0
110.5
50
THA50
50
220.0
63.0
107.5
75
THA75
75
232.5
63.0
120.0
100
THA100
100
220.0
63.0
107.5
50
100
50
100
THA50
THA100
THA50
THA100
50
100
50
100
20 (1)
6 (1)
5.20
5.90
1.90
12.40
3.70
8 (1)
4 (1)
6 (1)
4.40
5.00
1.90
10.50
3.70
THA Performance Values (using 3.75 x 75mm Double Shear Joist Nails)
Face Fix
Wrap Over
197mm
to
222mm
122mm
to
197mm
20 (1)
6 (2)
6.40
7.30
2.70
15.40
5.30
8 (1)
4 (1)
6 (2)
6.80
7.80
2.70
16.40
5.30
8.60
9.80
THA Installation (Using 3.75 x 75mm Nails Throughout)

Face Fix
197mm
to 222mm
Wrap Over
147mm to
197mm
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
220
220
220
220
63
63
63
63
107.5
107.5
107.5
107.5
26(2)
6 (2)
14 (2)
4 (2)
6 (2)
3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

3.75 x 75mm round wire nails.
Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are determined by test/design model and are based on C27/TR26 graded timbers.
W, H, C dimensions shown in the illustration above.
Published performance values are not dependent on the location tab being nailed.
123
Roof Connectors
THGQ Heavy Duty Girder Truss Hanger

THGQ is a heavy duty girder truss hanger designed to support multiple
ply girder trusses from a vertical member of a girder truss.

Use with SDS screws instead of bolts - simplifying installation.

SDS screws (6.4 x 63.5mm) supplied with each THGQ.
Maintains the strength of the supporting truss as no material is
removed during installation.
Suitable for use on girder trusses with bottom chord depths equal
to or greater than 147mm.
For use in Service Class 1 and 2 conditions only.

C
Installation:

Fill all holes with the specified fasteners to achive published load
capacities.
Multiple ply supporting trusses must be fastened together, as
specified by the truss manufacturer, to act as one member.
The overall thickness of the supporting trusses should be equal to
or greater than the length of the SDS screw (63.5mm).
THGQ Item Codes and Performance Values

Supported
Member
2 Ply 35
2 Ply 47
3 Ply 35
3 Ply 47 or
4 Ply 45
4 Ply 47
1.
2.
3.
4.
124
Model No.
THGQ80SCR
THGQ102SCR
THGQ116SCR
THGQ154SCR
THGQ202SCR
Dimensions (mm)
Min. Width
of Vertical
Supporting
Member (mm)
147
80
675
172
197
197
222
102
116
154
202
Fastener Qty(1)
675
675
500
500
135
305
Safe Working Loads

(kN)(2)
Characteristic Capacities
(kN)(3)
Supporting Supported Med. Term Short Term

Download
Member
Member Download
Uplift(4)
Uplift
30
40.40
14.40
79.70
30
32.80
7.20
66.30
22.40
11.20
30
40.40
14.40
79.70
22.40
30
32.80
7.20
66.30
11.20
30
40.40
14.40
79.70
22.40
30
32.80
7.20
66.30
11.20
32
40.40
14.40
79.70
22.40
32
32.80
7.20
66.30
11.20
32
40.40
14.40
79.70
22.40
32
32.80
7.20
66.30
11.20
SDS25212 6.4 X 63.5mm structural wood srews. CE marked in accordance with EN14592.
Safe working loads have been determined in accordance with BS5268 and are based on TR26 timber.
Characteristic capacities have been determined in accordance with EN14358 and are based on C27 (TR26) timber.
Uplift values have been determined by calculation in accordance with the relevant design standard.
Roof Connectors
NP Nail Plate
Nail plates are used to connect two or more timber members
together. They are available in a variety of sizes.

Installation:
Install in pairs using 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
NP Item Codes
Dimensions (mm)
Item
Code
NP40/120
40
120
NP80/140
80
140
NP80/180
80
180
NP80/200
80
200
NP80/220
80
220
NP80/260
80
260
NP100/140
100
140
NP100/200
100
200
NP100/240
100
240
NP100/300
100
300
NP140/180
140
180
NP140/200
140
200
NP140/260
140
260
160
340
200
260
NP220/300
220
300
Typical NP Dimensions
Calculation Example:
Two plates (NP80/260) to connect a 100mm x 160mm
beam to a 100mm x 120mm post. 12 no. 3.75x30mm
square twist nails per connected timber member. Load
duration Kmod 0.70. Steel thickness 1.5mm.
28
120
160
NP160/340
NP200/260
Min 7xdn
68
3.75x30 Nails (x12)
Min 15xdn
NP80/260
F 1,d
120
1.
2.
N = Number of nails.
dn = Diameter of nail.
Applied Load F1,d = 5kN

Nail Capacities:
R1,d = n x Rlat x kmod/m
Nails per timber = 12
Rlatk = 1.02kN (3.75x30mm nails and TR26 timber)
R1,d = 12 x 1.02 x 0.7/1.3 = 6.59kN
Design Check Nails:
F1,d/R1,d = 1.0 Therefore OK
5/6.59 = 0.76 Therefore OK
Plate Capacities:
R1,d = 0.9 x Anetto x fu/m
R1,d = 0.9 x 2 x 1.5 (80-4x4.1) x 330/1.3x10-3 = 43.6kN
Design Check Plates:
F1,d/R1,d = 1.0 Therefore OK
5/43.6 = 0.12 Therefore OK
125
Roof Connectors
LSSU/LSU Light Slope and Skew Adjustable Hangers
With these site adjustable hangers, you can always have the right hanger available for those special rush projects.
This versatile range of products attaches joists/rafters to timber supports at any slope, up or down or at any skew, left or right up to and
including 45. All models are slope and skew adjustable on site, excluding the LSU3510-2, LSU4.12.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Bend only once. To ensure proper seat
installation, install the bottom nails before the side nails. Attach the sloped joist at both ends so the horizontal force developed by the slope
is fully supported by the carried members. Web stiffeners are required with I-joists using this hanger style. For field skewing, see install
sequence below.
LSU26
LSSU Installation
Step 1
LSSU410
LSSU Installation
Step 2
Joist Size
(mm)
Model No.
Qty Fasteners
Header Joist(1)
Characteristic Capacity (kN)(5)

LVL Flanged I-Joist
Solid Sawn Flanged

I-Joist or C24 Solid
Section
Medium Term
Download
Download
Uplift
Download
LVL Flanged I-Joist
Solid Sawn Flanged I-Joist or

C24 Solid Sections
Long Term
Download
Long Term
Download
Short Uplift
Attach hanger to the

carrying member, acute
angle side first. Install nails
at an angle.
Skew flange to form acute angle.

Bend other flange back along
centerline of slots. Bend once only.
Nail hanger to slope-cut carried

member, installing seat nail first. No
bevel necessary for skewed installation.
Dimension
LSSU Installation
Step 3
Medium Term Short Uplift

Download
Uplift
LSU26
38
124
75
6(2)
1.28
2.84
3.24
1.28
3.03
3.46
6.81
2.55
7.26
2.55
38 x 241
LSSU28
38
181
90
10 (2)
1.19
2.14
2.44
1.19
3.03
3.46
5.13
2.38
7.26
2.38
38 x 302
LSSU210
38
216
90
10 (2)
1.19
2.14
2.44
1.19
3.03
3.46
5.13
2.38
7.26
2.38
45 x 241 to 356
LSSUI25
45
216
90
10 (2)
1.19
2.14
2.44
1.19
3.03
3.46
5.13
2.38
7.26
2.38
47 x 195 to 245
LSSU170/50
50
170
90
10 (2)
11
2.86
4.73
5.40
11.35
5.71
47 x 300 to 450
LSSU275/50
50
275
90
18 (2)
11
2.86
4.41
5.04
10.59
5.71
51 x 241 to 356
LSSUI2.06
52
216
90
10 (2)
1.19
2.14
2.44
5.13
2.38
58 x 241 to 356
LSSUI35
60
216
90
10 (2)
1.19
2.14
2.44
1.99
4.14
4.73
5.13
2.38
9.93
3.98
63 x 195 to 245
LSSU170/66
66
170
90
10 (2)
11
2.86
4.73
5.40
11.35
5.71
63 x 300 to 450
LSSU275/66
66
275
90
18 (2)
11
2.86
4.41
5.04
10.59
5.71
70 195 to 300
LSSU170/71
71
170
90
10 (2)
11
1.19
3.81
4.35
2.86
4.73
5.40
9.14
2.38
11.35
5.71
70 x 300 to 450
LSSU170/71
71
275
90
18 (2)
11
1.19
3.81
4.35
2.86
4.41
5.04
9.14
2.38
10.59
5.71
72 x 195 to 300
LSSU170/75
75
170
90
14 (2)
12
2.86
4.73
5.40
11.35
5.71
72 x 300 to 400
LSSU275/75
75
275
90
18 (2)
12
2.86
4.41
5.04
10.59
5.71
(2) 38 x 241
LSSU210-2
78
216
90
18 (3)
12
1.19
3.81
4.35
9.14
2.38
89 x 241 to 356
LSSU410
90
216
90
18 (3)
12
1.50
4.65
5.32
2.39
5.19
5.93
11.17
2.99
12.45
4.78
(2) 47 x 195 to 300
LSSU170/96
96
170
90
14 (2)
11
2.86
4.73
5.40
11.35
5.71
(2) 47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/96
96
175
90
18 (2)
11
2.86
4.41
5.04
10.59
5.71
97 x 195 to 300
LSSU170/100 100
170
90
14 (2)
12
2.86
5.46
6.24
13.11
5.71
97 x 300 to 400
LSSU275/100 100
275
90
18 (2)
12
2.86
5.95
6.80
14.29
5.71
(2) 51 x 241 to 356
LSU4.12
105
228
90
24 (3)
12
2.99
4.65
5.32
11.17
5.98
(2) 58 x 241 to 356
LSU3510-2
120
228
90
24 (3)
12
2.99
6.33
7.23
2.28
5.23
5.98
15.19
5.98
12.55
4.55
38 x 241
LSSU28
38
181
90
9 (2)
0.74
1.44
1.64
1.19
1.35
1.54
3.45
1.47
3.24
2.38
38 x 302
LSSU210
38
216
90
9 (2)
0.74
1.44
1.64
1.19
1.35
1.54
3.45
1.47
3.24
2.38
45 x 241 to 356
LSSUI25
45
216
90
9 (2)
0.74
1.44
1.64
1.19
3.38
3.86
3.45
1.47
8.10
2.38
47 x 195 to 245
LSSU170/50
50
170
90
9 (2)
11
2.86
2.64
3.02
6.34
5.71
47 x 300 to 450
LSSU275/50
50
275
90
15 (2)
11
2.86
4.49
5.13
10.78
5.71
51 x 241 to 356
LSSUI2.06
52
216
90
9 (2)
0.74
1.44
1.64
3.45
1.47
58 x 241 to 356
LSSUI35
60
216
90
9 (2)
0.74
1.44
1.64
1.99
3.38
3.86
3.45
1.47
8.10
3.98
Skewed Hangers or Sloped and Skewed
126
63 x 195 to 245
LSSU170/66
66
170
90
9 (2)
11
2.86
2.64
3.02
6.34
5.71
63 x 300 to 450
LSSU275/66
66
275
90
15 (2)
11
2.86
4.49
5.13
10.78
5.71
70 x 195 to 300
LSSU170/71
71
170
90
9 (2)
11
1.19
2.84
3.24
2.86
2.64
3.02
6.81
2.38
6.34
5.71
70 x 195 to 450
LSSU275/71
71
275
90
15 (2)
11
1.19
2.84
3.24
2.86
2.64
3.02
6.81
2.38
6.34
5.71
72 x 195 to 300
LSSU170/75
75
170
90
9 (2)
11
2.86
2.64
3.02
6.34
5.71
72 x 300 to 400
LSSU275/75
75
275
90
15 (2)
11
2.86
4.49
5.13
10.78
5.71
(2) 38 x 241
LSSU210-2
78
216
90
14 (3)
12
1.19
2.84
3.24
6.81
2.38
89 x 241 to 356
LSSU410
90
216
90
14 (3)
12
1.50
3.00
3.43
2.39
2.97
3.39
7.20
2.99
7.12
4.78
(2) 47 x 195 to 300
LSSU170/96
96
170
90
9 (2)
11
2.86
2.64
3.02
6.34
5.71
(2) 47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/96
96
175
90
15 (2)
11
2.86
4.49
5.13
10.78
5.71
97 x 195 to 300
LSSU170/100 100
170
90
9 (2)
11
2.86
1.95
2.23
4.69
5.71
97 x 300 to 400
LSSU275/100 100
275
90
15 (2)
11
2.86
3.40
3.89
8.16
5.71
(2) 51 x 241 to 356
LSU4.12
105
228
90
24 (3)
12
1.50
3.00
3.43
7.20
2.99
(2) 58 x 241 to 356
LSU3510-2
120
228
90
24 (3)
12
1.83
4.64
5.30
2.28
4.95
5.66
11.14
3.66
11.89
4.55
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Use 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

Use 3.75 x 75 Nails.
Use 4.0 x 100mm Nails.
Except LSU26, some face nails are not fitted in the flange on the acute angle side for skewed installations. Fill all nail holes on the obtuse angle side.
Loads are based upon supported member types.
LSU3510-2 and LSU4.12 factory skewed, field sloped.
Sloped Hangers Only

38 x 150
Roof Connectors
VPA Variable Pitch Connector

An engineered one-piece connector for attaching I-Joist rafters
to wall plates.

The VPA is adjustable to slopes between 15 and 45 with

a special interlock design indicating when the maximum
pitch is reached. This product complements the versatile
LSSU.
Designed for use with double 38mm top plates with a
50mm seat, which allows sufficient bearing area for most
rafters.
No notching is required when using the VPA. This
connector reduces the need for bevelled plates and
toenailing. It has positive angle nailing to speed installation
and to minimise wood splitting.

Installation:


Face fasteners attached to both upper and lower top plates.
See VPA installation sequence shown.
VPA installation sequence
Step 1
Install top nails and face PAN nails
in the A flange to outside wall top
plate.
Step 2
Seat rafter with a hammer,
adjusting the B flange to
the required pitch.
Fasteners
Joist
Size
(mm)
VPA
Item
Codes
38
VPA2
45
47
Corresponding
LSSU
Item Code
W
(mm)
Supporting
Supported
Member (2) Member (1)
Step 3
Install B flange nails in
the obround nails holes,
locking the pitch.

Short
Medium
Term
Term
Uplift
Down
Step 4
Install rafter PAN nails.

Solid Section
F1 Short F2 Short
Grade C24
I-Joists
LVL Flanges
Solid Flanges
Term
Term
Download
Uplift
Lateral
Download
Uplift
Lateral
Download
Uplift
Lateral
3.33
1.45
1.09
5.23
1.40
0.95
5.23
3.87
1.94
5.23
1.40
0.69
LSSU28
39
1.09
VPA25
LSSUI25
46
1.09
3.74
1.45
1.09
5.60
1.40
0.95
5.60
3.87
1.94
5.60
1.40
0.69
VPA50
LSSU***/50
50
0.70
2.49
0.47
5.23
1.40
0.95
5.23
3.87
1.94
5.23
1.40
0.69
50
VPA2.06
LSSUI2.06
52
1.09
4.16
1.45
1.09
5.60
1.40
0.95
5.60
3.87
1.94
5.60
1.40
0.69
59
VPA35
LSSUI35
59
1.09
5.54
1.45
1.09
5.60
1.40
0.95
5.60
3.87
1.94
5.60
1.40
0.69
63
VPA66
LSSU***/66
66
0.70
2.66
0.47
5.60
1.40
0.95
5.60
3.87
1.94
5.60
1.40
0.69
68
VPA71
LSSU***/71
71
0.70
2.66
0.47
5.60
1.40
0.95
5.60
3.87
1.94
5.90
1.40
0.69
72
VPA75
LSSU***/75
75
11
0.70
3.73
0.47
7.84
1.40
0.95
7.84
3.87
1.94
7.84
1.40
0.69
90
VPA4
LSSU410
90
11
1.09
4.56
1.45
1.09
7.84
1.40
0.95
7.84
3.87
1.94
7.84
1.40
0.69
(2) 47
VPA96
LSSU***/96
96
11
0.70
3.73
0.47
7.84
1.40
0.95
7.84
3.87
1.94
7.84
1.40
0.69
100
VPA100
LSSU***/100
100
11
0.70
3.73
0.47
7.84
1.40
0.95
7.84
3.87
1.94
7.84
1.40
0.69
1. Use 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

2. Use 3.75 x 75mm Round Wire Nails.
3. The characteristic loads are based on using the corresponding LSSU connector listed in the table.
127
Roof Connectors
HRC Hip Ridge Connector

The HRC is a one-piece connector for supporting hip members from the
ridge beam or rafters.
90
It is site adjustable slope for right and left 45 to cater for the hip pitch for
both left and right rafters.
216
Material:
Pre-galvanised mild steel
Installation:
On the end of the ridge, use optional slots to secure the HRC50 and
HRC1.81. Bend face flanges back flush with the ridge, and complete
the nailing.
On face of ridge, adjust to correct height and install nails.
Obround nail holes ease rafter installation.
Optional diamond holes on the HRC range (except HRC44) are for
installation convenience.
Double bevel cut hip members to achieve full bearing capacity.
May be sloped to 45 with no reduction in loads.
148
HRC44
Typical HRC Installation on the Edge of a Ridge
Optional HRC Installation
HRC Item Codes and Performance Values

Dimensions (mm)
No. Fasteners
(3.75 x 30mm)
Safe Working Loads

(kN)
Model No.
Width
Ridge
Carrying
Member
Each Hip
Short Term
Uplift
46
38 to 45
16
HRC50
50
38 to 50
16
HRC44
90
89
24 (2)
HRC1.81
Download
Uplift
Download
3.46
0.94
2.82
2.78
3.46
0.94
2.82
6.18
6.81
3.52
10.36
Long
Term
Medium
Term
0.93
2.78
0.93
6 (2)
1.85
1. Performance values shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number.
2. Use 4.0 x 90mm nails with the HRC44.
128
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
Roof Connectors
RR Ridge Rafter Connector
W1
25
The RR ridge rafter connector provides alignment control and correct nailing
locations. The RR may be used with any rafter slope up to 30.

Installation:
82
W2
Dimensions
(mm)
Minimum
Joist Size (mm)
Number of
Fasteners
(3.75 x 30mm)
Model No.
W1
W2
38 x 100
RR
102
38
50 x 100
RR50
112
50
Safe
Working Loads
(kN)
Characteristic
Load (kN)
Support
Joist
Long Term
Download
Download
4 (1)
4 (1)
1.40
0.62
1. Refers to 3.75x30mm square twist nails.
SPR50 Slope Adjustable Hanger
The SPR50 connector supports joists or

rafters from other timber members and can
be sloped up or down by up to 45

Slope angle can be adjusted on-site.

Can be sloped to any angle up to 45.
Requires one size of nail only: 3.75 x
30mm square twist.
Supports a range of timber heights
from 145mm to 200mm
132mm

75mm

Bend only once.

To ensure proper seat installation,
install the bottom nails prior to the side
nails.
Attach the sloped joist at both ends
so that the horizontal force developed
by the slope is fully supported by the
carried members.
50mm
SPR50 Item Codes and Performance Values
Supported
Member Size (mm)
47 x 145 - 200
Item
Code
SPR50
Safe
Working Loads (kN)
Number of
Fasteners
(3.75 x 30mm)
Supporting
Member
Supported
Member
14
10
Characteristic Load (kN)
Download
Short
Term
Uplift
Long Term
Medium
Term
1.90
2.81
3.20
Uplift
Download
3.81
6.75
129
Roof Connectors
VTCR Valley Truss Clip

The VTCR is designed to to connect valley trusses to common trusses.

Structural valley connection.

Single sided for new construction or retro fit.
Field adjustment for pitch. Adjustable between 10 and 40 degrees.
Eliminates bottom chord bevelling or wedging.
Reduces valley installation cost.
Reduces valley truss manufacture cost.
Material:
No. Fasteners
Model No.
Common
Truss
(3.35mm x 65mm)
Valley
Truss
(3.75 x 30mm)
Short Term
Uplift
Long Term
Download
VTCR
1.64
3.5
VTCR Installed
50mm
63mm
130
90mm
Racking
Solutions
for Timber
Framed
Buildings
Racking
Solutions
for Timber
Framed
Buildings
T-RS-UK
2014 Edition
+44 (0) 1827 255 600

www.strongtie.co.uk
Overcome the challenge of racking resistance with large openings...

Strong-Portal and Steel Strong-Wall from Simpson Strong-Tie have been developed to provide improved
resistance to racking forces and to help overcome the design challenges presented in such cases. These new
systems can be used in external or internal walls depending on the racking requirement and available
wall space. To find out more scan the QR code or visit: www.strongtie.co.uk/racking
TFLS Levelling System

TFLS provides the combined function of levelling and fixing the sole plate to the foundation or substructure.
It comprises a universal base plate and packing pieces which can be added or removed as required. The system
transfers vertical and lateral loads from the wall to the foundation.

Suitable for use with traditional timber frame

walls and closed panel systems.
Adaptable - accommodates structural packing
up to 30mm deep.
Universal - suitable for walls of 89mm and
140mm construction.
Flexible - packing pieces can easily be added
or removed from the base plate to achieve the
required depth.
Structural - Satisfies NHBC requirements for
permanent structural packing of the sole plate
when installed at load points.
Multiple nail holes in bracket offer a variety of
nailing options.
TFLSPK140
(Packer)
TFLSB
(Bracket)
129-150
Patent Pending GB 0816765.2
TFLSB
Multiple nail holes ( 3.1mm).
89mmm
140mmm
83mmm
TFLSPK140
(140x39 Packer)
TFLSPK89
(89x39 Packer)
TFLS Installed
with SIP Panels.
TFLS Item Codes
132
Model
Number
Description
Size (mm)
TFLSB
Universal Bracket
89 x 140 x 83 x 1.0
TFLSPK89
89mm Packer
89 x 39 x 2.0
TFLSPK140
140mm Packer
140 x 39 x 2.0
Typical TFLS
Installation

Standard Installation.
TFLS Bracket and

packers.
Starting at the highest point of the foundation slab, position

and install the TFLS bracket, including one packer underneath
the sole plate.
TFLS installed at
1200mm centres, unless
otherwise specified.
Position and install a second TFLS bracket at one end of

the sole plate and level to the first by adding packers to the
second TFLS bracket. If necessary, install a third TFLS at the
other end of the sole plate and level to the first.
Wall Panel Stud

Bottom Rail of
Wall panel
Infill between TFLS brackets with additional brackets. Level by

adding packers as necessary to each bracket. Ideally position
infill brackets under load points (stud positions) at centres
specified by the engineer/building designer.
Sole Plate
129-150
TFLS packers.
Repeat process around the rest of the building. Once the

ground floor walls are in situ, install packers under the load
points not supported by a TFLS bracket.
Packers installed
at intermediate
load points.
DPC
Bracket/packer configuration may be used as

illustrated below.
Alternate Installation
(aids levelling the mortar bed).
Starting at the highest point of the foundation slab, position and
install the TFLS bracket including one packer.
Mortar/screed infill between

TFLS packers.
Position and install a second TFLS bracket at the opposite end

of the foundation slab and level to the first by adding packers as
necessary to the second TFLS bracket.
Infill between first and second TFLS brackets with additional
brackets. Level by adding packers as necessary to each bracket.
TFLS Bracket and packers.
Using the levelled TFLS as a guide, mortar between the brackets

to produce a level base for the sole plate to sit on - ensuring the
mortar bed is the full width of the sole plate.
Please Note:

The TFLS is laid on top of the DPC.

Fixing of the TFLS bracket to the foundation and the sole plate shall be in accordance with the
engineers instructions.
If the TFLS bracket and/or packers are installed at every load point then it is not necessary to
fill the void between the underside of the sole plate and the foundation with structural grout
(filling of void may be required to satisfy other regulations or requirements, i.e. Part L and Part E
regulations).
SPA Sole Plate Anchor

Versatile anchor to attach timber sole plates to concrete
foundations.
Installation:

Fasteners can be located where suitable.

The SPA is laid on top of the DPC, lined up and shotfired to
the concrete base.
The timber is then laid down and secured with nails through
the upright flange of the anchor.

Typical SPA Installation
133
ETFSS Hold Down Strap

ETFSS hold down strap provides restraint against uplift to timber frame
structures keeping them firmly to the ground.
The ETFSS is the first timber frame strap to be CE marked. Incredibly strong
yet just 1.2mm thick, and can be used on cavity widths from 50 to 100mm.


One size strap suits cavities from 50 to 100mm.
CE Marked.
Tested at Ceram Building Technology in accordance with BS EN 846-4,
evaluated in accordance with BS EN 845-1.
Meets NHBC Technical requirements.
Meets NSAI Technical requirements.
ETFSS = 345mm
ETFSS06 = 155mm
Material: Stainless steel.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take
the required fasteners specified in the table.
ETFSS Item Codes and Performance Values

Dimension (mm)
Model
No.
Overall Length
ETFSS
Thickness
Width
Cavity
(mm)
SWL
Short Term
Uplift (kN)
Declared
Load
(kN)
Type
Timber End
Opt 1
50
3.0
6.3
Opt 2
51-100
1.5
3.2
50
2.7
5.4
51-100
1.4
2.9
380mm
800
1.2
ETFSS06
Qty of Fasteners
610
33
Opt 1
Opt 1 = 3.35 x 50mm Stainless Steel Annular Ring Shank Nails - fill all round holes.
Opt 2 = 3.35 x 50mm Stainless Steel Annular Ring Shank Nails - fill all round and triangular holes.
50-100mm
Typical ETFSS Installation
Location and spacing of straps to be

specified by the building designer.
134
33mm
75mm
BTS/SWT Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie

The BTS and SWT are wall ties used to restrain the external brickwork back to the building structures, while
maintaining a clear cavity.
The BTS and SWT offer an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a wall tie for use with timber frame or
SIP (Structural Insulated Panels). Accommodates movement in timber frame and SIP structures allowing up to 24mm of
movement.
Location
Density of Ties
Spacing (mm)
All South East England and Town and

City sites where basic wind speed
does not exceed 52m/sec
4.4 ties per m 2
600 x 375
All sites where basic wind speed

exceeds 52m/sec
7 ties per m 2
600 x 225
BTS50N
Timber Frame Installation

Use 3.35mm x 50mm stainless steel annular ring shank nails (supplied with tie).
BTS50N
BTS75N
BTS100N
50mm Cavity
75mm Cavity
100mm Cavity
BTS Compressive Load Capacity 414N.

BTS Tensile Load Capacity 600N.
SWT Installation
BTS Installation
SIP Installation
For use on SIP's the SWT is installed with a stainless steel screw (supplied with the tie) and can be
positioned anywhere on the panel.
SWT50
SWT75
SWT100
50mm Cavity
75mm Cavity
100mm Cavity
SWT Compressive Load Capacity 414N.

SWT Tensile Load Capacity 714N.
SWT Screw
135
IC Insulation Clip
The IC Insulation clip provides a quick and simple method of retaining rigid insulation within a timber frame panel,
creating a controlled gap for services. The IC saves time by allowing the insulation to be installed from the same side
as the sheathing, which elminates the need to turn the panel during construction. And since it fixes to the stud via the
speed prong feature - no nailing is required.
Sizes to suit common stud widths.

Multiple depths to suit common thickness of rigid insulation.
Insulation installed same side as the sheathing - panel no longer needs to be turned during construction.
No nails required, speed prong feature fixes into the stud.
Split into two halves for single use around door and window openings, cripple studs and panel end studs
Manufactured from 0.5mm galvanised steel.
Installation:
1. Make up the timber frame panel with the top and bottom rails and studs.
2. Position IC clip on the studs and fix.
3. Cut rigid insulation to size and push fit between the studs.
4. Fix sheathing board onto the panel.
Insulation clip
IC Item Codes
Stud
Thickness
Rigid insulation
38mm
Timber stud
Front View
Timber top rail
Insulation clip
Insulation clip
Timber stud
Timber stud
Width
(mm)
IC71/38
71
81
IC91/38
91
IC101/38
101
IC106/38
106
38
111
IC121/38
121
IC136/38
136
IC165/38
165
IC176/38
176
IC71/45
71
IC91/45
91
IC101/45
101
IC106/45
45mm
Rigid insulation
Sheathing
Timber bottom rail
136
Rigid insulation
Height
(mm)
IC81/38
IC111/38
Top View
Sheathing
Item Code
IC111/45
106
45
111
IC121/45
121
IC165/45
165
IC176/45
176
Sheathing
PWT Party Wall Tie

The PWT200 is the first connector specifically
designed and engineered to connect the party
walls of timber framed buildings.
75
62 50
50
62 75
75
62 50
50
62 75
Its manufactured using minimum material section for optimum sound performance. This allows the tie to meet the
requirements of Part E of the Building Regulations (Resistance to the Passage of Sound), whilst incorporating a unique
stiffening rib for maximum structural capacity. The Party Wall Tie has cavity widths of 50, 62 and 75mm stamped on the
upper surface to help check for a consistent cavity width up through the building.
As it has been designed specifically for purpose, the nail holes (just four 3.75 x 30mm at each end) are positioned to
ensure the minimum edge distances are always achieved.

Meets the requirements of Part E of The Building Regulations (Resistance to the Passage of Sound).
Suits timber frame party wall cavities from 50 to 75mm.
Can be used on Closed Panel Construction where 50mm stiffening rib helps to check that minimum 50mm cavity
width has been achieved.
Minimum material section for optimum sound performance.

Installation:

Quick and easy installation using only 8 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails 4 per side.
Nails holes positioned to ensure Minimum Nail Edge Distances are always achieved.
In order to minimise the risk of sound transfer, it is recommended that the PWT200 is installed at 1200mm centres,
unless otherwise specified by the building designer or engineer.
The PWT200 is to be installed at, or near ceiling level.
PWT Performance Values

Dimensions (mm)
Model No.
PWT200
Fasteners
Length
Width
Material
Qty
Specification
200
25
1.5
3.75 x 30mm
Safe Working Load

(kN)
1.78
Typical PWT Installation
Below: PWT Installed to SIP
137
A34/A35 Framing Anchors

36
The A35 anchors exclusive bending slot allows

instant, accurate bending on site for all two and
three-way ties.
36
36
36
76
Balanced, completely reversible design allows

the A35 to be used to secure a wide variety of
connections.
63
A35
38
Installation: Use all the specified fasteners.
A34
A34/A35 item Codes and Performance Values

Model
No.
Type of
Connection
Fasteners
(3.75 x 30mm
Square Twist)
A34
12
A35
Direction
of Load
12
Safe Working Loads (kN) Long Characteristic Capacity (kN)

Term C16 Timber
C24 Timber
F1
1.30
0.97
F2
1.06
0.63
F1
1.30
1.33
F2
1.46
0.89
F1
0.98
0.60
F2
0.64
0.59
F3
0.98
0.46
1.03
F1
0.98
F2
0.98
1.14
F3
0.57
0.84
1. Safe working loads are for one anchor. When the anchors are installed on each side of the joist, the minimum joist thickness is 75mm.
2. Characteristic capacities are for one anchor. When anchors are installed on each side of the joist the minimum thickness is 47mm.
3. Some illustrations show connections that would cause cross-grain tension or bending of the wood during loading if not reinforced sufficiently. In which
case, consider mechanical reinforcement.
1: A34
2: A35
3: A35
4: A35
F1
F2
Beam to Posts
A and B Legs Outside
Ceiling Joists
To Beam
Joists
To Beam
Studs to Plate
with B Leg Outside
138
Joists to Plate
with A Leg Inside
F1
F2
F3
F3
Chimney Framing
Type of connections
L70 Reinforcing Bracket

A reinforcing angle designed to transfer loads between 2 ply floor joists/
metal web joists. The L70 Reinforcing Angle may be used in pairs to transfer
the loads between floor joist plys.
35
60

Installation: Use all the specified fasteners.

Use in pairs; as illustrated. The distance between the centre of each

L70 in the pair should not exceed 300mm.
Nail the shorter sides of the L70s into the sides of the loaded joist
member.
Nail the longer sides of the L70s into the top of the clipped joist
member.
Floor decking shall be applied to the top chord of each joist. Attach
decking to each joist with nails or screws at a maximum of 300mm
centres.
Model
No.
L70
LOADED
TRUSS
Safe Working
Loads (kN) (1)
No. Fasteners (2)

(3.75 x 30mm)
Qty
178
C16 Timber
TR26 Timber
3.42
3.96
16
60mm
CLIPPED
FLOOR TRUSS
300mm (MAX)
1. Maximum allowable load transfer for each pair of L70 reinforcing angles, subject to load
transfer rates within the table below.
3. Allowable loads shown are for joist top chord applications only.
4. Allowable loads shown are for downward vertical floor loads only.
% of Applied Load Transferred to Clipped Truss

F TRANSFER
L/D
L70 Position
L/D
Greater or equal
12
Middle 2 3 of Joist Span
40%
20%
End 16 of Span
25%
20%
Typical L70 Installation
L/D
Less Than 12
1.
2.
3.
4.
L/D = Truss Span (mm) divided by Joist Depth (mm).

The joist designer shall determine the L/D ratio required to ensure satisfactory joist performance.
The joist designer shall design each joist to meet all applicable code requirements.
The joist designer must determine the quantity and spacing of pairs based on load capacity requirements. Provide a pair of L70s at each load
application point unless the loaded joist is designed for the total load applied between the L70s. (Load transfer shall not exceed the applicable table
value or the limits stated in the notes).
5. Loads may not be increased for construction or other loading conditions.
A Angles
W2
The A angles versatility means it can be used in many applications requiring 90 fixing.
1.2
Fasteners
Dimension
Model
Material
No.
A21
A88
Base
SWL (kN)
Post
F1
F2
W1
W2
Bolts
Nails
Bolts
Nails
50
38
35
21
21
0.61
0.51
41
1.22
1.22
A23
1.2
50
38
70
41
A33
2.5
75
75
38
42
42
1.80
0.96
A88
2.5
200
200
50
3 - 10mm
3 - 10mm
1. Use 3.75 x 30mm nails.

W1
Typical
A21-A23
Installation
139
Technical Information
Characteristic Values
The characteristic values (Fk) have been determined in accordance with Eurocode 5 and ETAG 015, which are defined
by the relevant European Technical Approval. The design values are obtained from the following formula:
Fdesign = Fk x kmod
Where: Kmod - modification factor, dependent on the service class, the duration of load and the type of material used.
- partial safety factor.
F1
F1
F2
F1
F3
Beam or Rigid Support
2 brackets per assembly
1 bracket per assembly
Load Application
F1 - Tensile Force
When application is with 2 brackets the tensile force occurs in the central axis of the joint.
When application is with 1 bracket only:

If the structure prevents rotation or failure of the supported member, the tensile resistance is equal to half of the
value for 2 brackets - otherwise:
The tensile resistance of the assembly depends on the distance << f >> between the vertical contact surface
and the point of load application.
F2 & F3 - Lateral Force:

When application is with 1 bracket only: the value of resistance is equal half of that given for two brackets.
140
The above is only valid if the application is in accordance with the diagrams shown above.
All units are in kilo Newtons (kN).

Combined Loads
In cases of combined loads, the following check shall be verified:
F2 and F3 are opposing forces.
F1 + F2 + F3 :
Type of Application
The characteristic values published are dependent on the type of application and material to which they are fixed.
There are three main categories as shown below.
Fixing - Timber/Timber
Type Beam/Beam
Fixing - Timber/Timber
Type Post/Beam
Fixing - Timber/Concrete
Type Beam/Rigid Support
For each of these types of application, full nailing conditions apply, ie. every nail hole is filled.
Timber Strength Class

The values correspond to the the use of timber class C24 for structural applications.
For a higher grade of timber the tabular values remain unchanged.
For a lower class of timber the tabulated values should be factored down with the kdens coefficient as shown:
Where

350
= Characteristic density of timber used in accordance with BS EN 338.

= Characteristic density of timber class C24 in accordance with BS EN 338.
141
ABR/E/EB Reinforced Angle Brackets

Heavy angles for general connecting of timber at 90 angles. Reinforced ribs add extra rigidity.
Typical application include fixing trusses, purlins and posts. Suitable support materials include solid timber, composite
timber, laminated timber and trusses.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel (except E2IX: stainless steel).

A
A
A
E2/2,5/7090
E5/2C50
EB/7076
E9S/2,5
Dimensions (mm)
Model
No.
ABR105-R
Fixing Holes
Thickness
E5/2C50
2.0
65
75
E2/2,5/7090
2.5
65
Nails
Bolts
Leg B
Leg C
Leg B
48
1(1)
Leg C
1(1)
90
90
10
10
1(2)
1(2)
E2IX(5)
2.5
65
90
90
10
10
1(2)
1(2)
E9S/2,5
2.5
65
150
90
14
2(2)
1(2)
E9/2,5
2.5
65
150
150
14
14
2(2)
EB/7070
2.0
55
70
70
1(4)
EB/7076
3.0
76
90
48
12
3(3)
1(3)
ABR105-R
3.0
90
105
105
14
10
1(2)
3(2)
(2)
(4)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
11mm Obround.
11mm.
13mm.
8.5mm.
Manufactured from Stainless Steel.
Connection with Timber/Timber type Beam/Beam: 2 Brackets

Fixing Holes
Model
No.
Characteristic Values (kN)
Nails
Leg B
Tension (F1)
Leg C
4.0 x 35mm
(1)
Shear (F2=F3)
4.0 x 50mm
(2)
4.0 x 35mm (1) 4.0 x 50mm (2)
E5/2C50
5.20
6.40
4.90
6.40
E2/2,5/7090
10
10
6.60
10.60
7.60
10.50
E9S/2,5
14
4.70
7.70
8.70
11.90
E9/2,5
14
14
4.90
8.20
9.30
13.00
EB/7070
4.40
7.10
4.40
6.80
EB/7076
12
4.90
7.90
10.70
16.30
ABR105-R
14
10
8.90
14.30
13.60
19.10
Connection with Timber/Timber type Post/Beam: 2 Brackets

Fixing Holes
Model
No.
Nails
Leg B
Tension (F1)
Leg C
4.0 x 35mm
(1)
Shear (F2=F3)
4.0 x 50mm
(2)
4.0 x 35mm (1) 4.0 x 50mm (2)
E9S/2,5
14
2.80
4.80
7.10
9.80
E9/2,5
14
14
3.10
5.10
6.70
9.60
Connection with Timber/Concrete Support type Beam/Rigid Support: 2 Brackets

Fixing Holes
Model
No.
142

Tension (F1)
Shear (F2=F3)
Nails
Bolts
Leg B
Leg C
E5/2C50
1 M10
3.90
6.00
2.20
2.90
EB/7076
12
1 M12
12.70
16.80
6.90
11.05
4.0 x 35mm
(1)
4.0 x 50mm
(1)
4.0 x 35mm (1) 4.0 x 50mm (1)
1. 4.0 x 35mm refers to a 35mm

long CNA connector nail with
a diameter of 4mm.
2. 4.0 x 50mm refers to a 50mm
long CNA connector nail with
a diameter of 4mm.
3. Full nailing conditions apply.
4. Load capacities are only
applicable when using 4mm
diameter annular ring shank
nails.
EA Light Reinforced Angle Bracket

These angle brackets are used to assemble structural joinery for
internal applications.
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Fixing Holes
Nails
Bolts
(5mm) (11mm)
Thickness
W1
W2
EA444/2C50
2.0
40
40
40
EA554/2C50
2.0
50
50
40
EA664/2C50
2.0
60
60
40
10
EA756/2C50
2.0
50
70
60
10
W1
W2
EA444/2C50 (EA554/2C50 Similar)
W1
EA664/2C50
W2
EC Light Duty Angle Bracket

These angle brackets are used for many DIY applications. They are
generally adapted to reinforce structural pieces of furniture.
Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Fixing Holes
Thickness
W1
W2
Screws
EC30/2C50
2.0
30
30
15
4 x 4.2mm
EC40/2C50
2.0
40
40
15
4 x 4.2mm
EC50/2C50
2.0
50
50
15
4 x 4.2mm
EC80/2,5C50
2.5
80
80
15
6 x 4.2mm
EC90/3C50
2.0
90
90
18
4 x 5.5mm
EC80/2,5C50
W1
W2
143
EFIXR/S Adjustable Angle Brackets

These angles are used for internal connections.

EFIXS120C50
Various bracket heights.

Two slotted fixing holes for easier adjustment.

Dimensions (mm)
Model
No.
Fixing Holes
Thickness
W1
W2
Nails
(5mm)
EFIXR553C50
2.0
50
50
30
EFIXR753C50
2.0
70
50
30
EFIXS100C50
2.5
98
52
30
10
EFIXS120C50
3.0
117
52
30
10
W1
Bolt Slots (mm)

6.5 x 30
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 50
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 65
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 65
W2
8.5 x 30
END Multi Angle Bracket

These angle brackets are designed to ensure versatility.
END55/1,5C50
END100/1,5C50
Dimensions (mm)
Fixing Holes/Slots
W1
Thickness
W1
W2
Side W1
1.5
55
72
30
6.5x30mm
Slot
1.5
100
72
Side W2
9mm Hole
9 x 25mm Slot
2 x 6.5mm Hole
9mm Hole
6.5x45mm Slot
9 x 25mm Slot
W2
30
1. Use M6 bolts W1 and M8 Bolts W2.
ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket

Simple angle brackets which are very versatile, used for timber to timber
connections.
W1
Notes for table below.

1. 4.0 x 35mm refers to a 35mm long annular ring shank nail fastener with a diameter
of 4mm (Item code CNA4,0X35).
2. 4.0 x 50mm refers to a 50mm long annular ring shank nail fastener with a diameter
of 4mm (item code CNA4,0X50).
3. Full nailing conditions apply.
4. Load capacities only apply when the bracket is fixed using 4mm diameter annular
ring shank CNA nails.
No. of Nails
Model
No.
144
Leg W1 Leg W2
Dimensions (mm)
Thickness
W1
W2
W2

L
Tension (F1)
Shear (F2 = F3)
4.0 x 35mm 4.0 x 50mm 4.0 x 35mm 4.0 x 50mm
ES10/40C50
2.5
60
60
40
2.4
3.1
2.3
3.1
ES10/60C50
2.5
60
60
60
3.6
4.9
5.6
7.4
ES11/60
11
11
2.5
80
80
60
3.6
4.9
7.3
9.8
Model
No.
ABC Angle Bracket for Cladding

The ABC angle bracket has been designed to fix vertical battens directly to the
supporting structure without the need for additonal battens, it creates a zone for
insulation and/or ventilation between the wall and the cladding.

Connect vertical battens directly to the supporting structure.

No need for horizontal battens.
Creates a zone for insulation or ventilation.
Reduces installation time, materials and cost.
Suitable for cavities 50mm to 145mm.
L
W1
W2
Vertical Cladding
Supporting Structure
ABC Bracket
Horizontal Cladding
Vertical Batten
Insulation
Horizontal Batten
Horizontal
Cladding Boards
F2
Vertical
Cladding Boards
ABC Bracket
F1
Item Codes and Characteristic Performances

Characteristic Values (kN) per 1 Bracket
Dimensions (mm)
Item
Reference
W1
W2
ABC100/2,5
52
65
97
ABC120/2,5
52
65
117
ABC140/2,5
52
65
137
ABC160/2,5
52
65
157
Vertical
Horizontal
Slip under load measured at
extremity of bracket (F1 on diagram (F2 on diagram
above)
above)
Supported
1mm
3mm
Fixings
Supporting
0.22
1
0.36
1.56
0.18
0.31
1. Supporting 1 x M8 bolt.
2. Supported 2 x CSA5,0X40.
145
Timber Connectors
H High Wind Ties
35
Designed to provide ties for trusses and rafters likely to be subject to

high winds, this versatile range may be used for general purposes,
strongback attachments and as all-purpose ties where one timber
crosses another.
41
H2.5A and H4 may be installed in pairs to achieve twice the stated safe
working loads. Where the truss thickness is less than 63mm install
diagonally across from each other, as shown in the illustration below.
55
H2.5A
The H4 has a unique shape that requires fewer nails. The design allows
for installation on the inside of the wall plate without interfering with the
gypsum board or for installation on the outside of the wall plate without
interfering with the cladding material.
150
55
Installation:


H4 ties are shipped in equal quantities of separate rights and lefts.
Protruding nails should always be clinched.
38
High Wind Tie Performance Values

Model
No.
Number of Fasteners
(Use 3.75 x 30mm)
To Rafters
2.
3.
Short
Term
Uplift
92
Lateral Short Term

F1
F2
H2.5A
2.31
0.49
0.49
H4
1.05
0.62
0.60
44
H4
U.S. Patent
4,714,372
54
SWLs are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 63mm must be used when framing
anchors are installed on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate.
Uplift SWLs are for the H4 sole plate installation 0.92kN; 1.58kN for H2.5A.
When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement
to resist all such forces should be considered.
H4 Installation
H4 Sole Plate
Installation
(see footnote 2)
H2.5A Installation
F3
F1
F1
F4
F3
F2
F2
Top View Installation to Achieve Twice the Load
H2.5A can be installed on

the same side of the wall
plate.
146
Install H4 diagonally
across from each other for
single ply 35mm or 47mm
trusses.
Nailing H4 into both sides

of a single ply 35mm or
47mm truss may cause
the wood to split.
1.
To Plates
Safe
Working Loads (kN)
Timber Connectors
LS Skewable Angle
Designed to attach timber members at irregular angles, these connectors
can be bent on site from 0 to 135. The staggered nail pattern reduces the
possibility for splitting the timber and allows installation on both sides of the
member.
Typical LS70
Installation
LS
U.S. Patent
4,230,416
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Angles should be bent to suit

installation only once. Joists must be constrained against rotation (for
example, with solid blocking) when using a single LS Angle per connection.
LS Item Codes and Performance Values

Model
No.
Length
129-150
Safe
Working
Loads (kN)
Fasteners
(3.75 x
75mm)
LS70 Top View
Long
Term
Medium
Term
Characteristic
Values (kN)
LS30
85
1.29
1.60
2.80
LS50
124
1.73
2.16
4.30
LS70
162
10
2.16
2.58
4.40
1.
2.
3.
55
55
Loads are for one part only.

Minimum timber thickness to achieve table load is 45mm. For 35mm timber, use 81% of the
table load.
3.75 x 75mm refers to round wire nails.
DSTC/SSTC Double and Single Sided Toothed Connectors

Single sided and double sided connector plates for enhanced bolt performance
in timber. Conforms to BS EN 912: 1999 Annex C. Specification for toothed plate
connectors.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Thickness as stated in table.
SSTC
DSTC
DSTC/SSTC Item Codes

Model
No.
Dimensions (mm)
Dia.
dc
Hole Dia.
d1
Material
t
Teeth Height
ht
SSTC50
48
12
1.00
6.6
SSTC60
62
12
1.20
8.7
SSTC75
75
16
1.25
10.4
DSTC50
48
16
1.00
13.0
DSTC60
62
20
1.20
16.0
DSTC75
75
26
1.25
19.5
Typical DSTC
Installation
T Flat 'T' Shaped Bracket

Model
No.
66T
Material
2.0mm
Galvanised Steel
Fasteners
Dimensions (mm)
Nails1
Bolts2
150
125
38

2. Use 10mm bolts.
3. Nail holes diameter: 4.3mm.
4. Bolt holes diameter 11m.
5. Please note, this item is not CE marked.
66T
Typical 66T Installation
147
Column Caps and Post Bases
CPT Concealed Post Base

The new CPT concealed post base provides a clean, concealed look while
providing a 25mm standoff height above concrete. The 25mm standoff
reduces the potential for decay at the post end.
The CPT can be fixed to concrete base with either M12 chemical or
mechanical anchors (sold separately).
Flitch
Plate
Material:
145mm
Flitch plate, washers and standoff base are pre-galvanised

steel. The standoff base has an additional textured, flat black powder
coat finish for aesthetic purposes. The 12mm diameter dowels are
mechanically galvanised.
Standoff
Base
CPT Item Codes

Model
No.
Minimum
Post Size
(mm)
W
(mm)
L
(mm)
Dowel Size
(mm)
Dowel Qty
(included)
CPT44Z
89 x 89 to
100 x 100
89
89
13 x 70
CPT66Z
133 x 133 to
150 x 150
133
133
13 x 121
CPT88Z
184 x 184 to
203 x 203
184
184
13 x 121
W
L
CPT Installation
1"
127mm
for flitch
plate
Step 1: Use the flitch plate as a

template to mark dowel locations.
Step 2: Drill 13mm holes

perpendicular to the post at marked
locations.
Step 3: Cut a 5mm wide slot on the

side adjacent the drilled holes. Check
that the flitch plate slides freely.
Step 5: Lower the post onto the flitch

plate with the drilled holes aligned
with the three holes in the flitch plate.
Be careful to avoid rotating the post
during installation.
Step 6: Drive the dowels into the post.

They should be roughly centred within
the post.
Standoff
base
Flitch plate
Nut
Washer
Step 4: Fix down the flitch plate to

concrete foundation and lower the
standoff over the flitch plate.
148
Lines on
part to
locate
end of
post
ABW Adjustable Post Base with Stand Off

Designed for versatility, cost effectiveness, the ABW is a retrofit adjustable post base with a
25mm standoff for the post to help prevent moisture induced decay to the timber post.

25mm
Slot in the base enables flexible positioning around the anchor bolt.
Attach to anchor bolt after concrete is poured, or after the concrete is set with chemical or
mechnical anchors.

Installation:

Place the base washer and nut on the anchor bolt, loosely fasten the nut.
Place the stand off base and then the post in the ABW and fasten on three vertical sides.
Make any necessary adjustments to post placements and tighten the nut anchor securely.
Bend up the fourth side of the ABW and fasten.
Not recommended when the top of post/column is not restrained (e.g. fence post).
Fasteners
Model
No.
Post
Size
(mm)
Material
(mm)
Anchor
Dia.
Base Strap
ABW44Z
89 x 89
Dimensions
Post
Nails
1.5
1.5
90
89
14
8 (1)
1.5
1.5
101
89
14
8 (1)
133 x 133
2.5
2.0
140
141
16
12 (2)
ABR66RZ 150 x 150
2.5
2.0
152
152
16
12 (2)
ABW44RZ 100 x 100

ABW66Z
1. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails.

2. 4.0 x 90mm nails.
PBS Post Base with Stand Off

The PBS post base is installed into wet concrete and features a 25mm standoff to help prevent moisture induced
decay to the timber post.
Material: Pre-galvanised mid steel.

Installation: Embed into wet concrete up to the bottom of the 25mm standoff base.
Model
No.
Post
Size
(mm)
Material
(mm)
Base Strap
PBS44A
89 x 89
2.5
2.0
Fasteners
Dimensions
W1
90
W2
89
Post
(1)
Nails
D
89
14
(2)
Short Term
Uplift
Bolts
Short Term F1 Short Term F2
Qty
Dia.
Nails
Bolts
Nails
Bolts
Nails
Bolts
14
10.68
6.96
5.18
1.02
3.94
3.94
Long
Term
Down
29.65
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
(C24)
Up(3) Down(4)
16.0
54.5
1. Use nails or bolts.

2. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails.
3. Up = Uplift.
4. Down = Download.
HB
149
CB Post Base (made to order)

CB post base for pre-pour concrete applications.
This item is not CE marked.
75
Material: 5.0mm mild steel, hot dip galvanised.
110
200
(75
mm 2
-20
0m
W1 0 m m
m) (7
m
5m
SIM
StroP S O N
ng
Tie
-20
PPA Elevated Post Base with 100m Stand Off*

For post base installations requiring a higher standoff distance. Suitable for post
sizes 100 x 100mm to 200 x 200mm.
Material: 4mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical anchor or
chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach screws.
Model
No.
PPA100
W1
B1
W2
B2
Qty
Dia.
Characteristic
Capacity (kN) C24
Download
100
100
130
130
100
12
55.9
Dimensions (mm)
Bolts (Total)
APB Adjustable Elevated Post Base*

APB features a post mounting plate on a screw allowing it to be
adjusted to a specific standoff height ranging from 100-150mm.
Suitable for post sizes 100 x 100mm to 200 x 200mm.
Material: 4mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical
anchor or chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach
screws.
APB Performance Values

Model
No.
APB100/150
150
W1
B1
W2
B2
Qty
Dia.
Characteristic
Capacity (kN) C24
Download
100
100
130
130
100-150
12
45.0
Dimensions (mm)
Bolts (Total)
PPA Performance Values
PBH Heavy Duty Elevated Post Base
Fh
Fv
The PBH is suitable for heavy duty post support applications including
Glulam timber posts with a standoff height of 200mm. Dowels included.
PBH75 suitable for posts 75 x 75mm to 120 x 120mm.
PBH120 suitable for posts 120 x 120mm to 200 x 200mm.
W
1
Material: 8mm hot-dip galvanised mild steel plate.

Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical anchor
B1
or chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach screws.
PBH Item Codes

Model
No.
Dimensions
(mm)
Top Plate
W1
Lower Plate
B1
W2
B2
Bolts Base
Fv Fh
Qty
Bolts Post
Dia.
(mm)
Qty
Dia.
(mm)
PBH75
75
75
100
160
110
45 200
13
8.5
PBH120
120
120
155
155
110
90 200
13
8.5
W
2
B2
PBH75
PBH Performance Values

Fh
Characteristic Loads (kN)

Download (F1)
Uplift (F2)
Lateral (F3)
Lateral (F4)
Steel
Timber
Steel
Timber
Steel
Timber
Steel
170.00
109.00
7.80
8.60
5.30
3.90
5.30
3.80
PBH120
219.00
109.00
20.70
22.80
7.70
3.90
7.60
3.80
H
Timber
PBH75
Fv
Model
No.
W
1
B1
W
2
B2
PBH120
F2
F1
F4
F3
Force Directions
151
PC Post Cap and EPC End Post Cap

Specially produced connectors for post to beam connections. The PC
extension side plates function as tie straps where splices occur. EPC option
should be used where the beam ends at the post.

PC/EPC Item Codes and Performance Values
Dimensions
(mm)
Post
Size
(mm)
Model
No.
PC
Installation
Fasteners
(4.0 x 90mm)
SWL (kN)
Surfaces
Short Term
W1
W2
L1
L2
L3
Post
Beam
(PC)
Beam
(EPC)
Uplift
Lateral
PC44
89 X 89
90
90
67
280
12
6.18
4.11
EPC44
89 X 89
90
90
67
185
6.18
4.76
L2
EPC
Installation
CC Column Cap (made to order)

Columns made to order for standard timber or engineered wood
sizes. Bolts available separately. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for
details. Specify dimensions as detailed in the table below.
Material: 5mm mild steel.

Installation: use 16mm bolts.
Dimensions (mm)
Range (mm)
Minimum
Maximum
W1
75
225
W2
75
250
H1
100
200
30
30
30
75
280
10
SI
St M P S
ro O N
ng
Ti
e
75
65
See column cap specification order form on opposite page.
152
CC Dimension Ranges
Column Caps Specification/Order Form

From | Company:
Tel:
Fax:
Date:
Make a note of the dimensions on the relevant diagram below and fax to: 01827 255616
Please refer to minimum and maximum dimension ranges on opposite page.
SPEC CC
H1
W1
W2
SPEC ECCLL
ECCLR = opposite hand.
H1
H2
W1
W3
W2
SPEC CCT
H1
H2
W1
W3
W2
W4
SPEC CCC
W1
H1
H3
H2
W3
W2
153
Restraint Straps
HES/LES
Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Straps
A direct replacement for traditional 2.5mm and 5mm thick restraint straps,
the innovative design of these lightweight straps allows ease of handling and
installation whilst maintaining the structural strength and robustness of much
heavier weight types.
HES
(inc. Mortar Key)
L1
The HES (heavy engineered strap) & LES (light engineered strap) replace
traditional heavy and light restraint straps in roof and floor construction.
Reducing the thickness to 1.5mm allows the HES strap to span over the top of
floor joists and the bottom chords of trusses without the need for notching.
HES straps are less than 40% of the weight, quicker to fit, and overcome many
fixing problems associated with traditional heavy straps.
129-150
L2
The LES is designed for vertical applications e.g. holding down wall plates.

CE Marked.
1.5mm thick.
Formed edge design gives additional strength on bend.
Complies with BS EN 845-1.
Quicker to install - can fit over top of floor joists and truss bottom chords.
Easier to course with blockwork.
No need to notch joists.
38
33
L2
Material: 1.5mm galvanised mild steel

Horizontal strap installation:
Approved Document A of the

Building Regulations requires lateral restraint to be provided at each floor at a
maximum of 2 metre centres.
Patent GB 2423532
Restraint straps "perpendicular" to the floor joists are required to be held tight
against the masonry and fixed across the first 3 joists.
LES
L1
Restraint straps "parallel" to the floor joists are required to be held tight to the
masonry and be at least 1200mm long.
The characteristic tensile strength for horizontal restraint straps should not be
less than 8kN.
Vertical strap installation: Vertical strapping at least 1 metre in length

should be provided at eaves level at intervals not exceeding 2 metres.
HES/LES Item Codes and Performance Values

Type
Heavy
Engineered Strap
Light
Engineered Strap
Model
No.
Dimension (mm)
L1
L2
HES06B10
500
100
HES08B10
700
100
HES10B10
900
100
HES12B10
1100
100
HES15B10
1400
100
LES06B10
500
100
LES08B10
700
100
LES10B10
900
100
LES12B10
1100
100
Fasteners
Masonry
Wall
Floor Joist or
Rafter
Wall Plate
Characteristic
Load
(kN)
8 off
3.75x30mm
Square Twist Nails
8.0
5 off
#12x50mm Wood
Screw (1)
3 off
3.75x30mm
Square Twist Nails
4.0
1. Wood screws to be plugged and screwed into masonry. The lowest fixing to be within 150mm of the bottom of the strap.
154
Certificate numbers
HES: RD1160211A
LES: RD1160211B
Restraint Straps
Roof Application:
Floor Joist Application:
Vertical Application:
HES strap fits underneath the rafter and

noggins, as per NHBC/TRA detail.
In all instances fix HES using
8 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
Fix HES strap using 8 No.

3.75 x 30mm square twist nail.
Fix LES strap to wall plate with 3 No.

3.75 x 30mm square twist nails and
to masonry with 5 off # 12 x 50mm
wood screws, plugged and screwed
into masonry. The lowest fixing
should be located within 150mm of
the bottom of the vertical strap.
Strap is easier to course

with blockwork
The I-Joist nogging can be fitted by

either skew nailing or ZS Clips (using
ZS clips will make fitting easier).
Metal Web Joist Application:
I-Joist Application Option 1:
One strap at maximum 2m centres or as

required by the building designer.
Strap can be fitted over joists without the need to

cut through web or flange.
The HES strap can be used in

conjunction with solid timber noggins.
The HES strap can also be fitted underneath the top

flange of the I-Joist.
155
Restraint Straps
H/L
Heavy/Light Restraint Straps
Flat
H and L straps are designed to The Building Regulations, BS 5268 Part 3

and other building standards for vertical and horizontal restraint when connecting timber floor and roof systems to masonry walls.

Twist
Double Twist
30
9M
IN
Heavy restraint straps meet requirements for lateral restraint of roof

trusses, rafters and joists tied into masonry walls.
Light restraint straps are designed for vertical loads such as wall
plates on top of masonry walls.
All common sizes in stock from 500 to 2000mm long,
100mm increments.
45
129-150
T
2
T
1
Material: H: 30mm x 5mm; L: 30mm x 2.5mm, mild steel.

Finish: Pre-galvanised and edge coated.
Bend
Double Bend
B2
B1
Horizontal lateral restraint straps should be spaced not more than

2m centres and attached to at least 3 timber members through the
use of noggings and packing. Attach to timber members using a
minimum of 8 no. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. The bend length
should be a minimum of 100mm and should be positioned at the
centre of an uncut block or brick.
Vertical restraint strapping should be at least 1m long. Where straps

are fixed to masonry, hardened nails 4mm x 75mm long or wood
screws into plugs #12 x 50mm long should be used. The number of
fixings should be in accordance with the design requirements and
the lowest fixing should be located within 150mm of the bottom of
the vertical strap.
T1
B1
Bend and Twist
Example: 30 x 5 strap that has an overall length of 1m, a bend at 10cm

and a twist at 20cm. (See illustration for detail on measuring bend & twist
dimensions).
10
B10
T20
Strap
Type
Strap
Length
(dm)
Bend
Length
(cm)
Twist
Length
(cm)
Common Bent Strap Sizes

Model
No.
156
Common Twisted Strap Sizes
Dimension (mm)
B1
Model
No.
Dimension (mm)
T1
Common Flat Strap Sizes

Model
No.
Dimension (mm)
H06B15
600
150
H06T15
600
150
H10F00
1000
H08B15
800
150
H10T15
1000
150
L10F00
1000
H10B15
1000
150
L06T10
600
100
H12B15
1200
150
L10T10
1000
100
H15B15
1500
150
L12T10
1200
100
H16B15
1600
150
L06B10
600
100
L10B10
1000
100
L12B10
1200
100
To order: Specify model series, overall length, bend (B) dimension and/or
twist (T) dimension.
Restraint Straps
Typical strap configurations
H (Heavy) Strap Configuration 2
Mounted into blockwork and aligned with floor

joist member. Notching of the joist is necessary to
ensure that the floor boards sit flush.
Mounted into blockwork in a roof truss.
L (Light) Strap Configuration 1
L (Light) Strap Configuration 2
Vertical restraint, mounted to wall plate.
Vertical restraint, mounted to truss.
H (Heavy) Strap Configuration 1
157
Restraint Straps
FMS Folded Mini Strap

The FMS strap provides restraint to masonry walls when the walls are supporting joist ends. They make installation
easier, quicker and more cost effective - without compromising on wall stability.
In place of the heavy traditional 30x5mm strap at 2.0m c/c spacing, the
FMS strap is installed to provide restraint at every joist end, whether built
in or on hangers. So theres no need to calculate where the straps go, or
worry about getting one in the wrong place.
Bend Reinforced
with Embossment
129-150
Ideal solution for 2 & 3 storey buildings which require straps on joist
ends when built in to masonry walls
Improves quality of build
Saves time and labour costs
Greatly reduces scope for installation errors
Simplifies on-site inspection process
Accepted by NHBC
FMS - For use where the joist and
FMSB - For use in conjunction

with joists built into walls:
FMSC - For use with coursing
hanger are the same height:

1. Place carried joist into hanger,
1. Sit joist onto blockwork,
1. Place carried joist into hanger,
securing joist into the hanger by

installing all specified fixings.
2. Sit FMS strap on top of joist
as shown above, ensuring the
return is hooked over supporting
masonry and is tight against
outer face of masonry.
3. Install 3 No 3.75x30mm square
twist nails into the side of joist.
4. Build remaining block work above
joist and strap.
ensuring that joist is fully

bearing onto supporting
masonry.
2. Fit FMSB strap to side of joist
at the bottom as shown above,
ensuring the return is hooked
over supporting masonry and
is tight against outer face of the
masonry.
3. Install 3 No 3.75x30 square
twist nails through holes into
side of joist.
4. Build remaining blockwork
between and above joist and
strap. See note 2.
securing joist into the hanger by

installing all specified fixings.
2. Fit FMSC strap to side of joist
as shown below, ensuring the
return is hooked over supporting
masonry and is tight against
outer face of the masonry.
3. Install 3 No 3.75x30mm square
twist nails through holes into the
side of joist.
4. Build remaining block work
above joist and strap.
masonry hangers:
Notes:
1. All joist ends require a folded mini strap.
2. If building in joist, use a Simpson Strong-Tie End Seal (SES) to control air leakage.
3. Standard masonry hangers require a minimum of 3 courses (675mm)of blockwork with mortar fully cured before applying a load to the floor.
158
Only 3 No 3.75 x 30mm

square twist nails required
to fix to joist
Every job gets done quicker and more smoothly. The FMS strap goes on
every joist end up to 600mm c/c spacing, and blockwork up to 125mm
thick.
FMS
Restraint Straps
HSA Herringbone Strut

Superior alternative to unreliable, slow and costly timber struts. Meets bracing
requirements for long span domestic floors.
53
HSA

Generally required at centre of span when floor joists exceed 2.5 metres.
Spans exceeding 4.5 metres require two rows spaced at 1/3 and 2/3 span.
HSA come sized to suit joist centre spacing of 400, 450 & 600mm.
See tables for spacing. Common model width 30mm.
HSA Selection Guide
HSA Item Codes
Spacing(mm)
Joist Size
(mm)
Model No.
Length
(mm)
Qty Fasteners
(3.75x30mm
square twist nail)
400
450
600
50 x 175
HSA400
HSA450
HSA600
HSA400
480
50 x 200
HSA400
HSA450
HSA600
HSA450
530
50 x 225
HSA400
HSA450
HSA600
HSA600
660
Typical HSA Installation
FB/LSTA*/LTS*/MTS Strap Ties*
W
LSTA24
Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood members.

Install strap ties where tension connections are required. Commonly used as ridge
ties and at wall intersections.
FB fixing band is for all general light strapping needs. Perfect for DIY, industrial and
agricultural applications. Comes in convenient 10 metre rolls.
LSTA9
Material: See table. Pre-galvanised mild steel (FB20S: Stainless steel).


FB can be easily bent or twisted for many versatile installations. No load rating
provided, and not recommended for structural applications.
Members must have the same number of installed nails at each end. Otherwise, the
load is limited by the least number of nails in either member.
75
Strap Tie Item Codes and Performance Values

Model
No.
Material
Thickness
Dimensions (mm)
Width
Length
Qty Fasteners
(3.75 x 30mm)
SWL
(Long Term)
Characteristic
Capacity (kN)
FB20
MTS
Twisted Straps
LTS18
1.2
32
457
12
2.07
2.89
MTS12
1.5
32
302
12
2.41
4.02
Straight Straps
LSTA9
1.0
32
228
1.40
LSTA18
1.0
32
457
14
2.45
LSTA24
1.0
32
610
18
3.15
FB20
0.9
20
10M
FB20S
1.0
20
10M
159
C2K Crocodile Wall Extension Profile

The UKs most popular solution to the tying-in of new walls to existing
masonry walls/columns. The only system with snap out ties which can
be positioned anywhere along the channel for a universal fit.
33
The C2K Crocodile Wall Starter is a quality engineered wall connector

system that has been developed for use with most brick and block
modules. This system has been designed for multi-purpose use where
reliability and durability are important requirements. It provides lateral
support to masonry wall panels in conversion, extension and new
building work.

BBA Approved for up to 8m, 3 storey work.

Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement.
Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses.
All fixings and ties provided within the packs.
The multi-purpose no flange profile that has been designed to cater

for brick and block walls of widths from 60 to 250mm. Ideal for internal
and external applications where both sides of the new wall are to be fair
faced.
Material:
2236
Stainless Steel Profiles:

Mild Steel Profiles:
Coach Screws:
Masonry Plugs:
Austenitic stainless steel.

M6 x 50mm
High density polythene.
Finish: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coating.

Installation:

Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and
installed into the bricks or block and not into mortar joints.
Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the
ties into the mortar joints.
Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall
connector system.
In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional
protection, for example the insertion of a vertical dpc.
2203
Fixing
Positions
Typical C2K
Installation
The appropriate
fixings and
fastenings are
included in the
C2K packaging.
Model No.
Galvanised
Stainless Steel
C2KG
C2KS
No.
Fixings
Connector
Width
(mm)
Total
Length
(mm)
New Wall
Thickness
(mm)
Shear
Strength1
33
2236
60 - 250
3.5kN
1. The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of autoclave aerated concrete blocks with a minimum crushing of strength 3.5 N/mm2.
160
1FUR/1EXT/1MPP/1MPS Wall Extension Profiles

A time saving solution to the tying-in of new walls to existing masonry walls/
columns (flanged options).
A quality engineered wall connector system that has been developed for use with
most brick and block modules. This system has been designed for multi-purpose
use where reliability and durability are important requirements. It provides lateral
support to masonry wall panels in conversion, extension and new building work.

Suitable for up to 8m, 3 storey work.

Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement.
Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses.
All fixings and ties provided within the packs.
Double flange profiles:

Double flange profiles provide the benefit of a channel within which to build the
new wall, giving substantial support to finished walls where the inside and outside
faces are to be plastered/rendered.
1FUR
Single flange profiles:

A single flange return provides an edge that, once plumbed, can be used for a
construction guide as well as giving support for walls to be fair faced on one side.
Profiles without flanges:

The multi-purpose no flange profile is designed for brick/block widths of 60 to
250mm and greater, being ideal for internal and external applications where both
sides of the new wall are to be fair faced.
Material:
Stainless Steel Profiles:
Mild Steel Profiles:
Coach Screws:
Masonry Plugs:
Austenitic stainless steel.

M6 x 50mm
High density polythene.
1EXTS
Finish: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coated powder
finish.
Installation:


Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and installed
into the bricks or block and not into mortar joints.
Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the ties into
the mortar joints.
Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall connector
system.
In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional
protection, for example the insertion of a vertical dpc.
Model No.
Qty Fixings
Galvanised
Stainless Steel
1FUR5100
1EXT100S
1FUR100S
1MPN
Total
Length
(mm)
New Wall
Thickness
(mm)
Shear Strength1
2315
100
6.0kN
85
2315
85 - 150
5.OkN
56
2275
60 - 250
4.0kN
Connector
Width (mm)
Double Flange
100
Single Flange
No Flange
1MPP056N
1.
1MPS056N
The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of solid aerated concrete blocks of minimum crushing strength 5.0 N/mm2.
161
WTS Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wire Tie

Type 2 and Type 4 Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wall Ties.
WTS2: Type 2 Wall Ties: Masonry General Purpose

Type 2 wall ties are suitable for general purpose applications such as domestic and small commercial buildings up
to 15m in height. They can also be used in buildings with heights exceeding 15m, but should only be used in those
situations if shown to be of adequate performance by calculation. Use in flat sites where the basic wind speed is up to
31 m/s and the altitude is not more than 150m above sea level.
IRC001

Suitable for use with

all cavity wall ties.
Used to hold
insulation material
back to structure.
WTS4: Type 4 Wall Ties: Masonry Light Duty

Type 4 wall ties are light duty, suitable for box-form dwellings up to 10 metres high with leaves of similar
thickness, including internal separating cavity walls. Use in flat sites in towns and cities where the basic wind speed
does not exceed 25 m/s and the altitude is not more than 150m above sea level.
WTS4: Type A Approval
WTS2 and WTS4 Performance Values

WTS
Type
Type
Classification(1)
Minimum Mortar
Class
and Designation
Declared Tensile
Strength (N)
Tensile Strength at
1mm Displacement
(N)
Declared
Compressive
Strength (N)
Compressive
Strength at 1mm
Displacement (N)
WTS2
Type 2
M2 (iv)
2060
950
2040
1650
WTS4
Type 4
M2 (iv)
1350
530
460
290
Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length

Item Code
WTS2-200
Cavity Width
(mm)
Length of
Wall Tie
(mm)
50-75
200
76-100
225
101-125
250
126-150
275
WTS4-200
WTS2-225
WTS4-225
WTS2-250
WTS4-250
WTS2-275
WTS4-275
162
WTS4-200 and WTS4-225 ties meet the requirements of Approved Document E: Resistance to the Passage of Sound and are
suitable for use in separating party walls of new build attached dwellings.

Recommended Positioning and Density
For walls in which both leaves are 90mm or
thicker, masonry ties need to be placed at
not less than 2.5 per square metre (900mm
horizontal x 450mm vertical centres).
The ties should be evenly distributed
throughout the wall area, with the
exception of around openings and should be
staggered where possible.
Insulation Board
Where insulation board is installed within the
cavity and restrained by ties with insulation
retaining clips
(Simpson Strong-Tie ref. IRC001), it may be
necessary to reduce the
horizontal spacing of the ties to 600mm.
At vertical edges of an opening,
unreturned or unbonded edges, and vertical
expansion joints - additional ties should be
used at a rate of one per 300mm (height) and
located not more than 225mm from the edge.
Please note: ties should be embedded into

the mortar. Not shown above for clarity.
Length of Tie and Embedment
Wall ties should be of the correct length to ensure

they are fully embedded in the masonry.
The tie should have a minimum embedment
of 50mm in each leaf, but also allow for site
tolerances relating to the cavity width and centring
of the tie.
The recommended tie lengths will therefore
achieve an embedment of between 62.5mm and
75mm.
For the most suitable tie length, see the
table (previous page).
Sound Resistance: As stated within the Approved Document E 2003 - Resistance to the Passage of Sound - wall ties used
in external and separating cavity walls have to have a minimum value of dynamic stiffness to reduce the transmission of airborne
noise. Ties are separated into Type A and Type B.

Type A: Can be used in separating walls and external walls subject to them also having the required structural capacity. They
can be butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than 4.8 MN/m3.
Type B: Can only be used in external cavity walls subject to them also having the required structural capacity. They can be
butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than 113 MN/m3.
163
CWT Cavity Wall Tie

CWT is a strip cavity tie with a designed embedment length of 62.5mm.

Suitable for use with cavities 50 - 150mm.

Conforms to PD 6697:2010 as a Type 1 wall tie which can be used for all
types of building of any height and location in the British Isles.
Deep 'V' profiled drip reduces mortar build up during construction and
prevents water from crossing the inner leaf of the masonry.
L
Material:
Astenitic stainless steel.
Installation:
For cavity walls with a leaf thickness of 90mm
or more, unless otherwise specified place ties at 900mm centres horizontally,
B (450mm
0.5 ) centres vertically and staggered
where possible to a minimum density to be 2.5 ties per square metre.
Additional ties should be used at the unbonded vertical edges of an opening or at movement control joints. These should
be placed 225mm from the joint, or opening, edge and at a maximum of 300mm centre to centre.
Ties should be embedded into each leaf by at least 50mm, however to allow for normal tolerances of cavity widths this is
usually increased. When using insulation batts, it may be necessary to reduce the horizontal tie spacing to 600mm centres.
CWT Performance Values

Type
Classification(1)
Minimum Mortar
Class
and Designation
Declared Tensile
Strength (N)
Tensile Strength at
1mm Displacement
(N)
Declared
Compressive
Strength (N)
Compressive
Strength at 1mm
Displacement (N)
Type 1
M2 (iv)
3020
1470
2630
2133
1. In accordance with PD6697.
Item Code
Cavity Width
(mm)
Length (L) of
Wall Tie
(mm)
CWT50
50
175
CWT75
51 -75
200
CWT100
76 - 100
225
CWT125
101 - 125
250
CWT150
126 - 150
275
CWT175
151 - 175
300
Typical CWT installation.

Please note: tie should be
embedded into the mortar. Not
shown above for clarity.
164
LWTS/IRC Cavity Wall Tie and Insulation Clip

Improve the effective thickness of a wall
under load. Maintain the moisture break and
thermal/sound insulation characteristics of
cavity walls. Designed, manufactured and
tested to the BS requirements of DD140
parts 1 and 2.
LWTS: Type 3 Cavity Ties:

General purpose ties suitable for cavity
widths up to 75mm. Suitable for use in
masonry cavity walls of domestic houses
and small commercial buildings up to 15m
in height, where the basic wind speed does
not exceed 44m/s.
LWTS
Material: Cavity Wall Ties: Austenitic

stainless steel. Insulation Clip: Black plastic.
Installation:
For cavity walls with a leaf thickness of
90mm or more, unless otherwise specified
place ties at 900mm centres horizontally,
450mm centres vertically and staggered
where possible to a minimum density to be
2.5 ties per square metre.
Additional ties should be used at the

unbonded vertical edges of an opening or at
movement control joints. These should be
placed 225mm from the joint, or opening,
edge and at a maximum of 300mm centre
to centre.
IRC001

Ties should be embedded into each leaf by

at least 50mm, however to allow for normal
tolerances of cavity widths this is usually
increased. When using insulation batts, it
may be necessary to reduce the horizontal
tie spacing to 600mm centres.
Suitable for use with

all cavity wall ties.
Used to hold
insulation material
back to structure.
75mm diameter.
LWTS Performance Values

Model No
LWTS
Cavity
Width
(mm)
Wall Tie Length

(mm)
50 - 75
205
Type
Classification(1)
Type 3
Minimum
Mortar Class
and
Designation
M2 (IV)
Declared
Compressive
Strength
(N)
Tensile
Strength
at 1mm
Displacement
(N)
(N)
Compressive
Strength
at 1mm
Deflection
(N)
1330
600
2050
1125
Declared
Tensile
Strength
1. In accordance with PD6697.
165
FTC Cavity Frame Tie

FTC is a cavity frame tie which can be used for masonry to masonry
or concrete to masonry or steel to masonry construction.

8mm x 30mm
50mm
8mm diameter vertical slot to accomodate M6 fixings.

Suitable for use on cavities ranging from 50mm to 150mm.
Deep 'V' profiled drip reduces mortar build up during
construction and prevents water from crossing the cavity to the
building's inner leaf.
L
Material: Austenitic stainless steel.

Installation:

Install to concrete with mechanical or resin anchors; to steel with self drilling screws and to masonry with
suitable plugs and screws.
Minimum 18mm diameter washer required in all instances. For stated tension loads to apply, the fixing must
be installed at the bottom of the slot.
Isolation pads or sleeves are required to isolate stainless steel frame ties from mild steel support or fixings.
FTC Performance Values

Cavity Widths
(mm)
Declared Tensile
Strength (N)
Tensile Strength at
1mm Displacement (N)
1670
556
Declared
Compressive
Strength (N)
Compressive
Strength at 1mm
Displacement (N)
3080
1026
2410
1011
Up to 75
76 - 150
1. Fasteners not specidied. Installer to select own fastener. Tensile capacity to be a minimum of SST declared load or fastener tensile/pull-out load.

Cavity Width
(mm)
FT175C
C ( 0.3 ) 50
125
FT200C
75
150
FT225C
100
175
FT250C
125
200
FT275C
150
225
Brick to block work installation.
Brick to steel installation.

166
Masonry to Concrete installation.
Item Code
Please note: tie should

be embedded into the
mortar. Not shown for
clarity.
Length (L)
Wall Tie
(mm)
BTS/SWT Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie

The BTS and SWT are wall ties used to restrain the external brickwork back to the building structures, while
maintaining a clear cavity.
The BTS and SWT offer an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a wall tie for use with timber frame or
SIP (Structural Insulated Panels). Manufactured from austenitic stainless steel.
A Type 6 wall tie is suitable for use in timber frame and SIP structures allowing up to 24mm of movement.
Location
Density of Ties
Spacing (mm)
All South East England and Town and

City sites where basic wind speed does
not exceed 52m/sec
4.4 ties per m 2
600 x 375
All sites where basic wind speed

exceeds 52m/sec
7 ties per m 2
600 x 225
Timber Frame Installation

Use 3.35mm x 50mm stainless steel annular ring shank nails (supplied with tie).
BTS50N
BTS75N
BTS100N
50mm Cavity
75mm Cavity
100mm Cavity
BTS Compressive Load Capacity 414N.

BTS Tensile Load Capacity 600N.
BTS Installation
SIP Installation
Due to having to fix to OSB alone, when building with SIP, a stainless steel screw (supplied with the tie)
is required to maintain the strength of the connection.
SWT50
SWT75
SWT100
50mm Cavity
75mm Cavity
100mm Cavity
SWT Screw
(Supplied)
SWT Compressive Load Capacity 414N.

SWT Tensile Load Capacity 714N.
FT Frame Tie
When fastening windows, door frames etc. to masonry the frame
tie provides enhanced mortar keying and reduces the risk of injury
from sharp edges.
Item Code
(Galvanised)
Item Code
(Stainless Steel)
L
(mm)
FT150
FT150S
150
FT175
FT175S
175
FT200
FT200S
200
FT225
FT225S
225
FT250
FT250S
250
Frame Tie
would be fully
embedded into
mortar.
167
Bead and Mesh
PVC-u Bead
Internal
Beads
Angle
Bead
Bellcast
Bead
Stop Bead
Movement
Bead
168
SST Code
Angle Bead 2mm x 2.5m - White
PAB0225W
PAB0230W
Arch Angle Bead 2mm x 2.5m - White
PAAB0225W
Arch Angle Bead 2mm x 3.0m - White
PAAB0230W
PSAB0630W
PSAB1025W
PSAB1030W
Angle Bead 10mm x 3.0m - Ivory
PSAB1030I
PSAB1525W
PSAB1530W
Angle Bead 15mm x 3.0m - Ivory
PSAB1530I
Angle Bead 20mm x 3.0m Wide Wing - White
PSAB2030WW
Angle Bead 20mm x 3.0m Wide Wing - Ivory
PSAB2030WI
Bellcast Bead 15mm 3.0m - White
PBC1530W
Bellcast Bead 15mm 3.0m - Ivory
PBC1530I
Bellcast Bead 20mm 3.0m - White
PBC2030W
Bellcast Bead 20mm 3.0m - Ivory
PBC2030I
Bellcast Bead 4mm 30m - White
PBC0430W
Stop Bead 10mm x 3.0m - White
PPSB1030W
PPSB1025W
Stop Bead 10mm x 3.0m - Ivory
PPSB1030I
PPSB1525W
PPSB1530W
PPSB1530I
PPSB2030W
PPSB2030I
Movement Bead 10mm 2.5m - White
PMB1025W
Movement Bead 15mm 2.5m - White
PMB1525W
Movement Bead 15mm 2.5m - Ivory
PMB1525I
More plastering
professionals are
turning to
PVC-u bead...
Simpson Strong-Tie PVC-u
plasterers beads are manufactured
from high impact and ultra violet
resistant PVC-u for extruded profiles
and in fire conditions to BS476 part
12: 1991.
PVC-u beads are available in lengths
that differ to steel manufactured
alternatives, please contact the Sales
Office for more information.

Superior corrosion resistance.

Convenient, easy to cut lengths
on site.
Light and easy to transport.
Resistant to breakage
UV resistant.
Simpson Strong-Tie Codes

Explained
Our bead and mesh codes follow a specific
system to help identify the correct type,
for example PSAB1030W describes the
following:
Material Type
PSAB1030W: P=Plastic
Abbreviated Description
PSAB1030W SAB=Standard Angle Bead
Size and Length

PSAB1030W 1030=10mm x 3.0m
Colour
PSAB1030W W=White
Wide Wing Options: These are defined by
a W after the size and before the colour,
e.g. PSAB1030WW is the wide wing (55mm)
equivalent to PSAB1030W (45mm).
Description
Bead and Mesh

A range of Beads, Mesh and Archformers to satisfy the requirements of modern
building design, along with the needs of traditional repair and maintenance work.
ERS External Render Stop Bead
We strongly recommend the use of Stainless Steel

or PVC-u products in external applications.
Corrosion Protection

In normal circumstances matured plasterwork may be regarded as dry

and therefore non-corrosive. Where galvanised beads are used the initial
plaster drying out period should be kept to a minimum to reduce the risk of
possible corrosion of the steel.
Stainless steel beads are specifically designed for cement based renders
and should not be used with gypsum based plasters.
To prevent bimetallic corrosion ensure all metal fixings used in the
installation are of the same material or are separated with a suitable plastic
sheathing.
In general, metal beads should be kept dry and stored flat. Care should also
be taken to prevent accidental damage to the galvanised coating.
The use of water contaminated with soluble salts in plastering mixes should
be avoided as should soluble chlorides as they are likely to increase the risk
of metal corrosion.
SAB Angle Bead
Material: Simpson Strong-Tie Plastering Accessories are manufactured from

either:Pre-Galvanised Mild Steel or Austenitic Stainless Steel
MILD STEEL GALVANISED TO Z275 IS NOT SUITABLE FOR EXTERNAL
APPLICATIONS. STAINLESS STEEL SHOULD ONLY BE USED IN EXTERNAL
APPLICATIONS WITH THE APPROPRIATE CEMENT BASED RENDERS.
British Standards - Relevant current British Standards are as follows;

BS EN 14353:2007 + A1: 2010.
BS EN 13658-1: 2005: Part 1 - Metal Lath and Beads: Internal Plastering.
BS EN 13658-2: 2005 Part 2 - Metal and Lath Beads: External Rendering.
BS EN 13914-1: 2005 - External Rendering.
BS EN 13914-2: 2005 - Internal Plastering.
BS8212: 1995 - Code of Practice for Dry lining and Partitioning using
Gypsum Plaster.
RBL Rib Lath
General Installation Notes:

The most appropriate bead should be specified in accordance with

the application, required plaster depth and desired finish. In external
applications, we recommend the use of stainless steel products.
Ensure that all metal components used in a given installation are of the
same material type.
Always wear gloves when cutting or handling to prevent injury from sharp
edges.
Beads and Mesh may be cut to size as required by using snips across the
mesh and a hacksaw across the beads noses.
Beads should be fixed in accordance with one of the following methods.
1.
2.
3.
Installation of
Pre-Formed Archframes
Pressing the beads wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at approximately 600mm centres both sides of the arris.
The wings may be embedded into the first coat of plaster for normal
two coat work.
Nailing to a background with galvanised, or stainless steel nails.
When beads are used in conjunction with metal lath backgrounds,

galvanised or stainless steel tying wire may be used. Ensure the wire
material matches the bead and lath materials. All wire should be twisted
tightly and the ends bent away from the finished face of the coating. (For
lath fixing details refer to DML and RBL sections of catalogue).
Avoid damage to beads when trowelling plaster or render.
169
Bead and Mesh
PSB/PEB/MVB/ERS Edge Beads

Plastering and rendering made simple.

Products simply fixed with plaster dabs or nails.

Edges, arrises, corners, joints and abutments all easier to form.
Designed to minimise potential chipping, cracking and associated damage.
PSB Thin Coat Plaster Stop Bead

(Perforated Wing)
Thin coat plaster stop bead (30mm Perforated Wing)

Provides a neat finished thin coat plaster edge wherever required.

Numerous applications internally including those at openings, abutment of walls and for
ceiling finishes.
Plaster stop bead (65mm Mesh Wing)

Provides a neat finish plaster/render edge wherever required.

Numerous applications internally and externally including those at openings, abutment of
walls and for ceiling finishes.
PSB Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)
Plasterboard edge bead (25mm Wing)

Provides reinforcement for plasterboard edges.

Suitable for 9.5mm or 12.5mm plasterboard.
Movement bead (140mm overall width, 65mm wing)

Movement Bead consists of two lengths of Stop Bead linked with a white PVC extrusion.
Allows +/-3mm differential expansion or settlement movement between adjoining surfaces.
External render stop bead (16mm-19mm Render Depth, 45mm Wing)

Designed to provide an aesthetic, enhanced weathering detail.

Provides reinforcement to resist impact damage.
Use stainless steel for average or high exposure conditions and coastal areas.
PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead
Material: Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised steel

Installation: Edge beads may be fixed by dabs or by masonry nails of similar material.
Model No.
Galvanised
Stainless Steel
Dimensions
Thin Coat Perforated Stop Bead

PSB0324
3mm x 2.4m
PSB0330
3mm x 3.0m
PSB0624
6mm x 2.4m
PSB0630
6mm x 3.0m
We strongly
recommend the use
of Stainless Steel or
PVC-u products in
external applications.
MVB Movement Bead
Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)

PSB1024
10mm x 2.4m
PSB1030
PSB1030S
10mm x 3.0m
PSB1324
13mm x 2.4m
PSB1330
PSB1330S
13mm x 3.0m
PSB1624
16mm x 2.4m
PSB1630
PSB1630S
16mm x 3.0m
PSB1930S
19mm x 3.0m
PSB1930
Plasterboard Edge Bead

PEB1030
9.5mm x 3.0m
PEB1330
12.5mm x 3.0m
PEB1530
14.5mm x 3.0m
Movement Bead
MVB1030
MVB1330
10mm x 3.0m
13mm x 3.0m
MVB1630
MVB1630S
16mm x 3.0m
Render Stop
170
ERS24
2.4m
ERS30
ERS30S
3.0m
ERS Render Stop Bead
Plasterboard Edge Bead: Fix the perforated wing flush to the board face before applying final
skim coat. The bead may be reversed if required by fixing the wing to the boards inner surface.
Bead and Mesh
SAB/TCB/MMB Corner Beads

Angle Bead (45mm wing, 13mm plaster depth)

Helps for a true, straight arris

Designed to prevent chipping and cracking to vulnerable corners.
Use with two coat plaster application.
SAB Angle Bead
Thin Coat Bead (25mm wing, 3mm plaster depth)

Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish.
Perforated wings to provide an excellent plastering key.
Mini Mesh Bead (25mm wing, 3mm plaster depth)

Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish.
Fine mesh wings to provide an excellent plastering key.
Material (for item codes specified below):

Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised steel.
TCB Thin Coat Bead
Installation: Installation usually achieved by pressing the wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at approximately 600mm centres both sides of the arris. The wings may alternatively be embedded into the first
coat of plaster for normal two-coat work.
Beads may be cut to size as required by using a hacksaw and snips. Beads should be stored off the
ground and in dry conditions during site work.
Model No.
Galvanised
Stainless Steel
Length
(M)
Angle Bead
SAB24
2.4
SAB24W
SAB24SW
2.4
SAB30
SAB30S
3.0
SAB30W
SAB30SW
3.0
Please note: where SAB

is required with 53mm
flange, model numbers
suffixed W ie. SAB24W
are applicable.
MMB Mini Mesh Bead
Thin Coat Bead

TCB2404
2.4
TCB3004
3.0
Mini Mesh Bead

MMB24
2.4
MMB30
3.0
We strongly recommend the use of stainless steel or

PVC-u beads in external applications.
CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh

Provide added strength and stability.

Galvanised or stainless steel finish.

Assists resistance to tensile stresses where settlement occurs. Easily incorporated into mortar
course, coiled for ease of handing.
Material: Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised Steel

Installation: All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same material type.
Gloves should be worn to protect hands from sharp metal edges. Position the mesh within the masonry
bed joints, providing a minimum of 25mm cover to external faces. Overlap by a minimum of 75mm if joining two lengths together. The mesh can be laid every third brickwork course for most reinforcement.
Model No.
Galvanised
Stainless Steel
CBR Masonry
Reinforcement Mesh
Primarily used to resist local
cracking under and over
wall openings.
Dimensions
CBR2063
CBR2063S
63mm x 20m
CBR20112
CBR20112S
112mm x 20m
CBR20175
CBR20175S
175mm x 20m
CBR20228
CBR20228S
228mm x 20m
CBR20305
305mm x 20m
171
Bead and Mesh
TTCB Toothed Thincoat Bead

Save time and money: install thin coat bead without nails or screws - just
push and tap into place.
TTCB is pre-toothed thin coat bead that needs no nails or screws, just
push and tap it on to the corner of the wall and get plastering.
TTCB (toothed thin coat bead), features tiny teeth spaced at 40mm
intervals which grip the plaster board, holding the bead firmly in place.
Easy to install, just push and tap into place for a firm fit to the plaster
board...
172
Save money on nails and screws, you wont be needing them.
Convenient - easy to dismount and reposition without damaging the

bead or plaster board.
Flexible - can be used in long or short lengths due to regular tooth

spacing. You can still use traditional fixing methods in awkward areas
if preferred.
Available in 2.4m, 2.7m and 3.0m lengths.
Pre-toothed at 40mm intervals.
Model No.
Length (mm)
TTCB2404
2.4m
TTCB2704
2.7m
TTCB3004
3.0m
Save time, just tap into place and get started with the plaster
application.
Bead and Mesh
DML Expanded Metal Lathing
DML Expanded Metal Lathing
Ideal for use as a general reinforcement mesh. DML Expanded Metal Lathing is widely used as a
backing to help prevent cracks occurring where different materials meet. Available in galvanised and
stainless steel.
Installation: All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same material
type. Fix with the mesh length running across the supports (at max 350mm centres) with strand sloping
downwards and away from the face of the coating.
Timber: Using 7mm headed plasterers nails 38mm long, or 32 x 2mm staples, fix to each support
starting from the centre of sheet. Angle fixings away from the centre to give the lath the necessary
tension. Steel: Bend 1.2mm tying wire into long Ushapes and tie lath at 100mm centres by pulling tight
and twisting. When cutting wire ends, ensure that they are not left near the surface of the plaster. Sheet
ends should be overlapped by 50mm on supports and wired together at 150mm centres. Sheet sides
should be overlapped by a minimum of 25mm and wired together at 150mm centres in timber and steel
applications.
Model No.
Galvanised
Stainless Steel
DML26/10
DML26S/5
End laps
should lap 50mm
on supports.
Dimensions (mm)
Fixing installed at an angle to give

necessary tension.
We strongly recommend the

use of Stainless Steel for
external applications.
2400 x 700 x 0.40
Fixing to supports
should be at
100mm centers.
End laps
should be
wired
together
at 150mm
intervals
General Fixing
Information for Fixing
to Metal /Timber
Supports
Fixing Expanded
Metal Lathing to Solid
Backgrounds
100mm
25mm
Side laps should be not less than

25mm and should be wired
together at 150mm intervals.
RBL Rib Lath
RBL Rib Lath
Plaster backing for walls, ceilings and partitions. RBL Rib Lath provides plaster backing and is also
suitable for the refurbishing of damaged or deteriorated face of masonry walls. Available in galvanised and
stainless steel.
Installation: Fixing of lath should follow BS EN 13914-1:2005 Internal Plastering and BS EN 139142:2005 External Rendering.The apex of rib lath should always be in contact with the fixing background.
Fixing of lath should follow BS EN 13914-1:2005 Internal Plastering and BS EN 13914-2:2005 External
Rendering.The apex of rib lath should always be in contact with the fixing background.
Fixing to metal or timber supports:

Timber: Use 38 x 7mm plasterers nails or 32 x 2mm staples to fix with ribs running at 90 to timber studs which should be
at a maximum 600mm centres. Metal: Use 1.63mm or two strands of 1.22mm galvanised mild steel wire to tie around the rib
where it crosses each steel stud. Steel studs should be at maximum 600mm centres. To join sheets of Rib Lath, the edge ribs
should be overlapped and the edges tied at 150mm centres with 1.22mm tying wire. Where the ends of the lathing finish in
front of a support, overlap by 50mm, otherwise sheets should be overlapped by 100mm with two 1.63mm ties used with each
overlapping rib. Fixing to solid backgrounds: The ribs of the lath should be held firmly against the background by the use of
fixings placed at 600 mm centres. End edges should be overlapped by 50mm, side edges by 25mm and tied or screwed at
150mm centres. We strongly recommend the use of Stainless Steel for external applications.
Model No.
RBL4 (Galvanised)
RBL4S (Stainless)
Dimensions (mm)
Fixing RBL to Timber Supports

using 38mm Staple
Fixing RBL to Timber Supports

using 38mm Nail
Fixing RBL to Metal Supports

using Wire Tie
2460 x 600 x 0.4
173
Bead and Mesh
SML/H Security Mesh

SML (Security Mesh Light) and SMH (Security Mesh Heavy) are a low profile flattened
mesh ideal for sandwiching between plasterboard and structural studs or joints to improve
resistance to intrusion.
Diamond shape restricts the use of hand tools for cutting.

Strands are rolled flat for uniform thickness.
Continuous mesh manufactured from a single sheet eliminates broken or weak joints.
Installation:
Security Mesh in
Masonry Wall
Fix at maximum 450mm centres to supporting structures as follows:
Timber Studs: 38mm galvanised staples, nails or screws with a 25mm diameter washer.
Metal Studs: 30mm self-tapping screws with 25mm diameter washer.
Brickwork:
50mm screw and plug with 25mm diameter washer.
Ceiling Panel
Stud Wall
Roof
Security Mesh Item Codes
Sheet Size
Mtl
Thickness
LW
Aperture
SW
Aperture
SD
Depth
Weight
per Sheet
(kg)
SML
1250 x 2400
1.14
43.4
18.0
2.3
5.78
SMH
2440 x 1200
2.69
42.9
14.2
4.6
25.5
SD
SW
LW
SVM Stainless Steel Soffit Vent Mesh

A 75mm wide, fine stainless steel mesh on a 30m roll. Easy to cut and install. Allows roof space ventilation,
helps prevent birds and insects from gaining access via soffits
Security Mesh Item Codes
174
Item Code
Dimensions (mm)
SVM3075
30m x 75
Dimensions (mm)
Item
Code
Bead and Mesh
Archformers
A high quality yet cost effective solution to creating internal
arches in masonry walls.
Material: Pre-galvanised Mild Steel

Installation: Arch formers are non-load bearing. If creating a
new opening a lintel will be necessary.
Selection: Measure the brick to brick width and thickness of
gap. If necessary, cut arch using snips and a hacksaw or use a
bridging section (ref BSP450). If wall thickness exceeds 150mm,
select extra Soffit Piece (ref ESP295) for wall thickness up to
400mm.
Fixing: Remove plaster down to brickwork and mark centre point
of the gap on both sides. Nail arch segments into place using,
masonry nails provided, connecting beads at centre with joining
pieces supplied.
Archformer installation where new

opening is being created.
If provided, fit Soffit pieces between segments with screws, nails

and joining pieces.
For walls of thickness less than 150mm join overlapping fixed
soffits with self-tapping screws provided. For walls thicker than
150mm use extra soffit piece (ref ESP295) in the same way as
above. To adapt an arch to fit between two parallel walls, cut and
use wooden battens as shown in the illustration on the right.
Plastering: When the arch frame is fully secured to the wall, use
standard angle bead on vertical corners as usual and apply
plaster directly to the mesh.
Suits wall thickness of 90mm to 150mm without cutting.

Solid bead for durability and ease of plastering.
Wide variety of styles and sizes available.
Fixings and instructions included.
Archformer Type
Warwick Semi Circle
Model No
Width (mm)
Rise (mm)
WP0750
750
375
WP0800
800
400
WP0850
850
425
WP0900
900
450
WP1000
1000
500
WP1200
1200
600
WP1500
1500
750
Semi-Circle Corners
COR0750
375
375
Archmaker Semi-Circle
AM0750
75-1200
375
CP1050
1050
265
CP1200
1200
280
330
Classic Oval
Extra Soffit Piece
Bridging Section
CP1500
1500
CP1800
1800
375
CP2400
2400
375
ESP295
295 X 1220mm for walls

Thicker than 150mm
BSP450
Extends the span of warwick and classic arches

by 450mm max
R
W
R
W
R
W
175
Miscellaneous Products
HI Scrolled Hip Iron

Material:
Model No
Material
Thickness
HI3
3mm
HI4
4mm
HI5
5mm
Mild steel.
Finish:
Hot-dip galvanised.
25
150
300
NS Nail Stopper
Prevent nails from piercing water pipes and electrical
cables.
NS Nail Stopper
Installation: Installs over utilities passing through timber

studs. Use specified fasteners.
Model No
Length (mm)
Fastners1
NS1
75
2 - 3.75 x 30mm
NS2
150
2 - 3.75 x 30mm
Typical NS Installation
1. Square Twist Nail.
1ARBGAL Arrisrail Bracket

The 1ARBGAL is a 300mm long arrisrail bracket for connecting arrisrails to wooden posts. Suitable
for use on 75mm Arrisrails.
m
300 m
WBT Window Board Tie

Attaches window boards to masonry wall.

Item code WBT06 (150mm length).
12
176
21
Miscellaneous Products
DBT Deck Board Tie

The DBT deck board tie provides a nail free surface fastening system for deck boards.
Typical DBT Installation
Designed for use with 35mm thick decking timber. Using the DBT eliminates:

Countersinking
Hammer dents
Nail popping
Water puddling
Ugly nail heads
Rust stains on the surface
Installation:
Position the DBT with the locator prongs and install with a single 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail. Using dry
timber will minimise deck board movement after installation.
SPWG Square Plate Washer

Model No
Dimensions (mm)
Bolt Size
SPWG
50 x 50 x 2.5
M12
Easy to use connector for timber splices, no nails required. For non-structural
applications only; not for truss applications.
100
MP36
75
150
NOT FOR TRUSSES
MENDING PLATE
MP Installed
E
AT
PL
50
G
IN
MP24
100
SE
25
US
TR
MP14
Length (mm)
FO
Width (mm)
ND
ME
Model No
Dimensions
T
NO
MP Mending Plate
177
Non-Cracked
Concrete
Hollow
Masonry
Cracked Concrete
Anchoring Principle
Type
BOAX-II
WEDGE ANCHOR
UNDERCUT ANCHOR
POLY-GP
AT-HP
SET-XP
Adhesive Anchor Systems
Undercut Anchor Systems
This type of anchor transfers load into the base
This type of anchor consists of a chemical mortar and a
This type of anchor transfers load into the base material through
material through friction grip that is established
threaded metal stud. After installation a chemical reaction
mechanical interlock with an undercut that is formed in the base
between the anchors expansion sleeve and the
takes place that secures the stud in place and the
material. The undercut can be formed before or during setting of
sidewalls of the drilled hole.
chemical bonds to the sidewalls of the drilled hole.
the anchor.
This occurs when the anchor is set and the cone is
This system does not produce expansion forces, and
These systems have very high reliability and performance.
drawn into the expansion sleeve. Expansion anchors
therefore allows for smaller edge distances and spacings.
provide a reliable and economical fixing system.
Tension Zone Anchor

This anchor is suitable
and approved for use
in cracked (tension
zone) and non-cracked
(compression zone)
concrete.
178
Compression Zone
Anchor
and approved for
use in non-cracked
(compression zone)
concrete.
Hollow Masonry
Solid Masonry

in hollow masonry.

in solid masonry.
European
Technical Approval
European
Conformity Mark
This anchor has

been approved
for construction
applications in
accordance with
European Technical
Approval Guidelines
(ETAG).
This product meets

the requirements
of the European
Technical Approval and
can be used without
restriction in the
European Union.
Expansion Anchor Systems
ETA-Approval
Fire
Resistance
Sprinklers
Steel,
Zinc Plated
Load Range
Calculation Software
Corrosion
Resistance
Solid
Masonry
Option 1
1.821.4
kN
Option 7
Option 1
3.426.7
kN
2.430.8
kN
Masonry
0.30.7
kN
Option 8, Masonry
and Rebar
9.154.8
kN
Option 1
5.457.4
kN
Corrosion Resistance
Approved Anchors
Corrosion is the destruction of metal through chemical or electrochemical attack by the
To ensure that an anchor is capable of resisting the intended external loads, the anchor must be
environment. In most indoor conditions carbon steel anchors with zinc plating provide
suitable for the intended application and installed in accordance with the manufacturers
sufficient corrosion resistance. Stainless steel (A4) anchors are usually suitable for outdoor
recommended installation instructions.
or damp indoor conditions. Stainless steel anchors with special corrosion resistant
properties are necessary for aggressive conditions such as roadway tunnels or chloride
Anchors with independent technical approvals (such as an ETA) have demonstrated suitable
atmospheres.
behavior and performance for use in construction applications.
Fire Resistance
Suitable for use in fire
protection applications.
This anchor meets the

requirements of VdS
CEA 4001.
Available in carbon steel,

zinc plated and blue
passivated.
Permissible tension load.
Calculation software.
Corrosion Resistance.
179
WA Wedge Anchor Bolt

ETA Option 7 Approved throughbolt for simple and economical applications.
The WA Throughbolt range. Provides an economical yet high performance
fixing for installations with small space and edge distances in non-cracked
concrete.
ETA Option 7 Approved (Non-Cracked Concrete).

Wide range of sizes from M6 to M20.
M6 to M10 sizes require 100mm concrete thickness.
High load capacity.
Optimised design for fast installation.
Suitable for small spacings between anchors.
Suitable for small edge distances.
Installation
90
Clean hole (blowing)
Insert anchor
through the fixture
Apply
recommended
installation torque
with a calibrated
torque wrench
Drill hole
180

Material: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated and Passivated
Thread size
Effective embedment depth (hef)
Model
Recommended
M6
40
WA 6/
[mm]
M8
45
WA 8/
tension loads for single anchors with no edge distances or spacings

Non-cracked
concrete 3)
Nrec
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
C50/60
[kN]
[kN]
[kN]
[kN]
4.3
4.6
5.0
5.3
Non-cracked
concrete 3)
Vrec
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
C50/60
[kN]
[kN]
[kN]
[kN]
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
M12
65
WA 12/
M16
80
WA 16/
M20 (4)
100
WA 20/
7.6
9.3
10.7
11.8
12.6
15.4
17.8
19.5
17.2
21.0
24.3
26.7
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.9
8.5
9.7
9.7
9.7
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
26.9
26.9
26.9
26.9
26.7
26.7
26.7
26.7
1) 5)
5.7
7.0
8.1
8.9
Recommended shear load for single anchors with no edge distances or spacings
M10
50
WA 10/
1) 2)
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
The recommended loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s) and with a partial safety factor for actions of F=1.4. The loading figures
are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s 15 cm (any diameter) or with a rebar spacing s 10 cm, if the rebar diameter is 10 mm or smaller.
The figures for shear are based on a single anchor without influence of concrete edges. For anchorages close to edges (c max [10 hef; 60d]) the concrete edge failure shall be checked per
ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A.
Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of detailed verification R = 3 N/mm can be assumed (L equals the tensile
stress within the concrete induced by external loads, anchors loads included).
Not included in the approval ETA-11/0080 - Option 7.
For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A shall be performed. For details see
With Hex Nut and Washer - Material: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated and Blue Passivated
Item
Code
Type
WA 6/5
WA 6/10
WA 6/20
WA 6/30
WA 8/5
WA 8/10
WA 8/20
WA 8/30
WA 8/40
WA 8/50
WA 8/70
WA 8/100
WA 10/5
WA 10/10
WA 10/20
WA 10/30
WA 10/40
WA 10/50
WA 10/70
WA 10/100
WA 12/5
WA 12/10
WA 12/20
WA 12/30
WA 12/40
WA 12/50
WA 12/80
WA 12/100
WA 12/120
WA 12/140
WA 12/160
WA 16/30
WA 16/50
WA 16/80
WA 16/100
WA 16/140
WA 20/30
WA 20/50
WA 20/80
WA 20/120
(M6 x 60)
(M6 x 65)
(M6 x 75)
(M6 x 85)
(M8 x 68)
(M8 x 73)
(M8 x 83)
(M8 x 93)
(M8 x 103)
(M8 x 113)
(M8 x 133)
(M8 x 163)
(M10 x 78)
(M10 x 83)
(M10 x 93)
(M10 x 103)
(M10 x 113)
(M10 x 123)
(M10 x 143)
(M10 x 173)
(M12 x 104)
(M12 x 109)
(M12 x 119)
(M12 x 129)
(M12 x 139)
(M12 x 149)
(M12 x 179)
(M12 x 199)
(M12 x 219)
(M12 x 239)
(M12 x 259)
(M16 x 151)
(M16 x 171)
(M16 x 201)
(M16 x 221)
(M16 x 261)
(M20 x 173)
(M20 x 193)
(M20 x 223)
(M20 x 263)
ETA
WA06060
WA06065
WA06075
WA06085
WA08068
WA08073
WA08083
WA08093
WA08103
WA08113
WA08133
WA08163
WA10078
WA10083
WA10093
WA10103
WA10113
WA10123
WA10143
WA10173
WA12104
WA12109
WA12119
WA12129
WA12139
WA12149
WA12179
WA12199
WA12219
WA12239
WA12259
WA16151
WA16171
WA16201
WA16221
WA16261
WA20173
WA20193
WA20223
WA20263
Thread
Size
Depth of Max. Fixture Fixture Eff. Embedment

Drilled Hole
Thickness
Hole
Depth
Length
Thread
Length
do x h1
tfix
df
hef
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
40
45
12
50
14
65
18
80
22
100
60
65
75
85
68
73
83
93
103
113
133
163
78
83
93
103
113
123
143
173
104
109
119
129
139
149
179
199
219
239
259
151
171
201
221
261
173
193
223
263
30
30
35
40
40
45
45
50
50
60
85
100
40
40
50
50
60
60
70
80
60
60
70
70
80
100
110
110
125
125
125
80
80
100
100
110
100
100
125
150
M6
6 x 55
M8
8 x 65
M10
10 x 70
M12
12 x 90
M16
16 x 110
M20
20 x 130
5
10
20
30
5
10
20
30
40
50
70
100
5
10
20
30
40
50
70
100
5
10
20
30
40
50
80
100
120
140
160
30
50
80
100
140
30
50
80
120
Spacing, Edge Distance and Member Thickness
Effective Embedment Depth

Characteristic Spacing
Minimum Spacing
Characteristic Edge Distance
Minimum Edge Distance
Minimum Member Thickness
hef
Scr,N
Smin
Ccr,N
Cmin
hmin
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20(4)
40
120
30
60
40
100
45
135
40
67.5
40
100
50
150
50
75
50
120
65
195
70
97.5
70
140
80
240
90
120
90
170
100
300
120
150
120
180
181
BOAXII Throughbolt
For simple and economical applications.
BOAX-II is ETA Option 1 approved.
Function: Application of the installation torque draws the cone end of the stud into the
expansion clip. The expansion clip expands
and develops a frictional grip with the sidewalls of the hole. This gives the anchor its
resistance to tension loads.
Economical anchor for medium-duty
loads
Approved for use in cracked and noncracked concrete
182

CONSTRUCTION:

BoAX-II
with hex nut and washer
R 120
Material:
Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated
A4 stainless steel
Base Material:
Cracked and non-cracked concrete: C20/25 to C50/60 (B25 to B55)
Also suitable for high density natural stones (D 25 N/mm2)
Approvals:
ETA-08/0276 - Option 1: M8-M16, carbon steel, zinc plated
ETA-08/0276 - Option 1: M8-M16, A4 stainless steel
Load Range:
Tension: Nperm
Shear: Vperm
= 1.8 - 21.4 [kN]

= 1.8 - 22.4 [kN]
Product Range:
BoAX-II: M8 - M16, carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated
BoAX-II A4: M8 - M16, A4 stainless steel
Applications:
Steel construction
Facades
Railing
Cable trays
Brackets
Ladders
Benefits:
Economical anchor for medium duty loads
Less drilling effort: Anchor diameter = Drill bit diameter
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
The throughbolt anchor is installed through the fixture
Torquing draws the cone end of the stud into the expansion clip. The expansion clip expands and
develops a frictional grip with the sidewalls of the hole.
INSTALLATION:
Through-fix installation
90
Drill hole
Clean hole (blowing)
Insert anchor
through the fixture
Apply
recommended
installation torque
with a calibrated
torque wrench
183

Carbon steel, zinc plated
THROUGHBOLT BOAX-II
With hex nut and washer
Material: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated
Approval: ETA-08/0276 (M8 - M16) - Option 1
184
Item Code
x
Depth of
Drilled Hole
Max.
Fixture
Thickness
Fixture
Hole
Eff.
Embedment
Depth
Total
Length
Thread
Length
do x h1
tfix
df
hef
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
BoAX-II 8/10
BOAXII08045010
M8
8 x 60
10
45
72
32
BoAX-II 8/30
BOAXII08045030
M8
8 x 60
30
45
92
52
BoAX-II 8/50
BOAXII08045050
M8
8 x 60
50
45
112
72
BoAX-II 8/85
BOAXII08045085
M8
8 x 60
85
45
147
107
BoAX-II 10/10
BOAXII10060010
M10
10 x 75
10
12
60
92
47
BoAX-II 10/20
BOAXII10060020
M10
10 x 75
20
12
60
102
57
BoAX-II 10/30
BOAXII10060030
M10
10 x 75
30
12
60
112
67
BoAX-II 10/50
BOAXII10060050
M10
10 x 75
50
12
60
132
87
BoAX-II 10/80
BOAXII10060080
M10
10 x 75
80
12
60
162
115
BoAX-II 12/5
BOAXII12070005
M12
12 x 90
14
70
103
53
BoAX-II 12/20
BOAXII12070020
M12
12 x 90
20
14
70
118
68
BoAX-II 12/30
BOAXII12070030
M12
12 x 90
30
14
70
128
78
BoAX-II 12/50
BOAXII12070050
M12
12 x 90
50
14
70
148
98
BoAX-II 12/65
BOAXII12070065
M12
12 x 90
65
14
70
163
113
BoAX-II 12/80
BOAXII12070080
M12
12 x 90
80
14
70
178
115
BoAX-II 16/5
BOAXII16085005
M16
16 x 110
18
85
123
65
BoAX-II 16/20
BOAXII16085020
M16
16 x 110
20
18
85
138
80
BoAX-II 16/50
BOAXII16085050
M16
16 x 110
50
18
85
168
110
BoAX-II 16/60
BOAXII16085060
M16
16 x 110
60
18
85
178
115
Type
Thread
Size

Carbon steel, zinc plated
Permissible loads for single anchors with no influencing edge distances or spacings. Loads are calculated using
partial safety factors from ETAG 001 and the characteristic anchor and installation data from this catalogue.
Material: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated.

Thread size
[mm]
Type BoA-...
M8
M10
M12
45
60
70
M16
85
BoAX-II 8/
BoAX-II 10/
BoAX-II 12/
BoAX-II 16/
Permissible tension loads1) 4)

Cracked
Concrete
Nperm
Non-cracked
concrete3)
C20/25
[kN]
2.0
3.6
4.8
9.5
C30/37
[kN]
2.2
4.0
5.3
10.5
C40/50
[kN]
2.4
4.3
5.8
11.4
C50/60
[kN]
2.6
4.6
6.1
12.2
C20/25
[kN]
3.6
6.3
7.9
16.7
C30/37
[kN]
3.9
6.9
8.7
18.4
C40/50
[kN]
4.3
7.6
9.5
20.0
C50/60
[kN]
4.6
8.1
10.1
21.4
Permissible shear loads1) 2) 4)

Cracked
Concrete
Vperm
Non-cracked
concrete3)
C20/25
[kN]
4.8
8.7
11.0
21.0
C30/37
[kN]
4.8
8.7
11.0
21.0
C40/50
[kN]
4.8
8.7
11.0
21.0
C50/60
[kN]
4.8
8.7
11.0
21.0
C20/25
[kN]
4.8
8.7
11.0
21.0
C30/37
[kN]
4.8
8.7
11.0
21.0
C40/50
[kN]
4.8
8.7
11.0
21.0
C50/60
[kN]
4.8
8.7
11.0
21.0
[Nm]
10.0
22.9
34.3
88.6
Permissible bending moments1)

Mzul4)
Spacings, edge distances and member thicknesses

Effective embedment depth
hef
[mm]
45
60
70
85
Characteristic spacing4)
scr,N
[mm]
135
180
210
255
Minimum spacing
smin
[mm]
50
55
60
70
Characteristic edge distance4)
ccr,N
[mm]
68
90
105
128
Minimum edge distance
cmin
[mm]
50
50
55
85
Minimum member thickness
hmin
[mm]
100
120
140
170
Drill hole diameter
d0
[mm]
10
12
16
Drill hole depth
h1
[mm]
60
75
90
110
Installation data
Clearance hole in the fixture
df
[mm]
12
14
18
Width across flats
sw
[mm]
13
17
19
24
Installation torque
Tinst
[Nm]
20
35
50
120
Installed anchor
1) The permissible loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in the ETA-approval and a partial
safety factor for actions of F = 1.4.
The permissible loads are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s 15 cm and reinforced
concrete with a rebar spacing s 10 cm if the rebar is 10 mm
2) The permissible shear loads are based on a single anchor without influencing concrete edges. For shear loads applied close to an edge
(c < 10 hef or < 60 d) concrete edge failure must be checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A.
3) Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of detailed verification R =
3 N/mm2 can be assumed (L equals the tensile stress within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on anchors included).
4) For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A
shall be performed. For details see ETA - approval(s).
185

A4 stainless steel
Throughbolt BOAX-II A4
With hex nut and washer
Material: A4 stainless steel
Approval: ETA-08/0276 (M8 - M16) - Option 1
Type
Order Code
Max.
Thread
Depth of
Fixture
Size
Drilled Hole
Thickness
Fixture
Hole
Eff.
Embedment
Depth
Total
Thread
Length
Length
do x h1
tfix
df
hef
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
BOAXII08045010A4
M8
8 x 60
10
45
72
32
BoAX-II 8/30 A4
BOAXII08045030A4
M8
8 x 60
30
45
92
52
BoAX-II 8/50 A4
BOAXII08045050A4
M8
8 x 60
50
45
112
72
BoAX-II 10/10 A4
BOAXII10060010A4
M10
10 x 75
10
12
60
92
47
BoAX-II 10/20 A4
BOAXII10060020A4
M10
10 x 75
20
12
60
102
57
BoAX-II 10/30 A4
BOAXII10060030A4
M10
10 x 75
30
12
60
112
67
BoAX-II10/50 A4
BOAXII10060050A4
M10
10 x 75
50
12
60
132
87
BoAX-II 12/5 A4
BOAXII12070005A4
M12
12 x 90
14
70
103
53
BoAX-II 12/20 A4
BOAXII12070020A4
M12
12 x 90
20
14
70
118
68
BoAX-II 12/30 A4
BOAXII12070030A4
M12
12 x 90
30
14
70
128
78
BoAX-II 12/50 A4
BOAXII12070050A4
M12
12 x 90
50
14
70
148
98
BoAX-II 12/65 A4
BOAXII12070065A4
M12
12 x 90
65
14
70
163
113
BoAX-II 16/5 A4
BOAXII16085005A4
M16
16 x 110
18
85
123
65
BoAX-II 16/20 A4
BOAXII16085020A4
M16
16 x 110
20
18
85
138
80
BoAX-II 16/50 A4
BOAXII16085050A4
M16
16 x 110
50
18
85
168
110
BoAX-II 8/10 A4
186

A4 stainless steel
Permissible loads for single anchors with no influencing edge distances or spacings. Loads are calculated using
partial safety factors from ETAG 001 and the characteristic anchor and installation data from this catalogue.
Design calculations shall follow the requirements of ETA-08/0276.
Material: A4 stainless steel.
Thread size
[mm]
Type BoA-...
M8
M10
M12
45
60
70
M16
85
BoAX-II 8/
BoAX-II 10/
BoAX-II 12/
BoAX-II 16/
Permissible tension loads1)

Cracked
Concrete
Nperm
Non-cracked
concrete3)
C20/25
[kN]
2.0
3.6
4.8
9.5
C30/37
[kN]
2.2
4.0
5.3
10.5
C40/50
[kN]
2.4
4.3
5.8
11.4
C50/60
[kN]
2.6
4.6
6.1
12.2
C20/25
[kN]
3.6
6.3
7.9
16.7
C30/37
[kN]
3.9
6.9
8.7
18.4
C40/50
[kN]
4.3
7.6
9.5
20.0
C50/60
[kN]
4.6
8.1
10.1
21.4
Permissible shear loads1) 2)

Cracked
Concrete
Vperm
Non-cracked
concrete3)
C20/25
[kN]
5.2
8.1
11.9
22.4
C30/37
[kN]
5.2
8.1
11.9
22.4
C40/50
[kN]
5.2
8.1
11.9
22.4
C50/60
[kN]
5.2
8.1
11.9
22.4
C20/25
[kN]
5.2
8.1
11.9
22.4
C30/37
[kN]
5.2
8.1
11.9
22.4
C40/50
[kN]
5.2
8.1
11.9
22.4
C50/60
[kN]
5.2
8.1
11.9
22.4
[Nm]
10.5
21.4
37.6
95.2
Permissible bending moments1)

Mzul4)
Spacings, edge distances and member thicknesses

Effective embedment depth
hef
[mm]
45
60
70
85
Characteristic spacing4)
scr,N
[mm]
135
180
210
255
Minimum spacing
smin
[mm]
50
55
60
70
Characteristic edge distance4)
ccr,N
[mm]
68
90
105
128
Minimum edge distance
cmin
[mm]
50
50
55
85
Minimum member thickness
hmin
[mm]
100
120
140
170
Drill hole diameter
d0
[mm]
10
12
16
Drill hole depth
h1
[mm]
60
75
90
110
Installation data
Clearance hole in the fixture
df
[mm]
12
14
18
Width across flats
sw
[mm]
13
17
19
24
Installation torque
Tinst
[Nm]
20
35
50
120
Installed anchor
1) The permissible loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in the ETA-approval and a partial safety
factor for actions of F = 1.4.
The permissible loads are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s 15 cm and reinforced concrete with
2) The permissible shear loads are based on a single anchor without influencing concrete edges. For shear loads applied close to an edge (c <
10 hef or < 60 d) concrete edge failure must be checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A.
3) Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of detailed verification R = 3 N/
mm2 can be assumed (L equals the tensile stress within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on anchors included).
4) If spacings or edge distances become smaller than the characteristic values (i.e. s scr,N and/or c ccr,N) a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C,
design method A must be performed.
187
Poly-GP - General Purpose Resin

POLY-GP is a styrene-free
polyester resin specially
formulated for light or medium
duty fixings in hollow or solid
base materials.
Easy to use and fast curing,
it enables good performance
when used in applications such
as fixing architectural steelwork,
cable trays, hand rails and
gates.

Styrene free.
Use in solid or hollow
masonry products.
Non-flammable.
188

POLY-GP is a styrene-free polyester resin specially formulated to light or medium duty fixings in
hollow or solid base materials. It's easy to use and fast curing. It enables good performance when
used in basic jobs such as fixing satelllite dish, a boiler, shelves or a gate.
POLY-GP is non-flammable product.
Cartridges available are adapted to the needs of anyone who has a universal manual dispensing
tool (such as a silicone dispensing tool) with the 300 ml cartridge.
DAZ 0816/1
POLY-GP
300 ml
Reference
Contents
POLY-GP300-UK
300 ml
Two mixers are supplied with each cartridge.
BENEFITS:
Fast curing
Low odour
Non-flammable product
Good performance in hollow and solid base
material
Beige
Colour
CERTIFICATION: SOCOTEC Hollow blocks DAZ

0816/1
MATERIAL:
Hollow or solid bricks
Applications:
Blinds
Hinges
Air-conditioners
Satellite dishes
Boilers
Curing Schedule
LMAS
Zinc-plated steel
See page 31.
Let anchor fully cure without disturbing

Temp. of Resin c
Temp. of Support c
Working Time
+5c
-5c
25 mins
Curing time
4h
+5c
0c
15 mins
3h
+5c
+5c
12 mins
2 h 30 mins
+10c
+10c
8 mins
1 h 15 mins
+15c
+15c
7 mins
55 mins
+20c
+20c
4 mins
30 mins
+30c
+30c
2 mins
20 mins
Graduated mixer MN1
Working Loads
Working loads limit performance details have been determined from minimal values of tests carried out in
Laboratories. Those minimal values take into account a minimal safety of 4 (SOCOTEC-DAZ 0816/1).
Strength limits take into account the position of the anchors in the material and the respect of the installation
instructions.For hollow materials of unknown resitance, tests on construction sites are necessary (according to
Sleeve SH
See Page 30
BS 8539). SH sleeve should be used when fixing into hollow blocks or concrete.
Tension
Hollow block (kN)
Threaded Rod (M8 - M10 - M12)

Shear
Hollow concrete (kN)
0.6
0.9
Hollow block (kN)
Hollow concrete (kN)
1.5
1.5
Threaded Rod (M8 - M10 - M12)
Installation Data
Threaded Rod
diam xL (mm)
Drill diam (mm)
Sleeve
diam xL (mm)
Drill depth (mm)
Tightening torque
(Nm)
Number of
pressure
Hollow block
M8x140
16
16x85
90
Hollow block
M10x140
16
16x85
90
Hollow block
M12x140
16
16x85
90
Hollow concrete
M8x160
16
16x130
135
13
Hollow concrete
M10x160
16
16x130
135
13
Hollow concrete
M12x160
16
16x130
135
13
Material
Safety and Environment

We care about developing products that are user-safe and environmentally respectful
when properly handled and disposed of. Once empty, dispose of this cartridge in a
hazardous waste disposal skip.
Xi irritant
O Oxidising
Observe these safety precautions (Contains dibenzoyl peroxide):

R52/53 Harmful to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment (A). R43
May cause sensitisation by skin contact (B). R7 May cause fire (B). S3/14 Keep in a cool place away from-combustible or reducing materials-acids-oxidation catalysts (B). S36/37/39 Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves
and eye/face protection (B). S7 Keep container tightly closed (B). S60 This material and its container must be
disposed of as hazardous waste (B).
189
AT-HP - High Performance Resin

Methacrylate resin for threaded rod and rebar
AT-HP is a styrene free
methacrylate resin suitable for
threaded rod and rebar into
concrete and threaded rod into
masonry.
Easy to dispense and fast
curing, specially designed
for structural fixings and
construction uses.
Applications for metallic racking
or work in reinforced concrete.

ETA approved for threaded

rod and rebar installations.
Fast curing.
Low odour.
Non-flammable.
190

AT-HP is a styrene free methacrylate resin suitable for high performance fixing
applications of threaded rod and rebar into concrete. Easy to dispense and fast
curing, specially designed for structural fixings and very technical construction
sites. Applications for metallic racking or for work in reinforced concrete.
Cartridges available are adapted to the needs of a craftsman who uses from time
to time chemical anchors (such as a peeler cartridge 160 ml with a silicone gun)
or to the needs of a professional accustomed to chemical fixing and who uses a
coaxial cartridge in 380 ml.
ETA-13/0416
ETA-11/0150
AT-HP
160 ml
AT-HP
280 ml
AT-HP
380 ml
Grey
ETA-11/0151
Reference
Contents
AT-HP160-UK
160 ml
AT-HP280-UK
280 ml
AT-HP380-UK
380 ml
Two mixing nozzles are supplied with each cartridge.
BENEFITS:
CERTIFICATION:
Fast curing
low odour
Non-flammable
ETA for threaded rod (Option 8)

to concrete
ETA for rebar to concrete
ETA for threaded rod to
masonry.
MATERIAL:
Non-Cracked Concrete
Solid Bricks
Hollow Blocks
AAC Blocks
WRAS
MA3404/E
0706528
Applications:
Threaded rod and rebar
connections
Racking
Balconies
Facade
Graduated mixer MN1
Curing Schedule:
Temperature of Anchorage Base
T anchorage base
Working Time
tgel
Curing Time
tcure
-5C
45 min
9h
0C
15 min
4h
+5C
12 min
1 h 30 min
+10C
9 min
60 min
+20C
4 min
30 min
+30C
1 min
20 min
Note: temperature of the resin 5C.
Method of Cleaning holes in solid base materials:

Normal diameter
All diameter
2 blow
+ 2 brush
Method of cleaning hole
+ 2 blow
+ 2 brush
+ 2 blow
191

Material: Carbon steel, Grade 5.8, zinc plated and blue passivated; A4-70 stainless steel / AT-HPTM
Technical data for threaded rod for fixings in concrete
Installation Parameters
M8
M10
M12
M16
10
12
14
18
M20
Drill hole diameter, d0
mm
Drill hole depth, h0
mm
Clearance hole in the fixture, df
mm
12
14
18
22
Width across flats, sw
mm
13
17
19
24
30
Installation torque, Tinst
Nm
10
20
40
80
150
64
96
80
120
96
144
128
22
192
160
240
LMAS
Zinc-Plated Steel
Spacings, Edge Distances and Member Thicknesses

M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
Effective embedment depth, hef
mm
64
96
80
120
96
144
128
192
160
240
Characteristic spacing 4), scr,N
mm
128
192
160
240
192
288
256
384
320
480
Minimum spacing, smin
mm
35
48
40
60
48
72
64
96
80
120
Characteristic edge distance 4), ccr,N
mm
64
96
80
120
96
144
128
192
160
240
Minimum edge distance, cmin
mm
35
48
40
60
48
72
64
96
80
120
Minimum member thickness, hmin
mm
100
130
110
150
130
175
160
225
200
280
Recommended Loads Steel 1) 3)

M8 8)
hef
M10 8)
M12
M16
M20
64
96
80
120
96
144
128
192
160
240
9.1
9.1
14.3
14.4
19.0
19.0
28.6
38.8
35.7
54.8
4.5
4.5
7.2
7.2
10.4
10.4
19.4
19.4
30.3
30.3
C24/25
Tension
Nrec
C50/60
kN
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Shear 5)
Vrec
NOTES :
C50/60
BENDING MOMENT
Mrec
9.0
9.0
18.6
18.6
32.4
32.4
82.4
1.
2.
82.4
3.
Recommended Loads A4
1) 3)
M8 8)
hef
M10 8)
M12
M16
M20
4.
64
96
80
120
96
144
128
192
160
240
9.8
9.8
14.3
15.4
19.0
22.2
28.6
41.4
35.7
54.8
5.
5.9
5.9
9.3
9.3
13.5
13.5
25.2
25.2
39.3
39.3
6.
11.9
11.9
23.8
23.8
42.1
42.1
106.7
106.7
207.9
207.9
C24/25
C30/37
C40/50
Tension
Nrec
C50/60
kN
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Shear 5)
Vrec
C50/60
BENDING MOMENT
Mrec
Nm
7.
8.
192
Steel failure decisive.

The design resistances have been
calculated using the partial safety
factors for resistances stated in ETAapprovals(s).
The recommended loads have been
calculated using the partial safety factors
for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s)
and with a partial safety factor for actions
of f=1.4.
The load figures are valid for reinforced
concrete with a rebar spacing 15cm
(any diameter) or with a rebar spacing
15cm if the rebar diameter is 10mm
or smaller.
The figures for shear are based on
a single anchor without influence of
concrete edges. For anchorages close
to the edges (c hef 60d) the concrete
edge failure shall be calculated per ETAG
001, Annex C, design method A.
Concrete is considered non-cracked
when the tensile stress within the
concrete is L +R 0. In the absence
of detailed verification R = 3 N/mm2 can
be assumed (L equals the tensile stress
within the concrete induced by external
loads, anchors loads included).
For combined tension and shear loads
or anchor groups and/or in the case of
edge influence, a calculation per ETAG
001, Annex C, design method A shall
be performed. For details see the ETAapproval(s).
Load values for carbon steel hot dip
galvanised for threaded studs with
undersized threads acc EN ISO 10684:
M8: Nrk / Nrd / NRec = 16.5 / 11.1 / 7.9 kN
Vrk / Vrd / Vrec = 8.4 / 5.6 / 4.0 kN
M10: Nrk / Nrd / NRec = 26.7 / 17.9 / 12.8 kN
Vrk / Vrd / Vrec = 13.5 / 9.0 / 6.4 kN
C30/37
C40/50
SET-XP Pure Epoxy Resin

Seismic conditions approved
Set-XP is a high
strength epoxy injection
adhesive for fastening
heavy structural fixings
in cracked and noncracked concrete.
It's high bond strength
and non-shrinking
formula are suitable for
use in oversized or wet
holes.

ICC-ES approved
for cracked
concrete.
ETA option 1
approved.
Extended working
time.
High bond
strength.
Non-shrinking
formula.
Seismically
approved.
193

SET-XP is a pure epoxy resin suitable for heavy threaded rod fixing applications in both cracked
and non-cracked concrete (ETA Option 1). It's specially designed for highly technical and structural
fixings. This solution is perfect for large diameters and applications in hot weather countries. SET-XP
is tested in seismic conditions.
Cartridges available (650 ml) perfectly adapted for big job sides.
BENEFITS:
ETA and ICC-ES for cracked concrete (option
1)
Extended working time
High-bond strength
Non-shrinking
Suitable for wet holes
Easy storage in hot weather countries
MATERIAL:
Cracked or non-cracked concrete
APPLICATIONS:
Heavy structural fixings into cracked or noncracked concrete
Oversized holes
SET-XP
650 ml
Teal
colour
CERTIFICATION:
ICC-ES for cracked concrete
ETA 11-0360 (Option 1)
Tested according to
ACI 355.2.
ICC-ES ESR-2508
NSF/ANSI Std. 61
Curing Schedule
T C
Working time
Curing time6)
10
21
32
43
60 min
45 min
25 min
12 min
72 h
24 h
24 h
24 h
LMAS
Zinc-plated steel
See page 31.
Method of Cleaning Holes
Method of cleaning hole
194
All diameter
Clean hole by brushing and
blowing alternately with
oil-free compressed air at
minimum 5.5 bar: 2x blow,
4x brush, 2x blow.
Mixer MN2
Normal diameter

Material: Carbon steel, Grade 5.8, zinc plated and blue passivated; A4-70 (M24) and
A4-50 (>M24) stainless steel / SET-XPTM
Installation Parameters
M12
M16
M20
M24
14
18
24
28
M27
Drill hole diameter, d0
mm
Drill hole depth, h0
mm
Clearance hole in the fixture, df
mm
Width across flats, sw
mm
19
24
30
36
41
Installation torque, Tinst
Nm
40
60
80
100
120
70
240
80
320
14
90
400
18
30
100
480
22
110
26
540
30
Spacings, Edge Distances and Member Thicknesses

M12
M16
M20
M24
M27
mm
70
240
80
320
90
400
100
480
110
540
Characteristic spacing 4), scr,N
mm
210
720
240
960
270
1200
300
1440
330
1620
360
120
480
135
600
150
720
165
Minimum spacing, smin
mm
Characteristic edge distance 4), ccr,N
mm
Minimum edge distance, cmin
mm
Minimum member thickness, hmin
mm
45
105
60
80
100
70
100
270
116
80
115
356
138
90
135
448
156
810
155
536
170
600
Recommended Values for Resistance to Tension and Shear Loads

M12
70
M16
240
80
Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel
M20
320
A4
Steel
90
A4
Steel
M24
400
A4
Steel
100
A4
Steel
M27
480
A4
Steel
110
A4
Steel
540
A4
Steel
A4
9.5
46.7
46.7
Permissible tension loads1), for Temperature range: I5) in Cracked concrete3) C20/25, Nperm
kN
5.4
5.4 18.4 18.4 6.1
6.1
24.6
24.6
5.7
5.7
25.6
25.6
7.6
7.6
36.9
36.9
9.5
Permissible tension loads1), for Temperature range: I5) in Non-cracked concrete3) C20/25, Nperm
kN 10.0 10.0 20.0 22.5 12.3 12.3
37.6
42.0
14.6
14.6
58.5
65.6
17.1
17.1
84.2
94.3
19.8
19.8 109.0 57.4
26.6
26.6
65.7
34.5
34.5
65.7
34.5
Permissible shear loads1)2) for Temperature range: I5) in Cracked concrete3) C20/25, Vperm
kN 12.0 13.7 12.0 13.7 17.2 17.2
22.2
25.1
16.1
16.1
34.8
39.3
21.6
21.6
50.2
56.7
Permissible shear loads1)2) for Temperature range: I5) in Non-cracked concrete3) C20/25, Vperm
kN 12.0 13.7 12.0 13.7 22.2 25.1
22.2
25.1
34.8
39.3
34.8
39.3
48.0
48.0
50.2
56.7
55.4
The permissible shear loads are based

on a single anchor without influencing
concrete edges. For shear loads applied
close to an edge (c 10 hef and 60d)
concrete edge failure must be checked
per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method
A.
2)
Effective embedment depth, hef
hef
NOTES :
The permissible loads have been
calculated using the partial safety factors
for resistances stated in the ETA and a
partial safety factor for actions of F =
1.4. The permissible loads are valid for
unreinforced concrete and reinforced
concrete with a rebar spacing s 15
cm and reinforced concrete with a rebar
spacing s 10 cm if the rebar is 10 mm
or smaller.
1)
Concrete is considered non-cracked

when the tensile stress within the
concrete is L + R 0. In the absence
of detailed verification R = 3 N/mm can
be assumed (L equals the tensile stress
within the concrete as a result of external
loads, forces on anchors included).

4)
For combined tension and shear loads
or anchor groups and/or in case of edge
influence, a calculation per TR 029 shall
be performed. For details see ETA approval(s).
3)
5)
Temperature range I: -40C to +43C
(max long term temperature: +24C; max
short term temperature: 43C).

6)
For installation in wet concrete
the curing times shall be doubled
(installation in water-filled drill holes is
not allowed).
Permissible bending moments1), Mperm

Nm 37.7 42.1 37.7 42.1 94.8 106.6 94.8 106.6 185.7 207.9 185.7 207.9 320.5 359.9 320.5 359.9 475.4 249.7 475.4 249.7
195
VAC/VAS Threaded Rod and Vinylester Capsule System

Vinylester anchoring system for secure fixing
into non-cracked concrete.
Function: After drilling and cleaning the hole, the capsule is
inserted into the hole and the anchor stud is driven with a
rotating/hammering action. This breaks the capsule and
mixes the contents. The resulting chemical reaction creates
a durable expansion pressure free bond between the
anchor stud, the reacted resin, and the concrete.
Benefits:
Expansion pressure free
This adhesive fixing system consists of a threaded stud and chemical-filled glass capsule.
The bond strength between the cured chemical and the drilled hole is dependent on the thorough cleaning of the
drilled hole. Follow the installation instructions carefully.
Reduced permissible edge distances and spacings
During installation, the capsule is crushed and the rotating and hammering action mixes the contents.
After the recommended cure time, the fixture can be installed and the fixing can be loaded.
Capsule has shelf life of 2 years when stored correctly. Dont use if capsule is damaged or if the contents do not flow
in a honey-like fashion at room temperature.
VAC Curing Shcedule
196
Temperature of Anchorage
Base
Tanchorage base
Curing Time(7)
-5 C
480 mins
0 C
240 mins
+5 C
150 mins
+10 C
120 mins
+15 C
90 mins
+20 C
45 mins
+30 C
20 mins
+40 C
10 mins
tcure
Completely seals drilled hole

CONSTRUCTION:

VAS Threaded stud
VAC Capsule
Setting tool
Material:
VAS:
VAS A4:
VAC:
Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated

A4-70 stainless steel
Glass capsule with polyester resin, hardener and mineral aggregates
Base Material:
Non-cracked concrete C20/25 to C50/60 (B25 to B55)
Load Range:
Tension:
Shear:
Nperm
Vperm
= 4.0 - 60.0 kN
= 4.0 - 60.0 kN
Temperature Range:
Maximum long-term service temperature = +50C
Maximum short-term service temperature = +80 C
Range Supplied:
VAS: M8 M30, carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated / A4 stainless steel
Applications:
Brackets
Steel construction
Base plates
Storage racks
Railings
Machines
Benefits:
Causes no expansion pressure.
Stud with hex head for easy installation.
Reduced edge distances and spacings with setting tool.
High capacity in non-cracked concrete.
Completely seals drilled hole
Storage:
Dry, dark, at a temperature between +5C and +25C. Avoid direct sunlight.
Shelf Life:
24 months after manufacturing date when stored according to the above recommendations
Information from Koelner Stahl.
Installation:
90
Drill hole and thoroughly

clean (brushing and blowing).
Insert VAS capsule into

drilled hole.
Spin in VAS stud to the

embedment depth marking
using a rotary hammer drill
After the specified cure time,

install the fixture and apply
the recommended fastening
torque with a calibrated
torque-wrench
197

VAS Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated Item Codes and Dimensions
Item Code
Thread
Size
(mm)
Description
x Depth
of Drilled
Hole
Max
Fixture
Thickness
d0 x h1
(mm)
tfix
(mm)
Fixture
Hole
df
(mm)
Total
Length
Effective
L
(mm)
VAC
Capsule
VAS08110
Threaded Stud-M8x110
M8
10 x 85
10
80
110
VAS10130
M10
12 x 95
15
12
90
130
VAC08
VAC10
VAS10190
M10
12 x 95
75
12
90
190
VAC10
VAS12160
M12
14 x 115
20
14
110
160
VAC12
VAS12190
M12
14 x 115
50
14
110
190
VAC12
VAS12220
M12
14 x 115
80
14
110
220
VAC12
VAS12300
M12
14 x 115
160
14
110
300
VAC12
VAS16190
M16
18 x 130
30
18
125
190
VAC18
VAC18
VAS16220
M16
18 x 130
60
18
125
220
VAS16300
M16
18 x 130
140
18
125
300
VAC18
VAS16380
M16
18 x 130
220
18
125
380
VAC18
VAS20260
M20
24 x 175
45
22
210
260
VAC20
VAS24300
M24
28 x 215
35
26
270
300
VAC24
VAS30380
M30
35 x 275
75
32
280
380
VAC30
x Depth
of Drilled
Hole
Max
Fixture
Thickness
Fixture
Hole
VAS Stainless Steel Item Codes and Dimensions
Item Code
Thread
Size
(mm)
Description
d0 x h1
(mm)
tfix
(mm)
df
(mm)
Total
Length
Effective
L
(mm)
VAS8110A4
Threaded Stud-M8x110 Stainless Steel
M8
10 x 85
10
80
110
VAC08
VAS10130A4
M10
12 x 95
15
12
90
130
VAC10
VAS12160A4
M12
14 x 115
20
14
110
160
VAC12
VAS12220A4
M12
14 x 115
80
14
110
220
VAC12
VAS16190A4
M16
18 x 130
30
18
125
190
VAC18
VAS20260A4
M20
24 x 175
45
22
210
260
VAC20
Diameter
Total
Length
Item Code
Description
(mm)
VAC Capsule Steel Item Codes and Dimensions
(mm)
VAC08
Glass Capsule
9.3
VAC10
Glass Capsule
10.8
85
85
VAC12
Glass Capsule
12.7
95
VAC16
Glass Capsule
16.8
95
VAC20
Glass Capsule
21.6
180
VAC24
Glass Capsule
23.8
215
VAC30
Glass Capsule
33.2
270
VAS Installation Data

M8
198
VAC
Capsule
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
Drill Hole Diameter (mm)
dc
10
12
14
16
24
28
35
Drill Hole Depth (mm)
h1
85
95
115
130
175
215
275
Clearance Hole Diameter in the Fixture (mm)
dr
12
14
18
22
26
32
Width Across Flats (mm)
sw
13
17
19
24
30
36
46
Installation Torq (Nm)
Tinst
10
20
40
80
120
180
300
Effective Embedment Depth (mm)
hef
80
90
110
125
170
210
270
Characteristic Spacing (mm)
Scr, N
240
270
330
375
510
630
675
Minimum Spacing (mm)
Smin
40
45
55
63
85
105
135
Characteristic Edge Distance (mm)
Ccr, N
120
135
165
190
255
315
340
Minimum Edge Distance (mm)
Cmin
40
45
55
63
85
105
135
Minimum Member Thickness (mm)
hmin
120
130
140
180
230
270
340

M8
Cat 1
hef
M10
Cat 2
Cat 1
80
M12
Cat 2
Cat 1
90
M16
Cat 2
Cat 1
110
M20
Cat 2
Cat 1
125
M24
Cat 2
Cat 1
170
M30
Cat 2
Cat 1
210
Cat 2
270
VAS (Zinc Coated) Characteristic Resistance(1, 5, 8) in Non-Cracked Concrete

C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Tension
NRk
C50/60
kN
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Shear
VRk
C50/60
Bending Moment
MoRk
Nm
18.0
18.0
29.0
29.0
42.0
42.0
60.0
60.0
95.0
95.0
140.0
140.0
200.0
200.0
18.0
18.0
29.0
29.0
42.0
42.0
62.4
62.4
98.8
98.8
140.0
140.0
200.0
200.0
18.0
18.0
29.0
29.0
42.0
42.0
64.2
64.2
101.7
101.7
140.0
140.0
200.0
200.0
18.0
18.0
29.0
29.0
42.0
42.0
65.4
65.4
103.6
103.6
140.0
140.0
200.0
200.0
9.0
9.0
14.0
14.0
21.0
21.0
39.0
39.0
61.0
61.0
88.0
88.0
140.0
140.0
9.0
9.0
14.0
14.0
21.0
21.0
39.0
39.0
61.0
61.0
88.0
88.0
140.0
140.0
9.0
9.0
14.0
14.0
21.0
21.0
39.0
39.0
61.0
61.0
88.0
88.0
140.0
140.0
9.0
9.0
14.0
14.0
21.0
21.0
39.0
39.0
61.0
61.0
88.0
88.0
140.0
140.0
19
19
37
37
65
65
166
166
324
324
561
561
1124
1124
VAS (Stainless Steel) Characteristic Resistance

C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Tension
NRk
C50/60
kN
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Shear
VRk
C50/60
Bending Moment
MoRk
VAS (Zinc Coated) Design Resistance
(1, 3, 5, 8)
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Tension
NRk
C50/60
kN
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Shear
VRk
C50/60
Bending Moment
MoRk
Nm
VAS (Stainless Steel) Design Resistance

C30/37
C40/50
Tension
NRk
C50/60
kN
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Shear
VRk
C50/60
Bending Moment
MoRk
Nm
VAS (Zinc Coated) Recommended Loads

C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Tension
NRec
C50/60
kN
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Shear
VRec
C50/60
Bending Moment
MRek
Nm
in Non-Cracked Concrete
25.0
25.0
30.0
30.0
50.0
50.0
60.0
60.0
95.0
95.0
140.0
140.0
200.0
200.0
26.0
26.0
31.2
31.2
52.0
52.0
62.4
62.4
98.8
98.8
140.0
140.0
200.0
200.0
26.0
26.0
32.1
32.1
53.5
53.5
64.2
64.2
101.7
101.7
140.0
140.0
200.0
200.0
26.0
26.0
32.7
32.7
54.5
54.5
65.4
65.4
103.6
103.6
140.0
140.0
200.0
200.0
13.0
13.0
20.0
20.0
29.0
29.0
55.0
55.0
86.0
86.0
124.0
124.0
196.0
196.0
13.0
13.0
20.0
20.0
29.0
29.0
55.0
55.0
86.0
86.0
124.0
124.0
196.0
196.0
13.0
13.0
20.0
20.0
29.0
29.0
55.0
55.0
86.0
86.0
124.0
124.0
196.0
196.0
13.0
13.0
20.0
20.0
29.0
29.0
55.0
55.0
86.0
86.0
124.0
124.0
196.0
196.0
26
26
52
52
92
92
233
233
454
454
786
786
1574
1574
12.0
11.9
16.7
14.3
27.8
23.8
33.3
28.6
52.8
45.2
77.8
66.7
111.1
95.2
12.0
12.0
17.3
14.9
28.0
24.8
34.7
29.7
54.9
47.0
77.8
66.7
111.1
95.2
12.0
12.0
17.8
15.3
28.0
25.5
35.7
30.6
56.5
48.4
77.8
66.7
111.1
95.2
12.0
12.0
18.2
15.6
28.0
26.0
36.3
31.1
57.5
49.3
77.8
66.7
111.1
95.2
7.2
7.2
11.2
11.2
16.8
16.8
31.2
31.2
48.8
48.8
70.4
70.4
112.0
112.0
7.2
7.2
11.2
11.2
16.8
16.8
31.2
31.2
48.8
48.8
70.4
70.4
112.0
112.0
7.2
7.2
11.2
11.2
16.8
16.8
31.2
31.2
48.8
48.8
70.4
70.4
112.0
112.0
7.2
7.2
11.2
11.2
16.8
16.8
31.2
31.2
48.8
48.8
70.4
70.4
112.0
112.0
15.2
15.2
29.6
29.6
52.0
52.0
133
133
259
259
449
449
899
899
(1, 3, 5, 8)
C20/25
(1, 5, 8)
13.9
11.9
16.7
14.3
27.8
23.8
33.3
28.6
52.8
45.2
77.8
66.7
111.1
95.2
13.9
12.4
17.3
14.9
28.9
24.8
34.7
29.7
54.9
47.0
77.8
66.7
111.1
95.2
13.9
12.7
17.8
15.3
29.7
25.5
35.7
30.6
56.5
48.4
77.8
66.7
111.1
95.2
13.9
13.0
18.2
15.6
30.3
26.0
36.3
31.1
57.5
49.3
77.8
66.7
111.1
95.2
8.3
8.3
12.8
12.8
18.6
18.6
35.3
35.3
55.1
55.1
79.5
79.5
125.6
125.6
8.3
8.3
12.8
12.8
18.6
18.6
35.3
35.3
55.1
55.1
79.5
79.5
125.6
125.6
8.3
8.3
12.8
12.8
18.6
18.6
35.3
35.3
55.1
55.1
79.5
79.5
125.6
125.6
8.3
8.3
12.8
12.8
18.6
18.6
35.3
35.3
55.1
55.1
79.5
79.5
125.6
125.6
16.7
16.7
33.3
33.3
59.0
59.0
149
149
291
291
504
504
1009
1009
(1, 3, 5, 8)
8.6
8.5
11.9
10.2
19.8
17.0
23.8
20.4
37.7
32.3
55.6
47.6
79.4
68.0
8.6
8.8
12.4
10.6
20.6
17.7
24.8
21.2
39.2
33.6
55.6
47.6
79.4
68.0
8.6
9.1
12.7
10.9
21.2
18.2
25.5
21.8
40.3
34.6
55.6
47.6
79.4
68.0
8.6
9.3
13.0
11.1
21.6
18.5
26.0
22.2
41.1
35.2
55.6
47.6
79.4
68.0
5.1
6.0
9.2
9.2
13.3
13.3
25.2
25.2
39.4
39.4
56.8
56.8
89.7
89.7
5.1
6.0
9.2
9.2
13.3
13.3
25.2
25.2
39.4
39.4
56.8
56.8
89.7
89.7
5.1
6.0
9.2
9.2
13.3
13.3
25.2
25.2
39.4
39.4
56.8
56.8
89.7
89.7
5.1
6.0
9.2
9.2
13.3
13.3
25.2
25.2
39.4
39.4
56.8
56.8
89.7
89.7
10.9
11.9
23.8
23.8
42.1
42.1
106.7
106.7
207.9
207.9
359.9
359.9
720.7
720.7
VAS (Stainless Steel) Recommended Loads(1, 3, 5, 8) in Non-Cracked Concrete

C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Tension
NRec
C50/60
kN
C20/25
C30/37
C40/50
Shear
VRec
C50/60
Bending Moment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
MRek
Nm
9.9
8.5
11.9
10.2
19.8
17.0
23.8
20.4
37.7
32.3
55.6
47.6
79.4
68.0
9.9
8.8
12.4
10.6
20.6
17.7
24.8
21.2
39.2
33.6
55.6
47.6
79.4
68.0
9.9
9.1
12.7
10.9
21.2
18.2
25.5
21.8
40.3
34.6
55.6
47.6
79.4
68.0
9.9
9.3
13.0
11.1
21.6
18.5
26.0
22.2
41.1
35.2
55.6
47.6
79.4
68.0
6.0
6.0
9.2
9.2
13.3
13.3
25.2
25.2
39.4
39.4
56.8
56.8
89.7
89.7
6.0
6.0
9.2
9.2
13.3
13.3
25.2
25.2
39.4
39.4
56.8
56.8
89.7
89.7
6.0
6.0
9.2
9.2
13.3
13.3
25.2
25.2
39.4
39.4
56.8
56.8
89.7
89.7
6.0
6.0
9.2
9.2
13.3
13.3
25.2
25.2
39.4
39.4
56.8
56.8
89.7
89.7
11.9
11.9
23.8
23.8
42.1
42.1
106.7
106.7
207.9
207.9
359.9
359.9
720.7
720.7
Steel failure decisive.

The design resistances have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s).
The recommended loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA approval(s) and with a partial safety factor for actions of F = 1.4.
The load figures are valid for un-reinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s 15cm (any diameter) or with a rebar spacing s 10cm, if the rebar
diameter is 10cm or smaller.
The concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is L + R 0. In the absence of detailed verification R = 3 N/mm2 can be assumed (q =
the tensile stress within the concrete induced by external loads, anchor loads included).
For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per TR 029, design method A shall be performed. For details see ETA
- approval(s).
For wet concrete, the curing time shall be doubled.
Values for the temperature range I: -40C to +80C (max. long term temperature: +50C; max. short term temperature: +80C)
Use CAT 1 for dry or wet concrete. use CAT 2: Flooded holes with the exception of sea water.
199

Dispensing Tools
Simpson Strong-Tie has developed a line of professional manual applicator guns that are powerful,
strong and pefectly matched to our products. Equipped with a comfortable handle they release a
perfectly adapted pressure during dispensing. We strictly control the quality of the steel rods. Their
hexagonal form makes them keep their shape. The reinforced cradle has been designed for an
optimal positioning of the cartridge. Its anti-corrosive steel coating makes it a solid tool.
DT300
Description
Code
Cartridges
Extrusion tool DT300
DT300
160/280/300 ml
DT380
380 ml
DT650
400/650 ml
DT380
High quality steel rod
DT650
Reinforced cradle
Correct pressure level
Comfortable handle
Sleeves
Description
Code
Dimensions
Sleeve SH 12x50
SH12050-RP10
12x50 mm
Sleeve SH 16x85
SH16085-RP6
16x85 mm
Sleeve SH 16x130
SH16130-RP6
16x130 mm
Sleeve SH 20x85
SH20085-RP4
20x85 mm
Sleeve SH
Mixing Nozzles
Always use the proper Simpson Strong-Tie mixing nozzle. Always inject the resin starting from
the bottom of the hole and withdrawing gradually as the hole is filled. Ensure that the mixing
nozzle reaches the bottom of the hole before starting injection. Use extension tubing if needed.
Description
Code
Products
Mixing nozzle MN1
MN1-RP10
POLY-GP/AT-HP
MN1
MN2
Extension Tubes
In case of deep embedments it may be necessary to extend the mixer by attaching an extension
tubes which enables to reach the bottom of the hole.
200
Name
Code
Notes
Extension MNE
MNE-RP10
For MN1
MNE
Sleeves are required for fixings in hollow bricks. Various sizes are available depending on the
product to be fixed.

Dust Pump
Dust pumps are a must for proper hole cleaning.
Name
Code
Notes
Dust pump
PUMP
Solid blocks
Pump
Brushes
Wire brushes with nylon bristles are available in two diameters and lengths. Always
brush holes to loosen dust as per the installation instructions.
Name
Code
Notes
Brushes BR
BR17-30
One pack =
1 BR17 + 1 BR30
(Solid/Hollow blocks)
BR17
BR30
Rods
LMAS - Zinc-plated steel Grade 5.8
Reference
Threaded
Rod
Total
length
(mm)
L
Max
thickness
of the item
to be fixed
(mm)
tfix
Max of the
hole for the item
to fix (mm)
df
Embedment
depth (mm)
hef
x min drill
depth (mm)
d0 x h1
LMAS0810064020
M8
95
20
64
10 x 64
LMAS1012080025
M10
120
25
12
80
12 x 80
LMAS1012080060
M10
155
60
12
80
12 x 80
LMAS1214096035
M12
150
35
14
96
14 x 96
LMAS1214096070
M12
185
70
14
96
14 x 96
LMAS1618128020
M16
170
20
18
128
18 x 128
LMAS1618128050
M16
200
50
18
128
18 x 128
LMAS2022160050
M20
240
50
22
160
22 x 160
Total
length
(mm)
L
Max
thickness
of the item
to be fixed
(mm)
tfix
Max of the
hole for the item
to fix (mm)
df
Embedment
depth (mm)
hef
x min drill
depth (mm)
d0 x h1
LMAS
LMAS A4 - Stainless Steel A4-70
Reference
Threaded
Rod
LMAS0810064020A4
M8
95
20
64
10 x 64
LMAS1012080025A4
M10
120
25
12
80
12 x 80
LMAS1012080060A4
M10
155
60
12
80
12 x 80
LMAS1214096035A4
M12
150
35
14
96
14 x 96
LMAS1214096070A4
M12
185
70
14
96
14 x 96
LMAS1618128020A4
M16
170
20
18
128
18 x 128
LMAS1618128050A4
M16
200
50
18
128
18 x 128
LMAS2022160050A4
M20
240
50
22
160
22 x 160
Metal Sieve SHM

Steel sieve (cut to length required)
Type
Order Code
Compatible
LMAS
SHM 16/1000*
SHM161000
mm
LMAS M10 + M12
Sieve
Sieve
Length
mm
16
mm
1000
x
Depth of
Drilled Hole
d0
mm
16
*Not included in approval.
Internally Threaded Sleeve IGH

Steel internally threaded sleeve
Type
IGH M8x80*
IGH M10x80*
IGH M12x80*
*Not included in approval.
Order Code
IGH08080
IGH10080
IGH12080
Compatible
LMAS
mm
LMAS M8
LMAS M10
LMAS M12
Sieve
Sieve
Length
mm
12
14
16
mm
80
80
80
x
Depth of Drilled
d0 x h1
mm
14 x 90
16 x 90
18 x 90
201
Quik Drive and

Stainless Steel
Fixings
Applications include:
Decking
Cladding
Drywall
Flooring
Ceilings
Truck Beds
Marine Installations
Oak Framing
Modular Housing
C-FIXINGS-13
+44 (0) 1827 255 600
www.strongtie.co.uk
Fast, Efficient, Ergonmic.

Quik Drive from Simpson Strong-Tie is the Worlds most advanced autofeed screw system. It significantly
reduces the time and effort required when fixing ceilings, floors, decking and mezzanine floors using screws.
We also offer the UK's widest range of stainless steel screws and nails. To find out more scan the QR code or
visit: www.strongtie.co.uk.
Fast Technical Support and Advice

For the best technical support and practical advice, contact our Technical Support
Team. To help us to help you, try and have the following information to hand:
Which Simpson Strong-Tie product are you using?

What is your load requirement?
What is the supported members width and height?
What is the supporting members width and height?
What is the supporting members material and application?
Call +44(0)1827 255600 or fax +44(0)1827 255616 or

email: uktechnical@strongtie.com
Visit us at: www.strongtie.co.uk
Technical Info
On-line Service
Product Information.
Order Literature and CDs.
Technical Bulletins.
Request Technical and Sales Support.
Installation Videos.
Request details of nearest
Register for Training.
Simpson Strong-Tie distributor.

Register for Training.
3D Drawings.
Connector Selector Software.
Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

C-14-UK
01827 255600
www.strongtie.co.uk
Connectors for Timber, Masonry and Steel Construction
Simpson Strong-Tie England
Winchester Road
Cardinal Point
Simpson Strong-Tie Scotland
Tamworth
Anchor Systems
Staffordshire
Eastmains Freight Centre
B78 3HG
1 Bathgate Road
Collated and Corrosion Resistant Fastenings

Tel: +44(0)1827 255600
Armadale
Fax: +44(0)1827 255616
West Lothian
EH48 2PE
www.strongtie.co.uk

Connectors For Masonry and Timber Construction

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Connectors For Masonry and Timber Construction

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Connectors for

Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Building Better Structures

C-UK14 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

Masonry Hanger for I-Joist and Metal Web

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

Connectors for Glulam Timber

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

Timber Frame Connectors

Angle Brackets and Ties

Columns Caps and Post Bases

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

Bead and Mesh

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

1EXT/1FUR/1MP Wall Extension Profile

Countersunk Structural Wood Screw

Skewed 45 Angle Bracket

Concealed Beam Hanger

Hold Down Strap

Angle Bracket for Cladding

Reinforced Angle Bracket

Folded Mini Strap

Adjustable Post Base with Stand Off

Chemical Anchoring Tools and Accessories

Cavity Frame Tie

Adjustable Elevated Post Base

I-Joist and Engineered Timber Hanger

Plaster Arch Formers

Concealed Beam Hanger

High Wind Tie

High Performance Concrete Resin

Heavy/Light Restraint Strap

Concealed Beam Hanger

Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie

Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Strap

Crocodile Universal Wall Starter

Face Fix Girder Truss Hanger

Scrolled Hip Iron

Masonry Reinforcement Mesh

Hip Ridge Connector

Heavy Duty Face Fix Hangers

Concealed Beam Connector

Concealed Post Base

Insulated Concrete Form Hanger

Cavity Wall Tie

I-Joist Hole Support

Deck Board Tie

Insulation Retaining Clip

Expanded Metal Lathing

Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

Double and Single Sided Toothed Connectors

Backer Free I-Joist Hanger wirh Adjustable Skew

Reinforced Angle Bracket

Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

Light Reinforced Angle Bracket

Metal Web Joist Hangers

Reinforced Angle Bracket

Metal Web Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew

Light Duty Angle Bracket